C H E N N A I M E T R O R A I L L I M I T E D · construction of elevated viaduct from ch. 6151.000...

Chennai Metro Rail Project – Phase 1 Extension Addendum – 1ECV-102

Page – 1

C H E N N A I M E T R O R A I L L I M I T E DC H E N N A I M E T R O R A I L P R O J E C T P H A S E - 1 E X T E N S I O N

A D D E N D U M - 1

T O B I D D I N G D O C U M E N T S

for

CONTRACT ECV-102CONSTRUCTION OF ELEVATED VIADUCT FROM CH. 6151.000 TO

CH. 9000.000 (2850m APPROXIMATE) FOR STANDARD GAUGE TWINTRACK METRO RAIL INCLUDING 400m DEPOT APPROACH AND THREEELEVATED STATIONS – GOWRI ASHRAM, THIRUVOTTIYUR AND WIMCO

NAGAR, ARCHITECTURAL, PLUMBING, ROOFING, SIGNAGEINCLUDING DESIGN OF TEMPORARY WORKS (SCAFFOLDING,

STAGING ETC.) TRAFFIC DIVERSION, UTILITY SHIFTING AND ALLASSOCIATED WORKS EXCLUDING PILES AND PILECAPS FROM

CH. 7700.000 TO CH. 8544.712m

Employer: Chennai Metro Rail Limited

Country: India

Project: Chennai Metro Rail Project Phase 1 – Extension

Loan Agreement No.: ID-P258


Page – 2

Intentionally left Blank


Page – 3

GENERAL INFORMATION

CMRL Bank Account Details

Beneficiary name: M/s Chennai Metro Rail Limited

Bank: Corporation Bank, Ashok Nagar Branch, Chennai

Account no: 510341000054264

IFSC Code: CORP0000578

Loan agreement No. ID-P258

ADDENDUM TO PART–1: BIDDING PROCEDURES

S.No.

Clause of BidDocument

Original Clause Revised Clause

A Part 1A1. Bid Data Sheet The entire Bid Data Sheet shall

be replaced with the Bid DataSheet (Revised) given below

Bid Data Sheet (Revised)

A. General

ITB 1.1 The number and identification of this ICB is: CMRL/CON/ECV-102/2017. Forlots, refer Section III, EQC Clause 1.2.2

ITB 1.1 The Employer is: Chennai Metro Rail Limited

ITB 1.1 The name, identification and number of the contract comprising this ICB are:Chennai Metro Rail Project Phase 1 Extension ECV-2 Construction of ElevatedViaduct from Ch. 6151.000 to Ch. 9000.000m (2850m approximate) for StandardGauge Twin Track Metro Rail including 400m Depot Approach and ThreeElevated Stations – Gowri Ashram, Thiruvottiyur and Wimco Nagar,Architectural, Plumbing, Roofing, Signage including Design of Temporary Works(Scaffolding, Staging etc.) Traffic Diversion, Utility Shifting and all AssociatedWorks excluding Piles and Pile-caps from Ch. 7700.000 to Ch. 8544.712m

Number of the lots/ contracts of this ICB: One

ITB 2.1 The Borrower is: Government of India

ITB 2.1 The number of the Loan Agreement is: ID-P258

The signed date of the Loan Agreement is: 31 March, 2017

ITB 2.1 The name of the Project is: Chennai Metro Rail Project Phase 1 – Extension,ECV-102

ITB 2.2 The applicable Guidelines for Procurement under Japanese ODA Loans are thosepublished in April 2012


Page – 4

ITB 3.1(c) A list of debarred firms and individuals is available at the World Bank’s website:www.worldbank.org/debarr

ITB 4.5 This bidding is not subject to prequalification.

B. Bidding Documents

ITB 7.1 For clarification purposes only, the Employer’s address is:

Additional General Manager (Contract Management)

Chennai Metro Rail Limited

Admin Building, CMRL Depot,

Poonamallee High Road, Koyambedu

Chennai 600 107, India

Telephone: +91-44-2379 2000, Extn. 22347

Facsimile number: +91-44-2379 2200

Electronic mail address: [email protected]

ITB 7.1 Responses to any request for clarification, if any, will be published on theEmployer’s web page: http://www.chennaimetrorail.org

ITB 7.4 A Pre-bid meeting will take place at the following date, time and place:

Date: 30 May, 2017

Time: 15:00 HRS

Conference Room, 1st Floor


Admin Building, CMRL Depot


Chennai 600 107, India

A site visit will be organized by the employer if required.

ITB 8.2 Addenda, if any, will be published on the Employer’s web page.

C. Preparation of Bids

ITB 10.1 The language of the Bid is: English

ITB 11.1 The Bid shall comprise two envelopes submitted simultaneously, one called theTechnical Bid (Cover A) and the other the Price Bid (Cover B), both envelopesenclosed together in an outer single envelope.

Technical Bid (Cover A) consists of three envelopes, Envelope 1, 2 and 3

Envelope 1 shall comprise the following

a. Bid Security (in accordance with ITB 19)

b. Cost of tender in the form of demand draft for downloaded tenderdocuments.

c. Declaration that the tender document has not been tampered ormodified.

Envelope 2 shall contain Documents pertaining to ‘Initial Filter’ in accordancewith Part 1, Section III. Refer Section IV for Bidding Forms

a. Letter of Technical Bid;

b. Acknowledgment of Compliance with the Guidelines forProcurement under Japanese ODA Loans (Form ACK), which shallbe signed and dated by the Bidder’s authorized representative;


Page – 5

c. Written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid to committhe Bidder, in accordance with ITB 20.2 in conjunction with BDS;

d. Undertaking for Unsuccessful Projects

e. Declaration for not being engaged in any fraudulent or corruptpractice.

f. in the case of a Bid submitted by a JV, a copy of the JV agreement, orletter of intent, signed by all members, to enter into a JV including anagreement, indicating the parts of the Work to be executed by therespective members;

g. documentary evidence towards the bidders eligibility in accordancewith ITB 17;

h. Details of proposed personnel- Forms PER 1 and PER 2

i. Details of proposed equipment - Form EQU

j. Bidder Information Form ELI-1, ELI-2 (Section IV)

k. Form CON.

l. Form FIN-1, FIN-2 including attached copies of Financial Statementsand audited balance sheets of last 5 years.

m. Form FIR- 1 and FIR-2

n. Form EXP-1, EXP-2 (a), EXP-2(b)

o. Declaration stating that there is no conflict of interest as per ITBClause 4.2

p. Details of Experience of the Contractor in projects of comparablenature and complexity in the last five years satisfying requirements inClause 2.4.2 of Section III, with performance certificate from theirrespective clients

q. Safety Performance Record including Annexure A;

r. Undertaking for not being Penalised in a Contract;

Envelope 3 (Technical Proposal) shall be in accordance with ITB Clause 16.1 andcomprise the following

a. Site Organization

b. Method Statement

c. Mobilization Schedule

d. Construction Schedule

e. Safety Plan

f. Proposed Personnel

g. Proposed Equipment

h. All Addenda/ Corrigenda/ Pre Bid Response

i. The bidders shall attest that they shall not sub-contract the depotworks as a whole

j. Copies of ISO 9001 quality assurance certificate of bidder or in caseof JV, each constituent member of the Joint Venture

Note 1: The Envelope 3 (Technical Bid) of the bidders will be opened only inrespect of such bidders who qualify in the Initial Filter

Note 2: Technical details of modus of operandi for Transporting and Launchingof precast U/ I Girders within the timeframe given shall be the main qualifyingcriteria with a pass or fail of Technical Proposal and those who pass this criteriawill only be considered for Financial Evaluation


Page – 6

Price Bid (Cover B)

The Price Bid shall comprise the following

Letter of Price Bid;

Completed Bill of Quantities, in accordance with ITB 12 and 14;

Payment Schedule

The above documents shall be enclosed within an envelope super-scribed asCover B Price Bid as per ITB Cl. 20.1

ITB 11.2 (h) The Bidder shall submit with its Technical Bid the following additionaldocuments: NIL

ITB 11.3 (d) The Bidder shall submit with its Price Bid the following additional documents:NIL

ITB 11.4 The maximum number of members in a JV is limited to three.

ITB 14.7 Duties, taxes and other levies indicated below shall be reimbursed by theEmployer to the Contractor on production of proof of payment: GST/ TNVAT,Service Tax, Customs Duty and Excise Duty

ITB 15.1 The currency(ies) of the Bid shall be as described below:

The unit rates and prices shall be quoted by the Bidder in the Bill of Quantitiesseparately in the following currencies:

(i) for those inputs to the Works that the Bidder expects to supply from within theEmployer’s country, and further referred to as “the local currency”: IndianRupees

and

(ii) for those inputs to the Works that the Bidder expects to supply from outside theEmployer’s country (referred to as “the foreign currency requirements”), inJapanese Yen or US Dollar or Euro.

ITB 18.1 The Bid validity period shall be 120 days.

ITB 18.3 (b) The fixed portion of the Bid Price shall be adjusted by the following factor:

1 (One)

ITB 19.1 The amount and currency of the Bid Security shall be either INR 5,82,71,345/-(Indian Rupees Five Crore Eighty Two lakhs Seventy One Thousand ThreeHundred and Forty Five Only) or USD 910,490 (US Dollar Nine Hundred andTen Thousand Four Hundred and Ninety Only)

ITB 19.2 (d) Other types of acceptable securities: None

ITB 20.1 In addition to the original of the Bid, the number of copies is: One copy. Inaddition, scanned copy of technical and price bid shall be submitted separately inCD/ DVD

ITB 20.2 The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder shallconsist of:

(a) Board resolution of each member of JV authorising the respective signatory

(b) Power of Attorney of each member of JV/ Consortium authorizing thesignatory of the tenderer to commit the Tender.


Page – 7

D. Submission and Opening of Bids

ITB 22.1 For Bid submission purposes only, the Employer’s address is:

Conference Room, 1st Floor, Chennai Metro Rail Limited



Chennai 600 107

The deadline for Bid submission is:

Date: 25 July, 2017

Time: 14:00 HRS IST

ITB 25.1 The opening of the Technical Bid shall take place at:

Conference Room, 1st Floor, Chennai Metro Rail Limited



Chennai 600 107

Date: 25 July, 2017

Time: 14:30 HRS IST

ITB 25.5 Cover A holding the Technical Bids shall be opened and out of the threeenvelopes in Cover A, only envelope 1 and 2 shall be opened at this stage. First,Envelope 1 shall be opened reading out:

(a) the name of the Bidder;

(b) whether there is a modification;

(c) the presence or absence of a Bid Security; and tender fees if applicable

Next, the envelope 2 (initial filter) shall be opened and shall be considered forevaluation.

ITB 25.6 The Employer shall prepare a record of the opening of Technical Bids that shallinclude, as a minimum: the name of the Bidder and whether there is a withdrawal,substitution, or modification; alternative proposals and the presence or absence ofa Bid Security. The Bidders’ representatives who are present shall be requested tosign the record. The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall notinvalidate the contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall bedistributed to all Bidders. At the end of the evaluation of the initial filter, theenvelope 3 (Technical Proposal) of the bidders who have passed the initial filtershall be opened and considered for evaluation.

E. Evaluation, and Comparison of Bids

ITB 34.1 The currency that shall be used for Bid evaluation and comparison purposes toconvert all Bid Prices expressed in various currencies into a single currency is:Indian Rupee (INR)

The source of exchange rate shall be: Reserve Bank of India

The date for exchange rate shall be: 28 days prior to the date of submission of theBid (Selling Rate)

The Employer will convert the amounts in various currencies, corrected pursuantto ITB 33, (excluding Provisional Sums) to the single currency identified above atthe selling rates established for similar transactions by the authority specified andon the date stipulated above.


Page – 8

S.No.



A2. Evaluation andQualification Criteria

Notes on Evaluation andQualification Criteria

This Section contains all thecriteria that the Employer shalluse to evaluate Bids and qualifyBidders. In accordance withITB 30 and ITB 36, no otherfactors, methods or criteria shallbe used. The Bidder shallprovide all the informationrequested in the forms includedin Section IV, Bidding Forms.

Replace the Notes with thefollowing

Notes on Evaluation andQualification Criteria

This Section contains all thecriteria that the Employer shall useto evaluate Bids and qualifyBidders in accordance with ITB 30and ITB 36. No other factors,methods or criteria shall be used.The Bidder shall provide all theinformation requested in the formsincluded in Section IV, BiddingForms.

A3. Evaluation andQualification Criteria1.1.2 Personnel

For ECV-102 package, theBidder must demonstrate that ithas the personnel for the keypositions that meet thefollowing requirements

Replace the paragraph with thefollowing.

For ECV-102 package, theBidder must demonstrate that ithas the personnel employed bythem for the key positions thatmeet the followingrequirements

A4. Evaluation andQualification Criteria1.1.2 Personnel Design Manager

1 Nos. with Post GraduateDegree in StructuralEngineering with minimum 15years total experience and 10year experience in the role ofDesign Manager in theexecution of similar type ofworks

Replace with the following

Design Manager1 Nos. with Post GraduateDegree in StructuralEngineering with minimum 15years total experience and 10year experience in the role ofDesign Manager in theexecution of similar type ofworks. The design manager hasto be a permanent employee ofthe contractor. However, heneeds to be available wheneverrequired for the ECV-102project.

A5. Evaluation andQualification Criteria1.1.2 Personnel

Last paragraph

The total work experience ofthe personnel mentioned aboveis for engineering graduates. Incase of Diploma holders thetotal years of experience shown


The total work experience ofthe personnel mentioned aboveis for engineering graduates. Incase of Diploma holders thetotal number of years of


Page – 9

S.No.



above should be increased by 5years

experience shown above shouldbe increased by 5 years

A6. Evaluation andQualification Criteria1.1.3 Equipment

Last paragraph

The Bidder shall provide furtherdetails of proposed items ofequipment using Form EQU inSection IV, Bidding Forms.Arrangement with RMC plantto provide concrete in the eventof breakdown of batching planthas to be furnished. Plant andmachinery shall not be olderthan five years.


The Bidder shall provide furtherdetails of proposed items ofequipment using Form EQU inSection IV, Bidding Forms.Arrangement with RMC plantto provide concrete in the eventof breakdown of batching planthas to be furnished after awardof work. Plant and machineryshall not be older than fiveyears

A7. Evaluation andQualification Criteria2.2 HistoricalContract Non-Performance

Requirement

All pending litigation shall intotal not represent more thanFifty Percent (50%) of theBidder’s net worth and shall betreated as resolved against theBidder


All pending litigation shall betreated as resolved against theBidder and in total shall notrepresent more than FiftyPercent (50%) of the Bidder’snet worth.

A8. Evaluation andQualification Criteria

2.4 Experience

2.4.2 Specific ConstructionExperienceNotes to Bidder S. No. (ii)

(ii) Similar works shall meanexperience in category (a) or (b)or (c) mentioned in 2.4.2 (b).Summation of number of smallvalue contracts (less than thevalue specified underrequirement) to meet the overallrequirement will not beaccepted.

Replace completely2.4.2 Specific ConstructionExperience Notes to Bidder S.No. (ii) with the following

(ii) Similar works shall meanexperience in category (a) and(b) and (c) mentioned in 2.4.2(b). Summation of number ofsmall value contracts (less thanthe value specified underrequirement) to meet the overallrequirement will not beaccepted.


Page – 10

S.No.



A9. Section IV BiddingForms

Replace the Table of Formswith the enclosed Table ofForms (Revised)

Table of Forms (Revised)

1. Letter of Technical Bid

2. Letter of Price Bid

3. Schedule of Adjustment Data

4. Bill of Quantities

5. Technical Proposal

a. Site Organizationb. Method Statementc. Mobilization Scheduled. Construction Schedulee. Safety Planf. Form PER -1: Proposed Personnelg. Form PER -2: Resume of Proposed Personnelh. Form EQU: Equipmenti. Bidders Qualificationj. Form ELI -1: Bidder Information Formk. Form ELI -2: Bidder's Party Information Forml. Form CON: Historical Contract Non-Performancem. Form FIN -1: Financial Situationn. Form FIN -2: Average Annual Construction Turnovero. Form FIR -1: Financial Resourcesp. Form FIR -2: Current Contract Commitmentsq. Form EXP -1: General Construction Experiencer. Form EXP -2(a): Specific Construction Experiences. Form EXP -2(b): Construction Experience in Key Activities

6. Form ACK Acknowledgement of Compliance with Guidelines for Procurement underJapanese ODA Loans

7. Form of Bid Security

8. Safety Performance Record

9. Undertaking for Unsuccessful Projects

10. Undertaking for not being Penalised in a Contract

11. Undertaking in case of sub-contracting


Page – 11

S.No.




Schedule of Adjustment DataTable A: Local Currency (INR)

Replace the Schedule ofAdjustment Data Table A:Local Currency (INR) with thefollowing

Schedule of Adjustment Data

Table A. Local Currency (INR)

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)

IndexCode

Indexdescription

Source of index(28 days prior todate of billing)

Base valueand date

Range ofWeightagespecified byEmployer

Bidder’sproposed

Weightage

– A. Fixed

28 days prior todate of bidsubmission

0.20 0.20

LabourBureau(Govt.ofIndia)

B. Labour

CPI Numbers forIndustrialWorkers forChennai

0.1 – 0.3

RBI

C. Cement

RBI-WPI-Manufacture ofCement, Limeand Plaster

0.05 – 0.25

D. Steel

RBI-WPI-

Mild Steel LongProducts

0.05 – 0.15

E. Fuel

RBI-WPI-

Fuel & Power 0.15 – 0.35

Total 1.00 1.00

Indian Bidder/ JV to fillColumn (f)


Page – 12

RBI: Reserve Bank of IndiaCPI: Consumer Price IndexWPI: Wholesale Price Index

The Bidder shall fill in column (f) and specify a value within the ranges given by theEmployer in B (0.1–0.3), C (0.05–0.25), D (0.05–0.15) and E (0.15–0.35) of column (e), so thatthe total weightage equals 1.00. RBI 2011-12 WPI series shall be applicable for implementation afterrelease of updated indices by RBI


Page – 13

S.No.



A11. Section IV BiddingForms Schedule of Adjustment Data

Table B: Foreign Currency (FC)

Replace the Schedule ofAdjustment Data Table B:Foreign Currency (FC) with thefollowing

Schedule of Adjustment Data

Table B. Foreign Currency (FC)

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g)

IndexCode

Indexdescriptio

n

Source ofindex (28 daysprior to date

of billing)

Base value

and date

Bidder’sproposed

sourcecurrency

(USD/ Euro/Yen)

Range ofWeightagespecified byEmployer

Bidder’sproposed

Weightage

– A. Fixed

28 days priorto date of bidsubmission

0.20 0.20

LabourBureau(Govt. ofIndia)

B. Labour

CPI Numbersfor IndustrialWorkers forChennai

0.1 – 0.3

RBI

C. Cement

RBI-WPI-Manufacture ofCement, Limeand Plaster

0.05 – 0.25

D. SteelRBI-WPI-

Mild SteelLong Products

0.05 – 0.15

E. Fuel RBI-WPI-

Fuel & Power0.15 – 0.35

Total 1.00 1.00

Foreign Bidder/ JV to fill Column (e)and (g)


Page – 14

Foreign currency payment will be converted into equivalent INR using the Reserve Bank of India (RBI)Exchange Rate (applicable 28 days prior to billing date) and then price escalation calculated usingindices of Table B.

The Bidder shall indicate the type of currency and specify a value in column (g) within the ranges givenby the Employer in B (0.1–0.3), C (0.05–0.25), D (0.05–0.15) and E (0.15–0.35) of column (f), so thatthe total weightage equals 1.00. RBI 2011-12 WPI series shall be applicable for implementation afterrelease of updated indices by RBI

S.No.




Bill of QuantitiesA. Preamble

Replace the entire section 1.1 to1.6 of the Preamble with thetext given below

A. Preamble

Objectives

The objectives of the Bill of Quantities are

(a) To provide sufficient information on the quantities of Works to be performed to enable Bidsto be prepared efficiently and accurately; and

(b) When a contract has been entered into, to provide a priced Bill of Quantities for use in theperiodic valuation of Works executed.

In order to attain these objectives, Works is itemized in the Bill of Quantities in sufficient detail todistinguish between the different classes of Works, or between Works of the same nature carried outin different locations or in other circumstances which may give rise to different considerations of cost.

Pricing Schedule

1.1 PreambleThe pricing of this contract will be governed by the conditions of the contract.

1. The quantities involved in the construction of this project are based on the design drawings onlyand the quantification of progress payments and variations executed will be based on suchissued drawings only.

2. The Pricing Document shall be read in conjunction with instruction to bidders and all tenderdocuments, specifications, design and drawings and employers requirements as stated in Part-2 and Part-3 of tender documents.

3. This Contract, adjusted by the Price Variation Formula detailed in SP-19 of Part 3. The worksare divided into Price Schedules each representing one or more groups of inter-related worksforming part of the works. The detailed scope of works is given in Part-2 Employer’sRequirement.


Page – 15

4. The individual item descriptions within each Price Schedule are indicative only of the workincluded in this Contract and shall not be taken as defining the scope of work to be executedeither under the Price Schedule of the Contract.

5. The item descriptions, given, are general summaries only, therefore no omission from, or errorin, item descriptions within this Pricing Document shall warrant an adjustment of the ContractPrice nor entitle the contractor to seek an extension of time under the Contract.

6. The quantity for each item has been detailed in Price Schedules B to L. The quantities includedthe Pricing Document are for finished items of work 100% complete in all respects, and shallbe held to include all waste on materials, duties, landing charges, shipping costs for transportby air, sea or land (or any combination thereof), insurance, import taxes and duties, input VAT,unloading, storage, getting into position, hoisting, lowering, erection, distributing to positions,fixing, temporary works including false-work and formwork (shuttering), excavation, removalof debris, labour, materials, scaffolding and staging, plant, supervision, maintenance,Tenderer’s profit and establishment/ overheads, all general risks, insurance liabilities,compliance of labour laws and taxes/ duties etc. as per statuary obligations set out or impliedin the Contract, making good prior to handing over to the Employer and anything reasonablyto be inferred from the description of the item and indispensably necessary thereto, and all otherrequirements of the Contract.

7. The activity descriptions for items within Price Schedules shall be deemed to cover all aspectsof the relevant item scope, irrespective of the fact that the Tenderer may not have inserted anamount against any item description. The total amount of each Price Schedule shall be deemedinclusive of all of the Tenderer’s obligations to execute the part of the Works covered by thePrice Schedule and to perform all of his other obligations under the Contract in respect thereof.The Tenderer shall not be entitled to receive any further or additional payment in respect ofsuch Price Schedule.

8. Tenderer will be paid according to the rates quoted in the BOQ in the respective Price SchedulesB to L.

9. Items that are not covered in the BOQ but covered under TN-PWD Standard Schedule of Rates(SoR) 2016-17 shall be paid as per TN-PWD SoR 2016-17. If the items are not covered in TN-PWD SoR, Southern Railways Schedule of Rates (SoR), DSR rates for Chennai, Last ApprovedRate (LAR) of CMRL or other metros or market rates shall be referred to in the order mentionedfor payment on the basis of measurement recorded for the executed work.

10. Items that are neither covered in the BOQ nor covered under the schedule of rates mentionedabove, for work scope their rates and quantum of work of such items needs to be confirmedbefore commencing, in line with the provisions of contract. The contractor may be required tocontinue a skeleton establishment after the taking over period till the commissioning of theproject.

11. The person authorized to sign on behalf of the Tenderer shall sign in full, with company sealand date, at the bottom of all pages of the Pricing Schedule.

1.1.1 Variation in Bill of QuantityIndividual items can be varied to any extent till the overall variation is within ±25% of the contractprice. Only when the variation exceeds ±25% of the overall contract price, the rates for suchquantities of the items which caused such variation shall be mutually discussed and agreed to. Thecontractor shall have no claim on any items deleted from the scope of work and the employer maydelete any items at its own discretion

1.2 Contract Price1.2.1 The total of all Price Schedule B to L as shown in the Pricing Summary in Clause 1.7.1,

including all Taxes constitutes the Contract Price for executing the Works and performing allother obligations under the Contract, subject only to any further amounts as may be determinedby the Employer/ Engineer as being due to the Tenderer in accordance with the Contract.


Page – 16

Errors will be corrected by the Employer for any arithmetic mistakes in computation or summationfound in the tender submission, as indicated in the Instruction to Tenderers of Part 1.

1.2.2 Payments for Price Schedule A to L will be made in the currencies quoted

1.3 Description of Price Schedules1.3.1 Price Schedule A is not priced as it is deemed to be included in the total amount inserted into

the Pricing Summary for Price Schedules “B to L”. Price Schedule A is dedicated toPreliminaries and General Requirements as stated in the Schedule of Payments, including, butnot limited to, the following, as per the requirements and other details given in the Employer’sRequirements, Drawings and Specifications;

a) Initial works programmeb) Three month rolling programmec) Detailed works programmed) Monthly progress reporte) Software support planf) Back-up copies of the software submissiong) Project management information systemh) Interface management plani) Interface matrix and specific contract interface sheetsj) Tenderer’s staff organisation plank) Project signboard installationl) Occupational Safety, Health & Environmental Planm) OHS&E Manual requirements submissionn) Environmental management plano) Detailed spoils management planp) Temporary traffic and control planq) Procurement planr) Tenderer’s manufacturing management plans) Installation plan and programmet) Quality Assurance (QA) planu) Quality Control (QC) testsv) Method statement for launching of pre-cast girdersw) Comprehensive testing and commissioning programme if any

Test procedures Inspection and Test Plan Factory test plan Partial acceptance test plan System acceptance test plan Maintenance support plan Schedule of spare parts Training plan All interfacing works within the Project and other Interfacing Tenderers, and All other items included in the Scope of Works given in Employer’s Requirements (Part

2).1.3.2 The Tenderer is to note that some of the Items are payable as a portion of the indicated

percentage on a monthly or quarterly basis or are paid proportionately using the percentages ofthe items of works as noted in brackets (**%) in the Price Schedule A.

1.3.3 The Tenderer should note that for the following Key Staff: Project Manager/ Project Director,QA Manager and Safety Manager, if not employed and on site as per the Key Dates, there shall


Page – 17

be a deduction of INR 2 lakhs for each month, or part thereof for each key personnel, asdetermined by the Employer/ Engineer, whose decision shall be final and binding. Any foreignJV partner participating with Indian Partner should deploy at least 20% of the Key Personnelas mentioned in Cl. 1.1.2 of EQC. In case of non-deployment of the same, penalty will be leviedas stated above.

1.3.4 Price Schedule B to L includes all kinds of temporary works required for the construction of allpermanent works, the road works, etc., as specified and as stated in the Schedule of Payments,as per the requirements and other details given in the Employer’s Requirements, Drawings andSpecifications, as specified in scope of work in Employers requirement Part-2

1.3.5 The costs relating to the diversion, relocation, protection, support, etc. of the utilities met withduring execution, any such works to be executed shall be on a recorded measurement basis.Such utility shifting/ diversions/ relocation shall be taken up only on the prior approval fromthe employer and will be paid on the basis of actual measurement of work done based on thelatest schedule of rates of the concerned departments like TNPWD, Highways, Metro Water,TNEB, BSNL etc. In case such items are not available in any schedule of rates, last acceptedrate (LAR) of similar works done by respective departments or CMRL shall prevail. Decisionof Engineer is final and binding and shall be an excepted matter. No claims for overheads shallbe payable except for market rates where overheads including profit shall be 10%.

1.3.6 Demolition/ slicing of structures including design and all measures required for the safeimplementation shall be paid on recorded measurement basis as per the concerned departmentrates/ last accepted rate of CMRL

1.3.7 Price/ Cost Breakdown1.3.7.1 Variations will only be considered if there is any change in design or additional work required

beyond the scope of the work as stated in the contract, or the Employer/ Engineer instructs anychanges to the existing scope.

1.3.7.2 Payments to the Tenderer will be made on monthly basis in accordance with the Clause 1.5below unless otherwise stipulated. All items will be paid at 100% completion unless paymentis noted as being paid proportionately using the percentages of the items of works as noted inbrackets (**%) in the Price Schedule.

1.3.7.3 No payment will be made against any item in the Tenderer’s Pricing Document which does nothave a value entered against it within the unit rate column, including ‘0’, ‘NIL’ or intentionallyleft blank.

1.4 Schedule of Payments (SOPs)1.4.1 The total sum for Price Schedule “A” Preliminaries shall be equal for 5% of Price Schedules B

to L. Payments under Price Schedule A will be made on a monthly, quarterly, or percentagebasis as indicated in Price Schedule A.

1.4.2 As part of the first Monthly Progress Report provided in accordance with contract conditions,the Tenderer shall convert the time scale of the SOPs included as part of the Tenderer’sSubmission from “months after Commencement Date” to months and years on the Gregoriancalendar.

1.5 Payment ConceptPayment will be calculated using Bill of Quantities (BOQ) provided in the Schedule of Payments(SOPs), subject to the Employer/ Engineer certifying that the works for each item is actually completed,as per specification and employer’s requirement. Payment will be based on the Tenderer’s submissionof a monthly statement, in accordance with Sub-clause 14.3 of GCC Part 3.

Subject to the Tenderer’s Monthly Statement meeting the minimum value of 1% of Contract Price, andafter the Employer/ Engineer’s assessment, the Employer/ Engineer will issue an Interim PaymentCertificate calculated on actual work done under each item for respective Price Schedules.


Page – 18

1.6 Deleted

Note: The rates shall not be filled in the Technical Bid. The necessary documents (BOQ, PriceSummary etc.) shall be printed and submitted separately as a part of the Price Bid.

S.No.




1.7 Pricing Schedule

1.7.1 Pricing Summary Replace the entire 1.7.1 PricingSummary along with notes withthe following


Page – 19

1.7 Pricing Schedule

1.7.1 Pricing Summary (Rates to be quoted in the Price Bid only)

S.No.

Schedule

ITEMS

Amount In Words Amount In Words

INR INR USD/Euro/Yen USD/Euro/Yen

1. B General

2. CFoundations (Piles, Pile-cap & OpenFoundation)

3. D Viaduct Substructure & station structure

4. E Viaduct Superstructure

5. F Reinforcing steel

6. G High Tensile Pre-stressing Steel

7. H Structural Steel

8. I Road, Drain, roofing and Miscellaneous

9. J Plumbing


Page – 20

S.No.

Schedule

ITEMS

Amount In Words Amount In Words


10. K Architectural Finishes works

11. L Signage

12. Total of schedule B to L

13. Discounts if any

14. Total of schedule B to L including discounts

15. Total (P) in equivalent INR – –

Foreign currency should be converted into INR using RBI exchange rates (selling rate) applicable 28 days prior to the bid submission date (as per ITB34.1)

Amount towards taxes like TNVAT, Excise Duty, Customs Duty, Service TaxOR

GST shall be quoted below


Page – 21

(a) If GST is not implemented by Bid Submission date, Quote items Q1, Q2, Q3 & Q4

16. TN-VAT Ceiling Amount (Q1) – –

17. Service Tax Ceiling Amount (Q2) – –

18. Customs Duty Ceiling Amount (Q3) – –

19. Excise Duty Ceiling Amount (Q4) – –

20.Total Tax Under (a)Q = Q1+Q2+Q3+Q4

– –

(b) If GST is implemented by Bid Submission date, fill in the GST as per applicable rate

21.GST Amount (QGST) @ ___ % on total ‘P’ ofSl. No. 15.

– –

22. Total Tax Under (b) (QGST) – –

The Tax components under (a) or (b) shall be taken for evaluation as per the Note below.


Page – 22

23.Tender Total Amount R = P + QORR = P + (QGST) as applicable

– –

Note:Total Tax Q = Q1 + Q2 + Q3 + Q4 as per Sl.No. 20

(OR)(QGST) as per Sl. No. 22 whichever isapplicable as per the note below.

– –

Provisional Sum(towards the Diversion of utilities, Demolition/slicing of buildings, IGBC certification,payment to Dispute Adjudication Board (DAB)and Other Works).

Rs. 5,20,00,000/-(Rupees FiveCrores TwentyLakhs Only)

– –


Page – 23

Note: In the wake of likely implementation of GST by 01 July, 2017, the following instructions are given to the bidders.

1. If the GST is implemented by the date of submission of bids, bidders need not quote the items 16 to 19 towards TNVAT, Service Tax, Customs Duty and

Excise Duty in the pricing schedule as such taxes would have been subsumed in the GST regime. The bidders shall fill in the amount as per the applicable

GST rate on the price P under Sl.No.21 as Q. The tender shall be evaluated based on the tender Total R, (i.e.,) P + Q. Reimbursement towards GST shall

be as per SP 18.

2. If the GST is not implemented by the date of submission of bids, bidders shall quote as per the Pricing Schedule from Sl.No.16 to 19 and will not fill the

amount under Sl.No.21. The evaluation of tender shall proceed as under.

a. In case if the GST is not implemented before LOA the evaluation shall proceed based on the tender total amount (R) i.e., P + Q (consideringQ1+Q2+Q3+Q4). Reimbursement towards TNVAT, Service Tax, Customs Duty, Excise Duty shall be as per SP 18.

b. In case if the GST is implemented after the due date of submission but prior to the LOA, the tenders shall be evaluated considering the applicableGST rate on the quoted price as Q duly dispensing with the quoted Q under Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 by the bidders and the evaluation shall be done onR; i.e., P+QGST. Reimbursement towards GST shall be as per SP 18.

The successful bidder, after award of work, shall provide the break-up of GST towards the components of CGST, SGST and IGST.

3. Bidders shall quote for price schedules B to L excluding TNVAT, Excise Duty, Customs Duty, Service Tax or GST as applicable. Price schedule A has not

been priced but will be 5% of the totals of Price schedule B to L quoted in the table.

4. Bidders shall note that the taxes indicated in Clause ITB 14.7 of BDS will be reimbursed by the Employer on submission of documentary proof for having

paid subject to the ceiling amounts indicated in the above table.

5. The foreign currency quoted will be converted into INR and totalled

6. Ceiling limits for the taxes shall remain sacrosanct.

Authorized Signatory with Company Seal


Page – 24

This page is intentionally left blank


Page – 25

S.No.




1.7.2 Bill ofQuantities

Replace the entire Bill ofQuantities with the enclosedBill of Quantities (Revised)


1.7.3 Risks, Table 2 S. No. 11: Public assetsprotection/ relocation/ Utilitydiversion/ protection/demolition and reinstatement

Public assets relocation such asBus stop/ Electrical wire/Telephone cables/ poles,electrical poles/ lighting poles/traffic signal or any other similaractivity of minor nature, theTenderer shall make necessaryallowances in their price forsafety in implementation ofthese activities in accordance tostatutory and public authorityguidelines.

Replace Item 11 with thefollowing

S. No. 11: Public assetsprotection/ relocation/ Utilitydiversion/ protection/demolition and reinstatement

Public assets relocation such asBus stop/ Electrical wire/Telephone cables/ poles,electrical poles/ lighting poles/traffic signal or any othersimilar activity of minor nature,the Tenderer shall makenecessary allowances in theirprice for safety inimplementation of theseactivities in accordance tostatutory and public authorityguidelines.

All damages resulting out ofcontractor's work throughoutthe project duration shall berectified by the contractor at hisown risk and cost. Also,strengthening of roads, culverts,manholes etc. required for thetransportation of girders, pre-cast elements and constructionequipment shall be deemed tobe included in the quoted ratesand shall not be paid forseparately


1.7.4 Payment ofPrice Schedule-A

1.7.4 Payment of PriceSchedule-A

A1.1 b Professional IndemnityInsurance

Replace A1.1 b with thefollowing

A1.1 b Professional IndemnityInsurance of 0.5% of acceptedcontract amount (excludingtaxes)


Page – 26

ADDENDUM TO PART–2: WORKS REQUIREMENTS

S.No.



B1. Part 2Section VI

Volume 1Employer’sRequirements

Appendix 1Work Areas

CMRL shall provide land onrental basis for the casting yard.Land of approximate size 16acres (guideline value Rs 2000per m²) is available. Thecontractor has to remit a rentequivalent to an amount of 1%of the guideline value of the areaoccupied per annum, i.e., Rs 1.4Crore per annum for the periodof occupancy of the land or inproportion to the area occupied.The guideline value is subject tochange and the prevailing ratesshall apply.

Replace the first paragraph withthe following

CMRL shall provide land onrental basis for the casting yard.ITC land of approximate size 8.9acres (guideline value Rs 5000per sq.ft.) and Khadi board landadjoining it of size 13.36 acres(guideline value Rs 3500 persq.ft.) is available. Thesuccessful bidder shall remit arent of 1% of the guideline valueof the area occupied per annum,i.e., Rs 21.80 Lakhs per acre perannum for ITC land and Rs.15.25 Lakhs per acre per annumfor Khadi Board land for theperiod of occupancy of the land.The guideline value is subject tochange and the prevailing ratesshall apply.




TNHB Land Plan

Replace the TNHB land planwith the ITC and Khadi Boardland Plan

Page 26-A

Addendum-1


Page – 27

S.No.






Add the following detail toAppendix 1 – Work Areas

Location of the proposed castingyard for ECV-102

Location of the proposed casting yard for ECV-102 (ITC and Khadi Board land)

The proposed casting yard abuts the Thiruvottiyur High Road and is less than 0.5 km from the girderlaunch site at Wimco Nagar.


Page – 28

S.No.





Appendix–2Contract Key Dates

Header of column-2 of the tableTime to achieve KD

Replace the header of column-2of the table with the following

Number of days from date ofcommencement

S.No.





Appendix 9Approved Manufacturers/Suppliers

List of Approved Makes forPlumbing Items

Add the following to the List ofApproved Make and Model forPlumbing

List of Approved Make and Model for Plumbing

S.No.

Description Make Model

SANITARY INSTALLATIONS

Note: The fixtures used shall be low flow andmust confirms to norms laid by IGBC.

1Pedestal type water closet (European type)with 5/ 10 ltr. low level flushing cistern

HINDWARE orequivalent

20065(S-10)

2 Oval wash basinHINDWARE orequivalent

OVAL 10017JAQUAR-FLR5011NAccessories (L/ S)

3Electronic auto flush system urinal with in-built infrared sensor

HINDWARE orequivalent

SENSO ART60018


Page – 29

4 Toilet paper holderJaquar, Cardin orequivalent

–

5 Liquid soap containerJaquar, Cardin orequivalent

–

6 Bib cock –

–

a. Long body Jaquar or equivalent CON 037 KN

b. Short body Jaquar or equivalent CON 107 KN

7 Kitchen sink with drain boardJaquar, Cardin orequivalent

–

8 Bottle TrapJaquar, Cardin orequivalent

–

9 Health faucet Jaquar or equivalent ALD CHR 583

10 Twin coat hooksJaquar, Cardin orequivalent

–

11 Hand drierERONICS orequivalent

–

12 Indian type W.C. panHINDWARE orequivalent

–

13 Towel railJaquar, Cardin orequivalent

–

14 Drinking water fountainUsha, Blue StarVoltas or equivalent

–

15 Ultra Violet Water Purifier (UV)Eureka Forbes, Kent,Voltas or equivalent

–

16 Floor Standing Hot & Cold Water DispenserUsha, Blue StarVoltas or equivalent

–


Page – 30

17 Floor trap/ Nahani trapCardin, Chilly orequivalent

–

18 Floor drainCardin, Chilly orequivalent

–

19 Angle valve with filterJaquar, Cardin orequivalent

–

20 C.P. Grating for Floor Trap/ floor drainCardin, Chilly orequivalent

–

SOIL WASTE & VENT, RAIN WATERPIPES AND FITTINGS

1PVC soil, waste and vent pipes (SWR)confirming to IS 13592: 1992, (Type B)

Supreme, Prince,Finolex or equivalent

–

2 Centrifugally cast CI soil, as per IS-3989-1984SKF, Neco, HEPCO,Kapilansh orequivalent

–

3S&S centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes (classLA) confirming to IS 1536

SKF, Neco, HEPCO,Kapilansh orequivalent

–

4 D.I Pipes ( Class KSKF, Neco, HEPCO,Kapilansh orequivalent

–

5 R.C.C pipesK K, Pranali orequivalent

–

WATER SUPPLY

1PE (Polyethylene) Pipes as per PN-16 inaccordance with ISO 4427,

Astral, Ajay,Ashrwad orequivalent

–

2 GI Pipes (IS : 1239 and IS : 3589)TATA, Jindal orequivalent

–

3 GI pipes fittings Unik or equivalent

–

4 Y strainerEmerald, Zoloto orequivalent

–


Page – 31

5 Butter fly Valves

Audco, KeystoneTyco Flow Control,Jayhiwa orequivalent

–

6 Double Plate Check Valves / NRVCastle, Kirloskar orequivalent

–

7 Sluice valvesKirloskar, IndianValve Company orequivalent

–

8 Water meter Kaycee or equivalent

–

9 Pressure gaugeH Guru, FiebigDwyer or equivalent

–

10 Pressure Reducing ValveLeader, Zoloto, RBor equivalent

–

11 Air Release ValveZoloto, RB orequivalent

–

12 Solenoid ValveAvcon, Danfoss orequivalent

–

13 Motorized ValveAvcon, Danfoss orequivalent

–

PUMPS

1 Hydro-pneumatically operated pumping set KSB, Grundfoss,Wilo or equivalent

–

2 Centrifugal Transfer pumps KSB, Grundfoss,Wilo or equivalent

–

3 Mono block submersible pumps KSB, Grundfoss,Wilo or equivalent

–

4 Sewage/ Seepage lifting Submersible pumps(Solid handling Capacity 40 mm)

Grundfos, ITTIndustries KSB,WILO, DP orequivalent

–


Page – 32

5 Level Controller (Water) Technika orequivalent

–

6 Level Indicator (Water) Technika, Minilec orequivalent

–


Page – 33

S.No.




Volume 2TechnicalSpecifications

Part–A: Technical Specificationfor Civil Works

Section – 3Concrete Plain and Reinforced

Add the following specificationat the end of first paragraph ofCl. 3.1.2 Aggregate

Manufactured sand if usedshould have particles in propergradation to satisfy therequirements of IS: 383. Silt incrushed sand should not be morethan 2%. Crushing shall be doneusing vertical shaft impactor orrotary compactor to minimiseflakiness.




Add the following specificationfor Anti-corrosive Coating

5.7 Anti-corrosive Coating

Steel reinforcement bars shall be coated with Inhibitor and Cement Slurry. This method developed by

CECRI, Karaikudi consists of application of cement based inhibitor and sealing coat on reinforcement

bars. The process of coating as follows.

Process number 1 to 3 are required for bars with loose rust scales.

1. De-rusting by dipping the rebars in pickling solution i.e. PROTMAX-DR Derusting

Solution or equivalent having patent no. 465/CAL/75 for 30 minutes (pH of the solution

is 1.04)

2. Removal from acid tank and dipping in alkaline tank to neutralize and cleaning with

potable water for 2 minutes.

3. Application of phosphate jelly coat (Patent no.109897) by a fibre brush and drying for

45-60 minutes (pH of the jelly is 2.5).

4. Application of inhibitor solution A i.e. PROTMAX-ICS Inhibitor Solution or

equivalent having patent no.109784/67 for 2 minutes by brushing/ dipping.

5. Application of first coat of cement slurry coating with inhibitor solution A by brushing.

6. Air drying for 24 hours.

7. Application of first coat of sealing solution B i.e. PROTMAX-SS Sealing Solution or

equivalent having Patent no.112440/67 for 2 minutes by brushing/ dipping.

8. Application of 2nd coat of cement slurry solution A for 2 minutes.

9. Air drying for 24 hours

10. Another coat of sealing solution B and drying for 4 hours.


Page – 34

11. Application of 3rd coat of sealing solution B for 2 minutes

12. Air drying for 4 hours.

The treatment of rods must be done after the bars are cut and bent to shape. Detailed specificationregarding quality control aspect and chemicals/ solution used in the process may be obtained fromCentral Electrochemical Research Institute (CECRI) Karaikudi.

Inspection and testing: Coated rebars shall be checked for minimum average dry film thickness,uniformity of thickness, defects such as cracks, peeling, bulging and uncoated areas etc. using SSPC-PA2 method or any other method approved by engineer-in-charge. Coating shall be tested for adhesion,bond strength, abrasion resistance, chemical resistance as per specifications laid down by themanufacturer.


Page – 35

S.No.






8. Pile FoundationsReplace the entire Section 8:Pile Foundations with the textgiven below

8 PILE FOUNDATIONS

8.1 General

8.1.1 Piling plant and Methods

Suggested method for piling is cast in situ-bored piles with hydraulic drilling rigs using partial

depth casing with polymer drilling solution and oscillator arrangement.

1 Not less than 2 weeks before any piling work is commenced the Contractor shall submit

to the Engineer for approval full details of his proposed piling plant and detailed method

statements for carrying out the Works.

Details of casings and concreting methods in respect of bored cast in place concrete piles

are to be provided.

2 The Contractor shall not commence any piling until the plant and methods which he

proposes to use have been approved by the Engineer but such approval shall not relieve

the Contractor from any of his obligations and responsibilities under the Contract. If for

any reason the Contractor wishes to make any change in the plant and methods of working

which have been approved by the Engineer, he shall not make any such change without

having first obtained the Engineer approval thereof.

3 List and number of equipment and accessories proposed to be used for the present job

shall be submitted along with the technical bid.

8.1.2 Records:

The Contractor shall keep complete records of all data required by the Engineer covering the

fabrication, driving and installation of each pile and shall submit two signed copies of these

records to the Engineer not later than noon of the next working day after installation of the

piles.

8.1.3 Programme and Progress Report

1 The Contractor shall inform the Engineer each day of the programme of piling for the

following day and shall give adequate notice of his intention to work outside normal

hours and at weekends, where approved.

2 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer on the first day of each week, or on such

other date as the Engineer may decide, a progress report showing the rate of progress to


Page – 36

that date and progress during the previous week or period of all main items of piling

works, as required by the Engineer.

8.1.4 Setting Out

The Contractor shall establish and maintain permanent datum level points, base lines and grid

lines to the satisfaction of the Engineer and shall set out with a suitable identifiable pin or

marker the position of each pile. The setting out of each pile shall be agreed with the Engineer

at least 8 working hours prior to commencing work on a pile and adequate notice for checking

shall be given by the Contractor.

Notwithstanding such checking and agreement, the Contractor shall be responsible for the

correct and proper setting out of the piles and for the correctness of the positions, levels,

8.1.5 After all piles are cast and weak concrete is chipped out the Contractor shall submit the drawing

showing the exact location of piles with respect to the column centre line.

8.1.6 Disturbances and Noise

1. The Contractor shall carry out the piling work in such a manner and at such times as to

minimise noise and disturbance.

2. The Contractor shall take precautions adequate to avoid damage to existing services and

adjacent structures. Fig.1 of IS: 2974 (Part 1) - 1969 may be used as a guide for studying

qualitatively the effect of vibration of persons and structures. In case of deep excavation

adjacent to piles, proper shoring or other suitable arrangement shall be done to guard

against the lateral movement of soil stratum or releasing the confining soil stress.

Reference may be made to BS: 5573 for safety precautions in the construction of large

diameter bored piles. Any such damage shall be repaired by the contractor to the

satisfaction of the Engineer.

3. The Contractor shall ensure that damage does not occur to complete piling works and shall

submit to the Engineer for approval his proposed sequence and timing for driving or boring

piles having regard to the avoidance of damage to adjacent piles.

8.1.7 Obstructions

If during the execution of the Works the Contractor encounters obstructions in the ground, he

shall forthwith notify the Engineer accordingly, submit to him details of proposed methods for

overcoming the obstruction and proceed according to the Engineer’s instructions.

8.2 Scope of Work

1. These specifications cover the works of providing pile foundations. Work included

consists of all necessary services and furnishing of all labour material, tools, equipment

and related items for the full and satisfactory performance of the contract, conforming to

these specifications and as shown in the Contract Drawings or reasonably implied therein

or any authorised conditions or alterations thereof.


Page – 37

2 The Contractor is advised to visit the site and familiarise himself with the conditions at

site. The Engineer shall not be held responsible for the accuracy of the soil data, furnished

in good faith with the tender.

3 The construction of piles shall be in accordance with the following Indian Standard Codes

of Practice for Design and Construction of Pile Foundations:

IS: 2911-2010 Part I Section 2 Bored Cast in-situ Concrete Piles or IRC: 78 Standard

specifications and code of practice for road bridges Foundation and Substructure

4 With the tender the Contractor shall submit the detailed method of construction to be used.

For cast-in-situ concrete piles the Contractor shall indicate the methods he proposes to

concrete the piles to prevent necking of piles.

5 The Contractor shall quote rates as detailed in the Schedule of Quantities and Rates. In

particular:

a) For piles, the rate quoted shall be for per meter of pile. The actual length of piles will

be determined from site conditions and load test results after work begins.

b) In case the load tests and actual site conditions reveal that the piles proposed do not,

in the opinion of the Engineer provide a satisfactory and economical foundation the

Engineer in his sole and absolute discretion shall have power to revise the pile layout,

pile diameter, pile location etc.

6) The items of work will generally be as follows:

a) Boring/drilling including provision of temporary casing.

b) Supplying, fabrication, and placement of all reinforcing bars.

c) Casting of concrete piles as per specifications.

d) Load testing of piles.

8.3 Materials

8.3.1 General:

Unless otherwise specified in this section all materials shall conform to the requirements

specified in separate sections for Concrete, Formwork and Reinforcement.

8.3.2 Cement:

The cement to be used for piling and all foundation work shall be conforming to Indian Standard

Specifications “IS: 455 Specification for Portland Slag Cement”. The Cement shall be free from

lumps and caking.

8.3.3 Concrete Mix Design:

The concrete shall be as per respective design drawings and BOQ. The maximum size of coarse

aggregate shall not exceed 20mm. For cast-in-situ piles concrete with a slump of 150 to 175mm

(consistent with the method of concreting) will be required. For slump more than 150mm the

workability should be tested by “determination of flow” as per IS: 9103. Minimum cement


Page – 38

contents for design mix shall not be less than 400 kg/m³ of concrete in piling. For piling, quantity

of cement shall be as per the design mix or the minimum cement content whichever is greater

shall be used.

The contractor shall submit mix design calculations and get the same approved by the engineer

well before the starting of installation of piles and carry out adequate numbers of tests to ensure

the minimum specified strength as indicated in drawings.

8.3.4 Concrete Cube Tests

Concrete cubes shall be cast, tested and evaluated as specified in section 3.

8.3.5 Reinforcement

a) The reinforcement shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 6 extending

for the full length of the pile and shall project 60 times bar diameters above the cut off

level or as specified in the drawing. Only circular concrete cover blocks threaded on to

the helix shall be used for ensuring the specified cover.

b) Joints in main longitudinal bars will be permitted only where, in the opinion of the

Engineer, each bar cannot be supplied in one complete length. Where permitted, joints

shall be provided at agreed centres, designed to develop the full strength of the bar

across the joint, provided with adequate extra links or stirrups and staggered in position

from those of adjacent longitudinal bars, all to the approval of the Engineer.

c) All main longitudinal bars shall be tack weld at lapping if any and to the pile cap

reinforcement. The last one circle of helical stirrups at each end shall be welded to main

longitudinal bars. Any extra tack welding required for handling and lowering of cage

in borehole shall be done by the contractor at no extra cost.

8.3.6 Casings and Tremie Pipes

The casings and tremie pipes shall be in mild steel. The temporary casing plates and permanent

liners shall have adequate wall thickness and strength to withstand driving stresses, stresses due

to soil pressure, etc. Without damage or distortion all joints shall be water tight. The internal

diameter of the casing shall not be less than the nominal diameter of pile.

8.4 Cast In-Situ Bored Piles

8.4.1 General

a) Diameters of the piles shall be the concrete shaft diameters and shall not be less than

the diameters specified in the drawing.

b) These shall be formed by boring to the founding strata specified on the drawings or as

directed at site. The sides of the boring shall be prevented from collapsing by one of

the following:

permanent mild steel liner (cased pile)

removable mild steel casing (uncased pile)


Page – 39

c) Piles shall be constructed in a sequence approved by the Engineer. During boring, the

Contractor shall, where required by the Engineer, take soil, rock or ground water

samples and transport them to an approved testing laboratory or carry out soil tests as

directed.

d) The method adopted shall be chosen giving due consideration to the subsoil data,

ground water conditions and to the other relevant conditions at site as well as to the

presence of adjacent structures.

e) The bottom of the steel lining shall be sufficiently in advance of the boring tool so as

to prevent settlement of outside soil and formation of cavities.

f) Removable mild steel casings shall be used only with extreme caution. Individual

casings shall be joined together by screwing or any other approved method and not by

direct butting with external lug connections. The inner surface of casings shall be

smooth and free of all internal projections.

8.4.2 Boring

a) Boring shall be done using hydraulic drilling rigs with oscillator arrangement suiting

to different kinds of strata encountered.

b) As a general guideline, size of cutting tool shall in no case be less than the diameter of

the pile minus 75mm. However, the size of cutting tool shall be chosen by contractor

depending on the type of substrata and equipment employed by contractor so that

executable pile shall not have diameter less than nominal diameter of pile as specified

in drawing. The contractor shall also ensure that there is no reduction in poured

concrete quantities. These calculations shall be based on consumption of concrete

poured in bore (as recorded in pour log) and actual concrete required in bore on

theoretical basis i.e. based on nominal diameter of pile and actual bore hole length

(based on actual sounding of founding level). Above 5% reduction in consumption of

poured concrete quantities in pile may be rejected. In general piling shall be done by

using hydraulic rig with temporary liner. Use of liner for top 4 to 6 metres from ground

level or more depth, to protect loose soil falling in bore hole) as directed by engineer,

is essential. No extra payment shall be made to the contractor for using temporary liner,

over the item of piling as in BOQ.

c) Use of polymer in stabilizing sides of the pile borehole may also be necessary together

with temporary or permanent casing wherever sub soil and ground water conditions are

likely to cause mud flows or instability of pile bore or sand boiling. However,

permanent liner be permitted only when deemed necessary by the Engineer.

The properties of polymer drilling solution used and quality control shall be as per the

requirement given below.

Property of Slurry (units) Requirement Test Method(API Standard Method)

Density (g/cc) < 1.02518 Mud Weight Density Balance(API 13B-1)

Viscosity (marsh cone viscosity for 946ccapproximately)

32 to 135* Marsh Funnel and Cup(API 13B-1)

pH 8 to 11.5 Glass electrode pH meter


Page – 40

or pH paper stripsSand Content immediately prior to concreteplacement (percent by volume)

< 1.0 % Sand Content(API 13B-1)

* Marsh Cone viscosity to be preferred to be maintained between 40 and 48 seconds, though

AASHTO guidelines define the range to be 32-150 seconds.

When using polymer drilling solution, flushing shall be done after the lowering of the

reinforcement cage and tremie before starting of concreting with fresh polymer drilling

solution. No extra payment will be given for the polymer drilling solution.

When borehole is stabilised by casing and drilling mud or by maintaining water head

using temporary/ permanent casing, the bottom of the hole shall be cleaned very

carefully before concreting work is taken up. Cleaning / flushing methodology shall be

submitted and got approved by the engineer prior to commencement of piling.

Where mud flow conditions exist or the aggressive action of ground water is to be

avoided, or in the case of piles built in water or in cases where significant length of

piles could be exposed due to scour – the casing should be left permanently in the

ground with 8 mm thick permanent liners as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

The quantum of steel required in liners up to depth of cut off level shall be measured

as per drawing though the liner might have been provided right from the level of the

working platform on practical considerations, since the length of the permanent liner

above the cut-off level has to be necessarily removed by gas-cutting for facilitating

peeling of the top portion of the pile and for interlacing its reinforcement bars into the

capping slab. There is however, no objection if the surplus pieces (if cut and removed

carefully and then found reusable) are joined and are re-welded to required length for

reuse in the same contract on some of the other piles. No claim shall be entertained for

such pieces if the cut pieces cannot be reused by the Contractor in the aforesaid manner.

d) Pumping from bore hole shall not be permitted unless a casing has been driven into a

stable stratum which prevents flow of external ground water from other strata in

significant quantities.

e) In case of end bearing piles founded on rock, cutting of rock by hydraulic rig using

diamond bits will be resorted to. Scheme adopted shall be such that noise and vibration

parameters specified in tender document/ Environment manual are not violated.

Drilling in rock shall be carried out by hydraulic rig using diamond bits. No extra

payment shall be entertained for socketing in rock except as specified in BOQ.

f) On completion of boring, loose disturbed or remoulded soil shall be removed from the

base of bore.

Penalty on mishandling of polymer drilling solution

Mishandling of polymer drilling solution (like splashing of polymer drilling solution outside

specified width of barricading or non-cleaning of tyres of dumpers and transit mixers before

leaving the piling site thereby making the road dirty etc.) is strictly prohibited. Noncompliance

of same shall attract a penalty as follows:


Page – 41

i) On first observation – Rs. one lac

ii) On Second observation – Rs. two lacs

iii) On third and each subsequent observation – Rs. three lacs

The polymer drilling solution should be environment friendly and approved by the Engineer.

Upon the completion of the job, the contaminated polymer solution should be chemically

treated and disposed. No additional cost is payable for safety and proper disposal of the used

polymer solution.

8.4.3 Concreting

a) Prolonged delays in the commencement of concreting after the completion of the

boring shall not be permitted. The time interval between the completion of boring and

placing of concrete shall not exceed 6 hour.

b) The concrete shall have a minimum slump of 150mm in case of concreting in a water-

free bore. Suitable precautions shall be taken for prevention of segregation. Internal

vibrators shall not be used unless the Contractor is satisfied that segregation will not

result because of vibration and unless the method of use has been approved by the

Engineer.

c) The concrete for piles underwater or in drilling mud shall be placed with a tremie pipe.

The tremie pipe shall not be less than 200mm diameter for 20mm aggregate. The joint

between the hopper and tremie pipe as well as the joints in the tremie pipe shall be

water tight and the tremie pipes shall be thoroughly cleaned after each use. The concrete

shall have a minimum slump of 150mm.

It is essential that the water level within the pile bore be in equilibrium before

commencement of concreting.

d) The Contractor shall ensure that heavily contaminated drilling mud has not

accumulated at the base of boring since this could impair free flow of concrete from

the tremie pipe.

e) If the specific gravity of the drilling mud at the base of the bore exceeds 1.20 the placing

of concrete shall not proceed.

f) The first charge of concrete shall be placed in the hopper over a sliding plate of the

bottom of the hopper. The charge should be adequate in volume to ensure flushing

action to prevent mixing of water or drilling mud and concrete. Alternatively floating

plugs of approved specification may be used before the first charge of concrete.

g) The tremie pipe shall at all times penetrate the previously placed concrete with adequate

margin against accidental withdrawal. The tremie pipe shall not be withdrawn until the

completion of concreting. At all times a sufficient quantity of concrete shall be

maintained within the pipe to ensure that the pressure from it exceeds that from the

seepage water.


Page – 42

h) Spot measurements shall be taken at suitable intervals to check that the tremie pipe has

an adequate penetration into previous concrete.

i) Concreting of the pile shall be in one single and continuous operation. In case of long

piles of large diameter, large size mixers or more mixers shall be used so that the entire

concreting operation is completed in not more than six hours after termination of the

bore.

j) The top of concrete in a pile shall be brought above the cut-off level since the top

concrete is loose and is weak because of contamination with water/drilling mud. This

ensures good concrete at the cut-off level.

k) Cut off level (COL)

Cut off level of piles shall be indicated in working drawings or as indicated by

Engineer.

The top of concrete in pile shall be brought above the cut off level to remove all laitance

& weak concrete and to ensure good concrete at cut off level.

As general guidelines, for cut off level up to 1.5m below working level, the concrete

shall be cast of 300mm above COL. For each additional 0.3m increase in depth of COL

an additional coverage of 50mm shall be required. In the circumstance where COL is

below ground water level, the need to maintain a pressure should be observed &

accordingly length of extra concrete above COL shall be determined by the Contractor

and approval of Engineer obtained before concreting.

In case of concrete being placed by tremie method and pile cut off level less than

1.0meter below the ground level, concrete shall be cast to the piling platform level to

permit overflow of concrete for visual inspection. In case COL of pile is more than 1.0

meter below working level then concrete shall be cast to a minimum of one meter above

COL. Before concreting contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer of the

height above COL up to which the concrete is to cast.

Any defective concrete in the head of the completed pile shall be cut away and made

good with new concrete.

l) When a casing is being extracted a sufficient quantity of concrete shall be maintained

within the bore to ensure the pressure from external ground water and soil is adequately

exceeded by the pressure of concrete. Otherwise necking of the pile may result. A

minimum embedment of 1.5 to 1.8m is required.

m) No concreting shall be placed in the bore once the bottom of the casing has been lifted

above the top of concrete.

n) After each pile has been cast any empty bore shall be protected and carefully backfilled

as soon as possible with approved materials.

o) Complete boring and concreting records shall be submitted to the Engineer for each

pile. The records shall include the duration of concreting, tremie lengths (individual

and cumulative), tremie pipe lengths removed, theoretical sounding, actual sounding

,actual lengths of pile concreted and the volume of concrete placed, cut off level ,


Page – 43

founding levels etc. For piles with temporary casings records of sequence of casing

withdrawal and levels of concrete before and after withdrawal shall also be included in

the reports.

8.5 Alignment of Piles

1) Piles shall be installed as accurately as possible according to the drawings either

vertically or to the specified batter. All deviations will be measured at the cut off level

of the piles. The deviation from the true axis shall not be more than 1.5% for vertical

piles and 4% for rake piles. Piles should not deviate in location by more than 75mm

when used in groups. For single or 2 piles used under columns, deviation shall not be

more than 50mm. Particular precautions during construction shall be taken by the

Contractor in the case of mono-pile to comply with the alignment criteria.

2) The Contractor shall maintain a record of actual pile locations in the form of drawing

and submit the information to the Engineer at suitable intervals.

8.6 Pile Cap

Pile caps shall be of reinforced concrete. If the pile cap is in contact with earth at the bottom, a

levelling course of minimum 75 mm thickness of PCC of grade M15 shall be provided or as

shown in the drawings.

The attachment of the pile head to the cap shall be adequate for the transmission of loads and

forces. A portion of pile top may be stripped of concrete and the reinforcement anchored into

the cap. Manual chipping may be permitted after three days of pile casting while pneumatic

tools for chipping shall not be used before seven days after pile casting. The top of pile after

stripping shall project at least 150mm into the pile cap. Concreting of the pile cap shall be

carried out in dry conditions. All the operations and tools required for making the pile in dry

condition is included in the item.

8.7 Testing of Piles

1) The load tests shall be in accordance with the Indian Standard Code of Practice for

Design and Construction of Pile Foundations IS 2911 (Part IV) For initial load test, test

load will be 2.5 times the theoretical designed capacity of pile. For initial load, test

arrangement to be designed shall also cater for additional 25% above test load and

nothing extra will be paid on this account. Permissible stresses in test arrangement

(steel truss or plate girder) to cater for test load plus additional 25% load shall be within

permissible stresses as per IS: 800 (as for permanent structure). For test frame, steel of

Grade –B conforming to IS: 2062 shall be used.

2) Engineer will decide the locations of initial and routine horizontal and vertical load

tests to be performed in different zones depending on variation in substrata. Number of

initial pile load tests shall be as indicated in BOQ item. For each station 1 no. of initial

load test for each diameter of pile is to be performed by the contractor. The contractor

shall undertake test piles required for initial pile load test in the initial stages of work

using the same methodology and equipment’s which will be subsequently used for

working piles. These tests shall be undertaken well in advance of working pile. No


Page – 44

working pile would be allowed to undertaken till initial satisfactory initial pile load

tests have been completed. Non-granting of permission for pile/ pile cap by Engineer

in such respect will not be considered as reason for delay or any claim thereof. The test

arrangement to be employed shall be of nature which is quick to install and remove and

easily transferable. Number of tests will be as indicated in BOQ.

3) Routine horizontal & vertical load tests are performed as a check on the load carrying

capacity and settlements of the pile foundations.

4) The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least 48 hour notice of the commencement of

construction of these piles which are to be subjected to Initial Tests.

5) The load tests shall not normally be conducted unless the concrete is at least 28 days

old. However in special circumstances, permission can be given by Engineer for prior

testing.

6) All testing shall be done under the direction of experienced personnel conversant with

the equipment and the testing procedure.

7) Before the commencement of the tests all the particulars regarding the test pile

including boring data and concrete cube strengths shall be made available at site and

shall form a part of the test report.

8) On completion of each load test the Contractor shall submit a report of the load test

which shall include the following information.

a) Description of soil conditions, ground water table, actual boring and

installation records, concrete cube test results.

b) Method of load application

c) Load settlement readings during loading and unloading

d) Time load-settlement curve

e) All other observation relevant to the test being conducted.

9) Dynamic Integrity Test:

The Dynamic Integrity test using pile driving analyser or approved equivalent for pile

integrity shall be performed on all the piles as indicated in BOQ. The top of the pile

shall be made accessible, chipped off up to hard concrete, levelled by trimming it

back as far as practicable. The reinforcing bars of the piles tested shall be bent

sideways. The test shall be performed after removal of bad/ weak concrete at top so

that the wave propagation is steady through hard concrete. The test shall be carried

out at minimum 3 Locations on each pile in such a way that the entire cross section of

the pile is evenly covered. The test shall be conducted with a minimum age of

concrete of 15 days. A specialist approved agency shall be employed for the test and

the tests shall generally be as per recommendations of the agency unless directed by

the Engineer. A complete report indicating the graphical display of wave propagation

under each flow shall be submitted along with interpretation of results showing

discontinuities, cross-sectional changes or material changes if any are to be co-related

with Site data.

(a) Reporting


Page – 45

1) The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative the test results,associated interpretive report and certificate for each tested pile within 10days of the completion of each test.

2) The interpretation of test results shall be carried out by competent specialistengineers.

(b) Anomalies

1) If any anomalies, which indicate unacceptable weaknesses in the concrete,are reported as a result of integrity testing, the Contractor shall perform coredrilling for sampling and laboratory testing to prove if the quality andbearing capacity of the concrete are adequate. The program for necessarycore drilling and testing shall be consented by the Employer’sRepresentative.

2) If such anomalies are shown to be detrimental to the performance of the pile,remedial measures shall be consented by the Employer's Representative andundertaken by the Contractor to rectify this.

3) No covering over of the piles shall occur until the Employer's Representativeis satisfied with the results of the testing and any remedial works.

10) The contractor shall carryout trial probes and trial pits down to depths decided by the

Engineer with the objective of locating underground utilities well in advance of the

piling. The locations shall be decided by the Engineer after consultation with the

contractor.

8.8 Defective Piles

1) The Engineer reserves the right to reject any pile which in his opinion has not been

constructed in accordance with the specifications.

2) The Contractor will not be paid for rejected piles. The increase in cost of the pile caps,

tie beams and other measures adopted for strengthening as a result of rejection of

defective piles shall be borne by the Contractor.

8.9 Mode of Measurement

1) The Contractor shall be paid for the length of each pile as measured from the pile

termination level (as per drawing) to the vertical cut-off level. The Contractor's rate

shall include all items of work including all temporary/permanent arrangements for

boring, in soil as specified, concreting, handling, form-work and grouting for precast

piles, including chipping of top weak concrete, removal of excavated earth away from

site and polymer drilling solution slurry, chipped concrete etc. and all other items of

work for the satisfactory completion of the pile foundations. Boring in hard rock will

be measured and paid separately. Reinforcement shall be measured and paid separately.

2) Pile load tests initial and routine shall be measured separately and paid for separately.

3) Each pile integrity test shall be measured and paid for separately.


Page – 46

4) The quantity of permanent steel liners required for the job shall be measured as per

specifications and paid for separately. The rate includes costs of tools and plants,

cutting, welding/riveting, cutting shoe etc. complete.

8.10 As-Built Drawings

On completion of the work, the Contractor will submit a plan showing the exact location and

length of each pile as constructed at site, as well as dates of concreting, cube test results etc.

The original tracing of this drawing shall be submitted to the Engineer.


Page – 47

S.No.






11.5 Noise BarriersNoise barriers consisting of15mm thick UV coated cleartransparent polycarbonate sheetsmeeting the criteria for acousticperformance as per EN 1793 andmechanical and structuralperformance as per EN 1794including necessary structuralgalvanised steelwork and rubbergasket all around

Replace the first line with thetext given below

11.5 Noise BarriersNoise barriers consisting of10mm thick UV coated cleartransparent polycarbonate sheetsmeeting the criteria for acousticperformance as per EN 1793 andmechanical and structuralperformance as per EN 1794including necessary structuralgalvanised steelwork and rubbergasket all around


Volume 4Tender Drawings

The following drawing(s) areadded

DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-38748, Rev 0, Sheet 3 of 3 (1Drawing)

DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-38732, Rev A0 (1 Drawing)

DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-34053,DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-34054,DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-34211 andDDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-34212



DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-32001-A1DDC101-DD-SWN-ST-DW-52504-A1DDC101-DD-SWN-ST-DW-52505-A1DDC101-DD-SWN-ST-DW-52507-A1

DDC101-DD-SWN-AR-DW-50301-A3DDC101-DD-SWN-AR-DW-50302-A3

The following drawing(s) arereplaced

DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-32001-A2DDC101-DD-SWN-ST-DW-52504-A2DDC101-DD-SWN-ST-DW-52505-A2DDC101-DD-SWN-ST-DW-52507-A1



Page – 48


DDC101-PD-SWN-EM-DW-17045-A1DDC101-PD-SWN-EM-DW-17046-A1DDC101-PD-SWN-EM-DW-17049-A1DDC101-PD-SWN-EM-DW-17050-A1


DDC101-PD-SWN-EM-DW-17045-A2DDC101-PD-SWN-EM-DW-17046-A2DDC101-PD-SWN-EM-DW-17049-A2DDC101-PD-SWN-EM-DW-17050-A2



DDC101-DD-SWN-ST-DW-52520-A1

The following drawing(s) aredeleted

DDC101-DD-SWN-ST-DW-52520-A1


Page – 49

ADDENDUM TO PART–3: CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT AND CONTRACT FORMS

S.No.



C Part 3Particular Conditionsand Contract Forms

Part 3 Section VIII and IXParticular Conditions andContract Forms

Completely Replace Part 3Section VIII and IX with Part 3(Revised) Section VIII and IX

Part 3 (Revised) Section VIII and IX is enclosed

Section VIII. Particular Conditions

CHENNAI METRO RAIL LIMITED

CHENNAI METRO RAIL PROJECT PHASE I EXTENSION

CONTRACT ECV-102PHASE 1 EXTENSION – WASHERMANPET TO WIMCO NAGAR

CONSTRUCTION OF ELEVATED VIADUCT FROM CH. 6151.000 TO

CH. 9000.000 (2850m APPROXIMATE) FOR STANDARD GAUGE

TWIN TRACK METRO RAIL INCLUDING 400m DEPOT APPROACH

AND THREE ELEVATED STATIONS – GOWRI ASHRAM,

THIRUVOTTIYUR AND WIMCO NAGAR, ARCHITECTURAL,

PLUMBING, ROOFING, SIGNAGE INCLUDING DESIGN OF

TEMPORARY WORKS (SCAFFOLDING, STAGING ETC.) TRAFFIC

DIVERSION, UTILITY SHIFTING AND ALL ASSOCIATED WORKS

EXCLUDING PILES AND PILECAPS FROM CH. 7700.000 TO

CH. 8544.712m

PART-3 (REVISED)

SECTION VIII & IX

PARTICULAR CONDITIONSAND CONTRACT FORMS

JUNE 2017

CHENNAI METRO RAIL LIMITEDADMIN BUILDING, CMRL DEPOT,

POONAMALLEE HIGH ROAD,KOYAMBEDU, CHENNAI – 600 107, INDIA

2

ECV-102 Part 3 Section VIII and IX (Revised)

Note: Part 3 Section VIII and IX (Revised, June, 2017) supersedes the entire Part 3Section VIII and IX (May, 2017) vide Addendum item No. C

3


Section VIII. Particular Conditions (PC)

Notes on Particular Conditions

The PC complement the GC to specify data and contractual requirements linked to thespecial circumstances of the country, the Employer, the Engineer, the sector, the overallproject, and the Works. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail overthose in the GC.

Part A, Contract Data of the PC, includes data to complement the GC in a manner similar tothe way in which the Bid Data Sheet complements the Instructions to Bidders.

Part B contains the Specific Provisions of the PC

Note that the PC provisions take precedence over those in the GC.

Clause numbers in the PC correspond to those in the GC.

Section VIII. Particular Conditions (Part A: Contract Data) PC-1


Particular Conditions (PC)

The following Particular Conditions shall supplement the GC. Whenever there is a conflict,the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GC.

Part A - Contract Data

S.No

Conditions Sub-Clause Data

1. Employer’s name andaddress

1.1.2.2 &1.3


CMRL Depot, Admin. Building,

Poonamallee High Road,

Koyambedu,

Chennai 600 107.

2. Engineer’s name andaddress

1.1.2.4 &1.3

General Consultant (To be appointed)

3. Bank’s name 1.1.2.11 Japan International Cooperation Agency(JICA)

4. Borrower’s name 1.1.2.12 Government of India

5. Time for Completion 1.1.3.3 540 days

6. Defects Notification Period 1.1.3.7 730 days after the date of issue of TakingOver Certificate for such works or RevenueOperation Date (ROD) whichever is earlier

7. Sections 1.1.5.6 NIL

8. Electronic transmissionsystems

1.3 Fax 044-23792200 and

Email [email protected]

9. Governing Law 1.4 India

10. Ruling language 1.4 English

11. Language forcommunications

1.4 English

12. Time for access to, andpossession of all parts of,the Site

2.1 Site is available for immediate occupation

13. Engineer’s Duties andAuthority

3.1(B)(ii) Variations resulting in an increase of theAccepted Contract Amount in excess of2 % shall require approval of the Employer.



S.No


14. Performance Security 4.2 The Performance Security will be in theform of a “demand guarantee” for anamount of 7.5% of the Accepted ContractAmount and in the same currency of theAccepted Contract Amount.

15. Normal working hours 6.5 Major activities from 9.00 PM to 6.00 AM.Other activities round the clock, but subjectto permission from the local authorities,traffic police etc.

16. Commencement of Works 8.1 Commencement of work shall be from thedate of issue of LOA (by post/ E-mail)

17. Delay damages for theWorks

8.7 As per Employers Requirement in Part-2Section VI,

Please refer

Table: Summary of Delay Damagesbelow.

18. Maximum amount ofdelay damages

8.7 10 % of the final Contract Price.

19. Provisional Sums 13.5.(b)(ii) Rs 5.2 Crores inclusive of cost towardsDAB

The bidder has to pay the entire amount(100%) of the DAB and raise an invoice of50% of such cost (CMRL share) which willbe reimbursed



S.No


20. Total advance payment 14.2 10% of the Accepted Contract Amountpayable in the currencies and proportionsin which the Accepted Contract Amount ispayable

First instalment of 25% of the AdvancePayment shall be paid after the contract issigned and the required bank guarantee inthe specified format from Public SectorBanks is submitted.

After submission of proof of mobilizationof all key personnel required for theproject, the second instalment of 25% shallbe paid.

Last instalment of 50% for plant andmachinery (P&M) shall be paid oncomplete mobilization of all the P&Ms asstated in Part 1 Section III EQC 1.1.2which shall be substantiated by submissionof proof of utilisation within 30 days.Failure to do so shall result in recovery tosuch amount.

21. Repayment amortizationrate of advance payment

14.2(b) Repayment shall be on pro-rata basis fromeach bill payment

22. Retention Money 14.3(c) NIL from running bills

2.5% of the Accepted Contract Amount inthe form of a Bank Guarantee to besubmitted at the time of signing thecontract agreement

23. Plant and Materials 14.5(b)(i) Deleted

14.5(c)(i) Deleted

24. Minimum Amount ofInterim PaymentCertificates

14.6 1 % of the Accepted Contract Amount.

25. Maximum total liability ofthe Contractor to theEmployer

17.6 1.5 times the Accepted Contract Amount



S.No


26. Periods for submission ofinsurance:

18.1 Period from issue of LOA

a. evidence of insurance. 15 days

b. relevant policies 28 days

27. Maximum amount ofdeductibles for insuranceof the Employer's risks

18.2(d) 1% of the Contract amount for eachoccurrence.

28. Minimum amount of thirdparty insurance

18.3 INR One Million per occurrence withoutany upper limit on occurrence

29. Date by which the DBshall be appointed

20.2 Within 28 days of date of commencement.

30. The DB shall be comprisedof

20.2 Three Members

31. List of potential DB solemembers

20.2 Shall be appointed as per GC 20.2

32. Appointment (if notagreed) to be made by

20.3 MD CMRL

33. Number of Arbitrators 20.6 Three

34. Language of Arbitration 20.6 English

35. Place of Arbitration 20.6 Chennai



Table: Summary of Delay Damages as per clause 8.7 of GC

Key dates are from the commencement date

KeyDate(KD)Number

Number ofdays fromdate ofCommence-ment

Description of Key Date

DelayDamagesper day(INR)

General

KD-1. 30 Submission of initial work programme, establishing site office 15000

KD-2. 45Commencement of barricading, traffic diversion andcommencement of utility diversion etc.

15000

KD-3. 60 Ordering formwork for pier, pier-cap, I-girder and U-girder 15000

KD-4. 60 Commissioning of Batching Plant. 75000

KD-5. 60 Completion of 50% of the initial pile load tests 75000

KD-6. 90 Completion of 100% of the initial pile load tests 75000

Casting Yard

KD-7. 105Establishing Casting Yard with pre-stressing beds, handlingequipment and formwork/ moulds ready for production ofprecast elements.

75000

KD-8. 105 Casting of first pre-cast pier-cap at casting yard 100000

KD-9. 120 Casting of first U-girder 100000

KD-10. 150 Casting of first I-girder 100000

KD-11. 180 Casting 50% of pre-cast pier-cap at casting yard 37500

KD-12. 200 Casting 50% of I-girders 37500

KD-13. 240 Casting 100% of pre-cast pier-cap at casting yard 75000

KD-14. 240 Casting 100% of I-girders 75000

KD-15. 240 Casting 50% of U-girders 37500

KD-16. 330 Casting 100% of U-girders 75000

Key Dates: Ch. 8+545 to Ch. 6+940 (P249 to P180)

KD-17. 75 Casting of first pile completion (P249 to P180) 125000

KD-18. 75 Casting of first pier completion (P249 to P180) 125000



KeyDate(KD)Number




KD-19. 90 Casting 50% of piles (P249 to P180) 250000

KD-20. 90 Casting of first pile-cap completion (P249 to P180) 125000

KD-21. 105 Casting 100% of piles (P249 to P180) 500000

KD-22. 105 Casting 50% of pile-caps (P249 to P180) 250000

KD-23. 105 Casting 50% of piers (P249 to P180) 250000

KD-24. 120 Casting 100% of pile-caps (P249 to P180) 500000

KD-25. 135Casting 100% of piers (P249 to P180) and reinstatement ofroad

500000

KD-26. 135Erection of first pier-cap (P249 to P180) including stitchconcrete

125000

KD-27. 150Erection of 50% of pier-caps (P249 to P180) including stitchconcrete

250000

KD-28. 150 Erection of first U-girder (P249 to P180) 125000

KD-29. 150Casting first cross arm at Tiruvottiyur and Wimco Nagarstation

125000

KD-30. 165Erection of 100% of pier-caps (P249 to P180) including stitchconcrete

500000

KD-31. 200Casting 50% of cross arm at Tiruvottiyur and Wimco Nagarstation

250000

KD-32. 210 Erection of 50% of U-girders (P249 to P180) 250000

KD-33. 240 Erection of 100% of U-girders (P249 to P180) 500000

KD-34. 240 Erection of 50% of I-girders 250000

KD-35. 240Casting 100% of cross arms, erection of beams and completecasting of concourse slab at Tiruvottiyur and Wimco Nagarstation

500000

KD-36. 270 Erection of I-girder and casting slab complete (P232 to P240) 500000

Key Dates: Ch. 6+920 to Ch. 6+173 (P179 to STP144)Ch. 8+567 to Ch. 9+000 (P250 to P268)

KD-37. 105Casting of first pile completion (P179 to STP144, P250 toP268)

100000

KD-38. 120Casting of first pile-cap completion (P179 to STP144, P250 toP268)

100000

KD-39. 135 Casting 50% of piles (P179 to STP144, P250 to P268) 200000

KD-40. 135Casting of first pier completion (P179 to STP144, P250 toP268)

100000



KeyDate(KD)Number




KD-41. 150 Casting 100% of piles (P179 to STP144, P250 to P268) 400000

KD-42. 150 Casting 50% of pile-caps (P179 to STP144, P250 to P268) 200000

KD-43. 165 Casting 100% of pile-caps (P179 to STP144, P250 to P268) 400000

KD-44. 165 Casting 50% of piers (P179 to STP144, P250 to P268) 200000

KD-45. 165Erection of first pier cap including stitch concrete (P179 toSTP144, P250 to P268)

100000

KD-46. 180Casting 100% of piers (P179 to STP144, P250 to P268) andreinstatement of road

400000

KD-47. 180Erection of 50% of pier-caps including stitch concrete (P179 toSTP144, P250 to P268)

200000

KD-48. 190 Erection of 50% of I-girders 200000

KD-49. 200Erection of 100% of pier-caps including stitch concrete (P179to STP144, P250 to P268)

400000

KD-50. 210 Erection of 100% of I-girders and casting slab (P249 to P253) 400000

KD-51. 210 Casting of first cross arm at Gowri Ashram station. 100000

KD-52. 240 Erection of first U-girder (P179 to STP144, P250 to P268) 100000

KD-53. 240 Casting 50% of cross arms at Gowri Ashram station 200000

KD-54. 270 Erection of 50% of U-girders 200000

KD-55. 270Casting 100% of cross arms, erection of beams and completecasting of concourse slab at Gowri Ashram

400000

KD-56. 300 Erection of 100% of U-girders 400000

Approach to Depot

KD-57. 150 Casting of first pile (approach to depot) 100000

KD-58. 165 Casting of first pile-cap (approach to depot) 100000

KD-59. 180 Casting of first pier (approach to depot) 100000

KD-60. 190 Casting 100% of piles (approach to depot) 140000

KD-61. 210 Casting 100% of pile-caps (approach to depot) 140000

KD-62. 210 Casting 50% of piers (approach to depot) 70000

KD-63. 210 Erection of first pier-cap 100000



KeyDate(KD)Number




KD-64. 240 Casting 100% of piers (approach to depot) 140000

KD-65. 240 Erection of first I-girder for approach to depot 100000

KD-66. 270 Erection/ Casting 100% of pier-caps/ portal beams 140000

KD-67. 270 Erection of 50% of I-girders for approach to depot 70000

KD-68. 330Erection of 100% of I-girders and casting of slab for approachto depot

140000

KD-69. 360Completion of entire Viaduct and allowing complete access totrack and S&T contractors

140000

Station Works

KD-70. 270 Completion of all Entry/ Exit structural works 400000

KD-71. 300 Completion to level Degree 3 at all Entry/ Exit structures 200000

KD-72. 360 Completion to level Degree 4 at all Entry/ Exit structures 400000

KD-73. 360Completion to level Degree 3 at all rooms at Concourse levelat all stations

200000

KD-74. 390Casting of beams and slab completion at Platform level at allstations

400000

KD-75. 410Completion to level Degree 4 at all rooms at Concourse levelat all stations

400000

KD-76. 450Completion to level Degree 3 at all rooms at Platform level atall stations

200000

KD-77. 480Completion to level Degree 4 at all rooms at Platform level atall stations and allowing access to all system-wide Contractors.

400000

KD-78. 500 Completion of station roof 400000

KD-79. 530Completion of all balance Architectural, Structural, Plumbingworks and Signage

400000

Section VIII. Particular Conditions (Part B: Specific Provisions) PC-9


Part B - Specific Provisions

Supplement to Part 3 Section VII – General Conditions, unless otherwise stated.

SPNo.

Section VII-GCSub-Clause No.

The following Clauses in this Part B – Particular Conditionssupplement Section VII General Conditions, unless otherwisestated.

SP-1. 1.1.3

Dates, Tests,Periods andCompletion

Add the following sub-clause after Sub-Clause 1.1.3.9 of GeneralConditions

1.1.3.10 Contract Period means the period from the commencementdate to the date 540 days after that date on which whole of the worksshall have been completed and taking over certificate issued plus thedefect liability period

SP-2. 1.15

Inspections andAudit by theBank

Deleted.

SP-3. 2.1

Right to access tothe site

Replace the third paragraph and fourth paragraph with thefollowing clause:

2.1.1 Consequence of delay in giving right of access to the site,beyond the dates given in the Appendix to form of tender and/or theAppendices.

The contractor is required to work on the basis of shared access at thework site duly coordinating with the interfacing contractors. Theaccess given to the contractor is not exclusive to him and the accessshall be shared as per the works and sequences required at site. Theland given access is for the purpose of permanent, its associatedtemporary works and storing materials required at site for next oneweek. For the purpose of stacking of materials ancillary arrangements,offices etc. the contractor need to make its own arrangementselsewhere.

Access to the work area shall be given in a phased manner as requiredto meet the Key Dates given in Appendix–2, Part 2, Section VI,Volume-1 Employer’s Requirement,. The contractor shall take thesedates into the work programme. In case if a particular land area is notavailable for access, employer may give alternate areas in lieu of thesame and the contractor shall accordingly plan his works to cater tosuch changes without any extra cost on such account. Even after suchprovision, if access to any area gets delayed, then

For the purpose of reckoning the delay, the latter among the datesmentioned in the Appendix 2 and the date by which contractorrequired such area in the approved programme shall be considered.

Further that the progress of works in the areas where access is given is



to the satisfaction of the employer, then the contractor’s entitlementtowards delays in the areas not handed over shall be as under

Period ofdelay inhandingover (delayreckoned asper abovementionedparagraphs)

Extensionof Time

Compensation forthe suspensionperiod

Remarks

Upto 14days

No No

15 to 30days

Yes No Extension of time asconsidered due bythe employer.

Above 30days and upto 60 days

(Withoutprior notice)

Yes

(Asassessed byengineerandapprovedbyemployerdulyconsideringtheprogram.)

The contractor willbe paid least amongthe following (1)and (2)

(1) As per daily rateof wages for idlelabour/ employees70% of the rate forhire charges for idleplant and machinery(excluding the costof fuel andlubricants) for thenumber of daysapproved by CMRLagainst proof as perremarks column. Inaddition, chargestowards one timedemobilisation,remobilisation ifordered.

(2) 0.02% ofContract value perday for theproportionate* areaof land not givenaccess to beyond 30days upto the timeof handing over.

(* = Area not given

Compensation asassessed by theEngineer andapproved byEmployer onsubmission ofdocumentary proofby the Contractor tothe Engineer’ssatisfaction. Thecontractor shall getthe documentaryproof verified byEngineer on dailybasis from the dayof occurrence.



access/ Total area)

Above 60days fromthe due datefor handingover andupto 6months fromthe date ofissue ofLOA.

(Withoutprior notice)

Yes


The Contractor willbe paid least amongthe following (1)and (2):

(1) The charges forone timedemobilization andre-mobilization ofthe machinesdemobilized due tonon-availability ofsite OR

(2) 0.02% ofContract value perday for theproportionate* areaof land not givenaccess to beyond 30days upto the timeof handing over.

(* = Area not givenaccess/ Total area)

The contractor willbe allowed todemobilize uponreceiving notice ofdemobilizing anymachinery that mayremain idle due tothe delay in handingover of the site. Thecontractor has toremobilize therequired machinerywhen the site ishanded over withoutany compensationtowards the same.

After 6months fromLOA and upto theoriginalcontractperiod or theapprovedextendedperiod ofcompletion.

Yes


The Contractor willbe paid least amongthe following (1)and (2):

1) The charges forone timedemobilization andremobilization of themachinesdemobilized due tonon-availability ofsite or

2) 0.02% ofContract value perday for theproportionate* areaof land not givenaccess to beyond 30days upto the timeof handing over.

(* = Area not givenaccess/ Total area)

1. The contractorwill be allowed todemobilize uponreceiving notice ofdemobilizing anymachinery that mayremain idle due tothe delay in handingover of the site. Thecontractor has toremobilize therequired machinerywhen the site ishanded over withoutany compensationtowards the same.

2. When theEmployer confirmsthe date of access tosuch land parcel, theContractor shallsubmit its proposalwith a program for



completion of worksin such parcel forEOT which will benegotiated byEmployer andagreed to a revisedKD only for suchworks and the sameshall be through asupplementaryagreement. In case acommon agreementis not achieved, theemployer may deleteat its discretion thescope of work insuch portion of land.

If “Prior Notice” for the purpose of the Table, has been given either bythe Employer or the Engineer at least 30 days before the due date ofhanding over of any site, that hand over is likely to be delayed, then nocompensation will be applicable upto a delay of 60 days from the duedate of handing over. The period of delay in the above table shalltherefore commence 60 days after the original handing over date andsubject to the paras mentioned above the table.

The decision of the Employer shall be final on the amount ofcompensation payable on account of any idle labour/ employees andidle plant/ machinery or re-mobilization charges or pro-rated persquare meter contract value or other form of compensation.

Apart from this, the Contractor has no other remedies in connectionwith any delay in handing over of the sites and the same is an exceptedmatter.



SP-4. 4.1

Contractor’sGeneralObligations

Replace the third paragraph of Sub-Clause 4.1 GCC

All equipment, material, and services to be incorporated in or requiredfor the Works shall have their origin in any eligible source country asdefined by the Loan Agreement between the Bank and the Borrower

SP-5. 4.2

PerformanceSecurity

Replace paragraph 2 of 4.2 GCC

The Contractor shall deliver the Performance Security to the Employerwithin 28 days after receiving the Letter of Acceptance, and shall senda copy to the Engineer. The Performance Security shall be issued byPublic Sector bank selected by the Contractor, and shall be in the formannexed to the Particular Conditions, as stipulated by the Employer, orin another form approved by the Employer.

SP-6. 4.7

Setting Out

Add the following sub-clauses to the end of Sub-Clause 4.7 ofGeneral Conditions

4.7.1 The contractor shall survey and fix the alignment, marklocations, maintaining vertical & horizontal clearances andkeeping in view important site references and obligatorylocations in consultation with Engineer. GTS bench mark,temporary bench marks and control points and other details shallbe handed over by the Engineer.

4.7.2 The Contractor shall establish at his cost, at suitable points,additional reference lines and bench marks as may be necessary.The Contractor shall remain responsible for the sufficiency andaccuracy of all his benchmarks and reference lines. He shall takeprecautions to see that lines, points and bench marks fixed by theEngineer are not disturbed by his work and shall make good anydamage thereto.

SP-7. 4.9

QualityAssurance

Add the following sub-clauses to clause 4.9 of General Conditions:

4.9.1 The Contractor shall submit a detailed Quality Plandemonstrating the proposed method of achieving the requiredquality standards of the Employer as attached in Appendix 3 ofPart-2 Employer’s Requirements.

The Quality Plan should address the quality system as requiredby ISO 9001, 2008 and as described in Appendix 3 of Part-2Employer’s Requirements.

The Quality Plan shall clearly list out the procedures, activities,checks, standards and any such thing such as schedule of tests,which he proposes to carry out during the progress of the worksand are necessary to comply with the quality objectives of theEmployer.

4.9.2 The Contractor’s Quality Plan shall specify the Quality ControlTeam who are to report directly to the top management of theContractor’s organization and is delegated with sufficientauthority to suspend any works. The main responsibility of the



Quality Control Team is to carry independent site inspections onthe Works as identified as Hold Points in the Contractor’sQuality Plan to verify that the Works are constructed inaccordance with the relevant design before allowing subsequentworks to commence.

The Contractor’s Quality Plan shall also list the corporate policyadopted by the Contractor.

4.9.3 Without prejudice to GC sub-clause 7.3 - Inspection, Appendix 3of Part-2 Engineer’s Requirements details the procedure for anyadditional Engineer Hold Points.

4.9.4 The Contract allows for continuous audits of the Contractor’scompliance with his Quality Assurance Plan and therequirements of Appendix 3 attached to Part-2 Employer’sRequirements, and any failure of the monthly and/or quarterlyaudits shall result in the relevant payment item in thePreliminaries section of Pricing Document (Section-IV, BiddingForms) being withheld. The decision of the Engineer in thisregard shall be final

4.9.5 No extra payment will be made for complying with theprovisions of this clause, and the cost of the work under thiselement shall be deemed to be included in the cost of the lumpsum items stated in the Pricing Document (Section-IV, BiddingForms).

SP-8. 4.10

Site Data

Add the following sub-clause to the end of Sub-Clause 4.10 ofGeneral Conditions.

4.10.1 The responsibility of the Contractor under sub-clause 4.10 ofGC is full and final and no claim by the Contractor for additionalpayment or extension of time shall be allowed on the grounds that ofany misunderstanding or misapprehension by the Contractor or that hefailed to obtain correct and sufficient information.

SP-9. 4.21

Progress Reports

Add the following sub-clause to the end of Sub-Clause 4.21 ofGeneral Conditions;

4.21.1Cash Flow Estimate

The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, a detailed cash flowestimate together with an “S” curve, in respect of the works, within 28days from the Commencement Date. This shall be up-dated andsubmitted every subsequent, three (3) months, thereafter until thecompletion of the works.

SP-10. 6.7

Health andSafety

Add the following to GC 6.7

6.7.1 The Contract allows for continuous audits of the Contractor’scompliance with his OHS&E Plan and the requirements ofOHS&E as stated in Part-2, Volume 3 of the TenderDocuments, and any failure to achieve the required average



score of 65% during the quarterly audit shall result in a negativeaudit report, whereby the relevant payment item in thePreliminaries schedule of Pricing Document (Section-IV,Bidding Forms) shall be deducted as per Cl. 4.5.5.1.5 of SectionVI, Volume 3 (OHSE). The decision of the Employer’sRepresentative in this regard shall be final.

6.7.2 No extra payment will be made for complying with theprovisions of this clause and the cost of the work under thiselement is deemed to be included in the relevant payment itemin the Preliminaries schedule of the Pricing Document (Section-IV, Bidding Forms).

SP-11. 8.2

Time forCompletion

Add the following sub-clauses to the end of Sub-Clause 8.2 ofGeneral Conditions;

8.2.1 Access for Others by Key Dates

a) In addition to the Contractor’s obligations to InterfacingContractors contained elsewhere in the Contract, the Contractorshall provide access, occupation or handover to InterfacingContractors to those parts of the Works which are subject to KeyDates, by the Key Dates.

b) The Contractor shall complete those parts of the Works, which aresubject to Key Dates, by the Key Dates as specified in Appendix 2of Part-2 – Employer’s Requirements of this Contract. Those partsof the Works subject to Key Dates shall be completed to a statewhereby any Interfacing Contractor can immediately commencehis works without the need to make any change, addition ormodification to the Contractor’s Works.

c) In the event the Contractor fails to provide access, occupation orhandover in accordance with the Contract to an InterfacingContractor for any part of the Works which is subject to a KeyDate by the Key Date, the Contractor shall pay to the Employer thesum of money stated in Table: Summary of Delay Damages as perclause 8.7 of GC and Part A - Contract Data of PART-3 SectionVIII - Particular Conditions for every day which elapses betweenthe Key Date and the date on which access, occupation orhandover can be granted to an Interfacing Contractor inaccordance with the requirements of the Contract.

Delay Damages Levied on earlier missed key dates will berefunded provided the delay does not results in delay for the worksof any interfacing contractors or overall completion of the work. Incase it is affecting the works of any interfacing contractor themoney recovered as Delay Damages will be adjusted (towardscompensation for interfacing contractor) and then the balance willbe released. CMRL decision will be final and binding in thisregard



d) The sums of money stated in Table: Summary of Delay Damagesas per clause 8.7 of GC from Part A- Contract Data of PART-3Section VIII - Particular Conditions for the delay in grantingaccess, occupation or handover to an Interfacing Contractor,represents the damages likely to be suffered by him if that part ofthe Works subject to the Key Date is not capable of having access,occupation or handover given to an Interfacing Contractor inaccordance with the Contract by the Key Date.

e) The Employer’s Representative acting reasonably shall issue anotice of no objection confirming the date on which any part of theWorks subject to a Key Date is in the condition required by theContract so that access, occupation or handover can be given to anInterfacing Contractor in accordance with the requirements of theContract.

f) Key Dates may be extended in accordance with Clause 8.4 of theGeneral Conditions.

g) The Contractor shall give written notice to the Engineer as soon ashe can reasonably foresee an event occurring which is liable tocause any delay to the granting of access, occupation or handoverin accordance with the Contract to an Interfacing Contractor by aKey Date. Such notice, which may, if applicable, be combinedwith a notice given in regard to the Works or any Section inaccordance with Clause 8.4 of the General Conditions, shall not inany event be given later than 28 days after the commencement ofsuch an event which is liable to cause delay to the Key Date.

h) At the time of giving notice of any delay in accordance with GCClause 8.4, the Contractor shall provide the information requiredunder GC Clause 8.4, to the extent applicable to the Key Date.

i) Once occupation is given to an Interfacing Contractor inaccordance with this Condition of Particular Application clause,the Contractor shall only be given access to complete anyoutstanding work or defective work at the times agreed with theInterfacing Contractor who has occupation.

j) In addition to the obligation to give access, occupation orhandover to parts of the Site to Interfacing Contractors, theContractor shall at all reasonable times allow access to all of theSite to the Interfacing Contractors for the purposes of erectingcatenary, laying cables, installing signalling and communicationssystems and all similar work.

k) The access and occupation referred to in this SP clause shallinclude for heavy vehicles at all times.

l) The Contractor shall allow for, and be deemed to have included allrelated costs, in the Contract Price for access, occupation orhandover for Interfacing Contractors on a 7 days a week, 24 hours



per day basis.

SP-12. 8.3

Programme

Add before 1st Para:

The works shall be planned and carried out on two fronts on eitherside of the launch site

The detailed time programme along with resource planning shall beprepared by using MS Project/ Primavera (latest edition) to carry outthe works simultaneously on all the fronts. The Cash flow shall also besubmitted along with the programme.

SP-13. 8.7

Delay Damages

Add the following sub-clauses to the end of Sub-Clause 8.7 ofGeneral Conditions

8.7.1 Where the Works are required to be completed withinparticular Key Dates, as stated in Appendix 2 of Part-2Employer’s Requirements, also apply to these Key Datecompletions, and the Appendix to Tender shall include a sumin respect of each Key Date which represents the damageslikely to be suffered by the Employer if the said Key Date isnot accomplished within the time prescribed or by anyextension granted under GC Clause 8.4.

8.7.2 If the Contractor fails to substantially achieve any Key Datewithin the time so prescribed, subject to any extension grantedunder GC Clause 8.4, he shall pay to the Employer theappropriate stated sum for every day which shall elapsebetween the dates on which the prescribed time expired and thedate of achieving that Key Date.

8.7.3 Delay Damages in respect of two or more Key Dates relatingto a single station or Viaduct may run concurrently, and theContractor will be liable for the aggregate of Delay Damagesfor all delayed Key Dates.

8.7.4 All sums payable by the Contractor to the Employer pursuantto GC Clause 8.7 shall be paid as Delay Damages for delayand not as a penalty.

8.7.5 Every station and Viaduct is subject to Key Dates andtherefore the application of Delay Damages on delay. The totalamount of Delay Damages payable by the Contractor inrespect of the delay to the whole of the Works or for failing toachieve any Key Date, shall be limited to the appropriate sumsstated in Table: Summary of Delay Damages as per clause 8.7of GC from Part A- Contract Data of PART-3 Section VIII -Particular Conditions.

8.7.6 Delay Damages Levied on earlier missed key dates will berefunded provided the delay does not results in delay for theworks of any interfacing contractors or overall completion ofthe work. In case it is affecting the works of any interfacingcontractor the money recovered as Delay Damages will be



adjusted (towards compensation for interfacing contractor) andthen the balance will be released. CMRL decision will be finaland binding in this regard

SP-14. 8.13

Bonus Clause

Add the following Clause 8.13 after the Clause 8.12

If the contractor finishes the works before the Key date for Issuance ofTaking over certificate, then he will be entitled to claim bonus forearly completion of handing over. The maximum amount of bonuswill be limited to 5% of the contract value.

It will be paid on weekly basis.

The payment amount shall be 0.5% of contract value per week forearlier completion with respect to original completion date restrictedto the upper ceiling mentioned above.

In case of any extension of time (EOT), the above provision of bonusclause will be null and void and not applicable.

SP-15. 12.3

Evaluation

Replace Clause 12.3 with the following

Except as otherwise stated in the Contract, the Engineer shall proceedin accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree ordetermine the Contract Price by evaluating each item of work,applying the measurement agreed or determined in accordance withthe above Sub-Clauses 12.1 and 12.2 and the appropriate rate or pricefor the item.

For each item of work, the appropriate rate or price for the item shallbe the rate or price specified for such item in the Contract.

Any item of work included in the Bill of Quantities for which no rateor price was specified, the same shall be considered as included inother rates and prices in the Bill of Quantities and will not be paid forseparately.

However, a new rate or price shall be appropriate for an item of workif:

a. (i) the change in the overall contract price exceeds ±25%

(ii) this item is not specified in the Contract as a “fixed rateitem”

or

b. (i) the work is instructed under Clause 13 [Variations andAdjustments]

(ii) no rate or price is specified in the Contract for this item,and

(iii) no specified rate or price is appropriate because the itemof work is not of similar character, or is not executed undersimilar conditions, as any item in the Contract.

Each new rate or price shall be derived from any relevant rates or



prices in the Contract, with reasonable adjustments to take account ofthe matters described in sub-paragraph (a) and/or (b), as applicable. Ifno rates or prices are relevant for the derivation of a new rate or price,it shall be derived from the reasonable Cost of executing the work,together with profit, taking account of any other relevant matters.

Until such time as an appropriate rate or price is agreed or determined,the Engineer shall determine a provisional rate or price for thepurposes of Interim Payment Certificates as soon as the concernedwork commences.

SP-16. Clause 13.1

Right to Vary

Add the following sub-clause at the end of Clause 13.1 of GeneralConditions

13.1.1 Payment for Lump Sum Items:

The Contractor shall be bound to carry out and complete the Works asspecified in the Contract or as instructed by the Engineer.

a) The lump sum items included in the Pricing Document will not beeligible for revision.

b) In case the Engineer, in consultation with the Employer, introducesan item which is outside the Scope of the Contract and hence does notcontain any rates or prices applicable to the varied Works, the rate ofsuch items shall be derived from the TNPWD Schedule of Rates2016 – 2017.

c) In the event of the Contractor’s disagreement in respect of any new orrevised rates, the Engineer, after consultation with the Employer,shall fix such rates or prices as appropriate and shall notify theContractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.

Until such time as such rate(s) are agreed or fixed, the Engineer, afterconsultation with the Employer, shall determine the provisional rate(s)to enable IPC to be issued by the Engineer.

SP-17. 13.5

Provisional Sums

Add the following text at the end of Sub-Clause 13.5:

As an exception to the above, the Provisional Sum for the cost of theDB shall be used for payments to the Contractor towards theEmployer’s share (one-half) of the invoices of the DB for its fees andexpenses, in accordance with GC 20.2. No prior instruction of theEngineer shall be required with respect to the work of the DB. TheContractor shall produce the DB invoices and satisfactory evidence ofhaving paid 100% of such invoices as part of the substantiation ofthose Statements submitted under Sub-Clause 14.3, which containrequests for payment under the Provisional Sum toward the cost of theDB. The Engineer’s certification of such Statements shall be basedupon such invoices and such evidence of payment by the Contractor.Contractor’s overhead, profit, etc., shall not be included in theprovisional sums for the cost of the DB.



SP-18. 13.7

Adjustment forchanges inlegislation

Replace Sub clause 13.7 of GC with the following:

13.7.1 Compliance with tax laws requirements

(i) The Contractor shall ensure full compliance with tax laws of Indiawith regard to this Contract and shall be solely responsible for thesame. He shall submit copies of acknowledgements evidencing filingof returns every year and shall keep the Employer fully indemnifiedagainst liability of tax, interest, penalty etc., of the Contractor’s inrespect thereof, which may arise.

The Contractor shall maintain complete records in respect of paymentsmade for taxes, duties, octroi and other levies payable to variousauthorities and shall advise the Employer of the complete details ofsuch payments every month, which shall be enclosed with theMonthly Progress Report.

These records shall remain open for inspection by the Employer or theEngineer at any time and shall be made available to them as and whenrequired.

(ii) In case the Employer or subject works or any component thereof isentitled/ receives approval for exemption, refund, waiver orreimbursement in any of the taxes applicable to the Contract,including but not limited to the Central Excise Duty, Custom Duty,TN VAT in full or part thereof; the Contractor shall follow the dueprocess and obtain such exemption/ refund/ reimbursement of suchtaxes etc. from the concerned authority. The Contractor shall arrangefor the remittance of the refund so obtained to the Employerimmediately. Alternatively, the Employer at its discretion may instructthe Contractor to submit all the documentary evidence of having paidthe taxes to enable the Employer to claim the refund from statutoryauthorities. The Contractor will forthwith comply with any of theabove requests of the Employer and in case of the failure of theContractor, the amount of refund, whether estimated or actual, shall berecovered by the Engineer from the amounts due for payment to theContractor or as debt due from the Contractor.

(iii)The Contractor shall provide a valid registration certificate andclearance certificate under Tamilnadu Government VAT Act, 2005, untilsuch certificate is submitted and accepted, no payment, including releaseof any advance payment, shall be made by the Engineer to theContractor.

13.7.2 Changes in Cost Due to Change in law:

13.7.2.1For the purpose of this clause, ‘Laws’ refer to such laws forthe time being in force in India.

13.7.2.2“Change in Law” means the occurrence or coming into forceof the following, at any time after the Base Date.

Any new tax or change in the rate of any existing tax, if sorelated to the works, which is imposed after the due date of



submission of tender and which impacts the performance ofthe contractor with increased cost or which results in extrafinancial gains to the contractor due to decreased cost inexecution of works.

13.7.2.3Such additional or reduced cost shall be certified by theEngineer after examining records provided by the Contractorand shall be paid by or credited to the Employer, subject tosub-clause 13.7.2.5 below.

13.7.2.4Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reducedcost shall not be separately paid or credited, if, the same shallhave been taken into account under any other clause of theContract.

13.7.2.5 If the Price Variation Formula in SP Clause 19 below is adoptedby the Contractor, then no addition or reduction in cost due toany Changes in Law will be allowed by the Employer, exceptfor the changes due to

i) Any new tax introduced

ii) Changes in rate of Customs Duty as compared to the rate existingon the base date

iii) Changes in rate of Excise Duty as compared to the rate existingon the base date

iv) Changes in rate of output TN VAT as compared to the rateexisting on the base date

v) Changes in rate of output Service Tax as compared to the rateexisting on the base date.

vi) Changes in rate of GST as compared to the rate existing on thebase date

13.7.2.6 The impact of the changes referred to in the clause 13.7.2.5 shallbe allowed only to the extent it is not covered by the PriceVariation Formula

13.7.3 After Introduction of GST

The tax components towards Custom Duty, Excise Duty, CST/TNVATand Service Tax shall be quoted by the tenderer separately as indicated inthe Price Bid/ Pricing Summary. The above tax components shall bereimbursed against submission of proof of payment, subject to theindividual ceiling limits as quoted by the tenderer in the Price Bid till thedate the GST comes into effect.

Once the GST has come into force, the payment of tax components forthe

balance amount yet to be claimed for reimbursement shall be regulated as

follows:

The balance amount available up to the ceiling limits under the sub‐headsshall be escalated or reduced in the following manner:



The ceiling amounts under Customs Duty, Excise Duty, TNVAT andService Tax as per the contract shall be aggregated and such amount as apercentage to the contract price shall be worked out. Let this be P. Let the% of GST on Contract price be Q. Then, if P < Q or P > Q then thebalance amount shall be:

Revised balance amount = Balance amount × (Q/P)

Such revised balance amount, shall be reimbursed/ recovered based onproof of submission of payment of GST.

Example:

Contract Value Rs. 100 Crores

Customs Duty Rs. 1 Crore

Excise Duty Rs. 6 Crores

TN VAT Rs. 4 Crores

Service Tax Rs. 8 Crores

Total Taxes Part Rs. 19 Corores

Hence, P = 19/100 = 19%

Rs. in Crore

Tax Total ceiling

limit as quoted

Amount

already

reimbursed

upto the date of

GST

Balance to be

reimbursed out

of the ceiling

limit

Excise Duty 6.00 1.00 5.00

TN VAT 4.00 2.00 2.00

Service Tax 8.00 4.00 4.00

Total 19.00 7.40 11.60

In this Case, P = 19/100 = 19%

Assume GST applicable, i.e. Q:

Case-I: Q = 22%, then amount 11.6 Cr shall be 11.6×(22/19) = 13.43 Cr.

Case-II: Q = 15%, then amount 11.6 Cr shall be 11.6×(15/19) = 9.15 Cr.

Thus the balance amount shall be revised to Rs. 13.43 Cr. or Rs. 9.15 Cr.as the case may be and the contractor shall be liable to continue claimingreimbursement against proof to such extent under GST

SP-19. 13.8

Adjustment forChanges in Cost

Replace GC clause13.8 with the following:

Price Variation Formula.

13.8.1 a) Prices payable to the Contractor, in accordance with the



Contract, shall be subject to adjustment during performance of theContract to reflect changes in the cost of labour and materialcomponents and other inputs to the Works, in accordance withthe following general formula specified;

Pn = a + b(Ln/Lo) + c(Sn/So) + d(Cn/Co) + e(Fn/Fo)

Where:

“Pn” is the adjustment factor to be applied to the certifiedvalue of the work carried out in month “n”, determined inaccordance with GC Clause 13

“a” is a fixed coefficient as specified in Table A of Schedule ofAdjustment Data in Bidding forms, Section IV, representingthe nonadjustable portion in contractual payments;

“b”, “c”, “d” and “e” are coefficients representing theestimated proportion of each cost element (labour, steel,cement and fuel) in the Works or sections thereof, as specifiedin Table A of Schedule of Adjustment Data in Bidding forms,Section IV,

“Ln”, “Sn”, “Cn” and “Fn” are the current cost indices formonth “n”, determined pursuant to Table A of Schedule ofAdjustment Data in Bidding forms, Section IV of PART 1,applicable to each cost element; and

“Lo”, “So”, “Co” and “Fo” are base cost indices correspondingto the above cost elements at the date specified in Table A ofSchedule of Adjustment Data in Bidding forms, Section IV.

b) Deleted

c) Deleted

13.8.2 Conditions Applicable To Price Adjustment

The source of indexes shall be as per Table A of Schedule ofAdjustment Data in Bidding forms, Section IV. Base dates isas follows;

(a) The base cost indices or prices shall be those Bases,prevailing on the day 28 days prior to the closing datefor submission of bids. Current indices or prices shallbe those prevailing on the day 28 days prior to the lastday of the period to which a particular Interim PaymentCertificate is related. If at any time the current indicesare not available, provisional indices as determined bythe Engineer will be used, subject to subsequentcorrection of the amounts paid to the Contractor whenthe current indices become available.

(b) Deleted.

(c) No price adjustment shall be payable on the portion ofthe Contract Price paid to the Contractor as an advance



payment, procurement of plant and machinery such ascasting yard, site office construction and monthly/quarterly deliverable items, TN VAT, Basic CustomsDuty and taxes and duties

(d) The responsibility for arranging copies of the labourand material indices, from the Reserve Bank of Indiaand/or the appropriate Government Institutions abroad,to be delivered to the Engineer and the Engineer on amonthly basis, shall rest with the Contractor.

(e) Whenever the nomenclature or classification ordescription of the indices undergo a change than that isavailable on the Base date, the Engineer will chooseappropriate indices closer to the one available on theBase date for the purpose of determining the variation.The decision of the Engineer in this regard shall befinal and binding.

13.8.3 Non-application of Price Variation Clause to extra items

The Price Variation Clause above shall not be applicable toany extra item of works, not included in the Pricing Document(Section-iv, Bidding Forms), and for which the rates are fixedseparately under Clause 14 of Part 3 - General Conditions.

13.8.4 Adjustment on Account of Price Variation

Adjustments on account of Price Variations may be positive(in which case an additional amount shall be paid to theContractor), or negative (in which case the amount of PriceVariation shall be recovered from the Contractor). Adjustmenton account of Price Variation shall be calculated separately, foreach period between two successive dates of the Contractor’sstatements and paid with the IPC.

After verifying the statement, the Engineer shall certify theadjustment amount and advise the same to the Employer alongwith the IPC. Should any extra amount be due to Contractor,the Employer shall pay the same as far as possible within 28days of certification by the Engineer. Any amount due fromthe Contractor on account of negative adjustment shall berecovered from his pending or other statements at the earliest.

13.8.5 Procedure in case of delay in availability of final Indices

Where the final Price Indices are not available in the ReserveBank of India Bulletins, while making payment towards anIPC, payment towards the Price Variation will be made onprovisional basis based on the indices available, to be adjustedin subsequent statements as and when the final Indices figuresbecome available.



13.8.6 Price Variation during extended period of completion.

The price adjustment as worked out above i.e. either increaseor decrease will be applicable up to the stipulated CompletionDate of the Works, including the extended period ofcompletion where such extension has been granted under Sub-Clauses 8.4 of the Part I - General Conditions, and where suchan extension has been granted, the price adjustment will be dueas follows:

a) In case the indices increase above the indices applicable toa bill made on the last date of original completion period orthe extended period under Sub-Clauses 8.4, the priceadjustment for the period of extension granted inaccordance with GC sub-clause 8.4 will be limited to theamount payable as per the indices applicable to a statementmade on the last date of the original completion period orthe extended period as determined by the Employer as thecase may be.

b) In case the indices fall below the indices applicable to astatement made on the last date of the original or extendedperiod of completion, then the lower indices will beadopted for Price Adjustment for the period of extension.

c) No price increase will be allowed for periods of delay forwhich the Contractor is held responsible. The Employerwill, however, be entitled to any price decrease occurringduring such periods of delay.

SP-20. 14.1

The ContractPrice.

Add the following sub-clauses to the end of Sub-Clause 14.1(a).

i) For the purpose of calculation of PVC, contract price shall be

adjusted by excluding TNVAT, Customs duties, GST, Service

Tax and all other similar taxes which are paid/ payable to the

contractor on reimbursement basis separately.

SP-21. 14.3

Application forInterim PaymentCertificates (IPC)

Replace (f) with the following:

Any other additions or deductions in respect of variations, claims thathave been approved/provisionally approved by the Employer.However any claims to be made under Clause 20 shall not be includedin IPA’s but may be submitted separately.

Add the following sub-clauses at the end of Clause 14.3 of Part 3General Conditions;

14.3.1 Tax Deduction at Source

Deduction towards Income Tax, and any other tax, may be made atsource from each payment made by the Engineer, as may be directedby Income Tax Department and other statutory bodies or as providedin statute, relevant acts, rules, circulars and directions issued there



under.

14.3.2 Post Payment Audit

The Employer reserves the right to carry out a post payment auditand/or technical examination of the Works, and the Final account,including all supporting vouchers, abstracts, etc., and to make a claimon the Contractor for the refund of any excess amount paid to him, ifas a result of such examination, any over-payment to him isdiscovered to have been made in respect of any work done or allegedto have been done by the Contractor, under the Contract. If any under-payment is discovered, the same shall be paid by the Employer to theContractor. Such payments or recoveries, however, shall not besubject to any interest.

SP-22. 14.5

Plant andMaterialsintended forwork

Add the following clause as 14.5 (d)

If at any point of time during the contract period the employer/engineer observes that the contractor fails to procure the materials, theemployer reserves its right to procure such material at the risk and costof the contractor and provide the same to the contractor to incorporateinto the works. Cost incurred on account of such procurementincluding overheads shall be recovered from the future IPAs of thecontractor

SP-23. 14.7

Payment

Replace the sub-clause 14.7 (b) with the following

(b) 80% of the amount certified in each Interim Payment Certificatewithin 7 days of submission of such IPA to the Engineer along withthe Statement and supporting documents. The balance payment of20% of the IPC within 56 days of submission of such IPA to theengineer. The above facility shall be withdrawn in case thecertification by the Engineer or Employer of the final amount fallsbelow 80% of the payment application by the contractor in twosuccessive applications. On withdrawal of such facility, the amountcertified in each Interim Payment Certificate shall be paid within 56days after the Engineer receives the Statement and supportingdocuments.

SP-24. 14.7

Payment

Replace the last paragraph after (c) with the following:

Payment of the amount due in specified currency or currencies shallbe made into the account opened exclusively at Chennai by theContractor with any Public Sector (PSU) Bank or ScheduledCommercial Bank for the operation of funds in this project and allpayments by Employer shall be credited only to such account. CMRLwill audit such accounts quarterly. Contractor cannot take amountsfrom this account until completion of work.

SP-25. 14.9

Payment ofRetention Money

Replace Clause 14.9 of General Conditions with the following

When the Taking-Over Certificate has been issued for the Works, theContractor is entitled to substitute the bank guarantee for the Retention



Money with another bank guarantee for 50% of that amount, i.e.,1.25% of the accepted contract amount as per the format annexed tothe Particular Conditions or in another form approved by theEmployer and issued by a reputable bank or financial institutionselected by the Contractor. The Contractor shall ensure that theguarantee is in the amounts and currencies of the second half of theRetention Money and is valid and enforceable until the Contractor hasexecuted and completed the Works and remedied any defects, asspecified for the Performance Security in Sub-Clause 4.2.

The bank guarantee for the outstanding balance of the RetentionMoney shall be returned within 21 days after the issue of PerformanceCertificate payment to the Contractor.

However, if any work remains to be executed under Clause 11[Defects Liability], the Engineer shall be entitled to withholdcertification of the estimated cost of this work until it has beenexecuted.

If the Performance Security required under Sub-Clause 4.2 is in theform of a demand guarantee, and the amount guaranteed under it whenthe Taking-Over Certificate is issued is more than half of theRetention Money, then the Retention Money guarantee will not berequired. If the amount guaranteed under the Performance Securitywhen the Taking-Over Certificate is issued is less than half of theRetention Money, the Retention Money guarantee will only berequired for the difference between half of the Retention Money andthe amount guaranteed under the Performance Security.

SP-26. 14.15

Currencies ofPayment

Replace the entire Sub-Clause 14.15 with the following:

The Contract Price shall be paid in the currency or currencies in whichthe bid price was expressed in the Letter of Bid. If more than onecurrency is so named, payments shall be made as follows:

(a) payment of the damages specified in GC 8.7, shall be made inthe currencies and proportions specified in the Letter of Bid;

(b) other payments to the Employer by the Contractor shall bemade in the currency in which the sum was expended by theEmployer, or in such currency as may be agreed by bothParties;

(c) if any amount payable by the Contractor to the Employer in aparticular currency exceeds the sum payable by the Employerto the Contractor in that currency, the Employer may recoverthe balance of this amount from the sums otherwise payable tothe Contractor in other currencies; and

(d) the applicable rates of exchange shall be those prevailing onthe Base Date and determined by the central bank of the



Country.

SP-27. 15.6, 16.1 and16.2

The sub-clauses 15.6, 16.1 and 16.2 mentioned for contracts financedby Asian Development Bank shall be applicable to this tender withcorresponding SPs mentioned for these Clauses

SP-28. 15.6

Corrupt orFraudulentPractices

Replace Sub-Clause 15.6 with the following:

If the Employer determines, based on reasonable evidence, that theContractor has engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercivepractices, in competing for or in executing the Contract, then theEmployer may, after giving 14 day notice to the Contractor, terminatethe Contract and expel him from the Site, and the provisions of Clause15 shall apply as if such termination had been made under Sub-Clause15.2 [Termination by Employer].

Should any employee of the Contractor be determined, based onreasonable evidence, to have engaged in corrupt, fraudulent orcoercive practice during the execution of the work then that employeeshall be removed in accordance with Sub-Clause 6.9 [Contractor’sPersonnel].

SP-29. 16.2

Termination byContractor

Add the following at the end of Sub-Clause 16.2

In cases where the employer has issued a notice under GCC Clause15.1 to correct, the contractor cannot invoke 16.2 without compliancesto such notice. However he may initiate a notice under 16.1 andthereafter only he can take steps under 16.2

SP-30. 20.2

Appointment ofDispute Board

Delete sub-clause 20.2 of Part 3 General Conditions in its entiretyand replace with the following sub-clauses

1. If a dispute (of any kind whatsoever) arises between the Parties inconnection with, or arising out of the Contract or the execution ofthe Works, including any dispute as to any certificate,determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Engineer,either Party may refer the dispute in writing to the DisputeAdjudication Board (DAB) for its decision, with copies to theother Party and the Engineer. Such reference shall state that it isgiven under this sub-clause.

2. The DAB shall comprise of three members. Managing Director ofthe Employer will give panel of 5 members and the Contractorshall choose any three members to form the DAB. Such membersshall be professionals experienced in the relevant field ofconstruction. The Parties shall mutually agree on one of membersas the Chairman of the DAB and designate so.

3. Such appointment of DAB shall be made within 28 days of thecommencement of work.

4. The remuneration payable to the adjudicators shall be mutuallyagreed to by the Parties and shall be shared by both the Partiesequally.



5. If at any time the Parties so agree, they may jointly refer a disputeor any matter to the DAB for it to give its opinion. Neither Partyshall consult the DAB on any matter without the agreement of theother Party.

6. If any member of the DAB declines to act or is unable to act as aresult of death, disability, resignation or termination ofappointment, a replacement shall be made in the same manner asthe replaced person was appointed.

7. The appointment of any member may be terminated by mutualagreement of both Parties, but not by the Employer or theContractor acting alone.

SP-31. 20.3

Failure to Agreeon theComposition ofthe DisputeBoard

Delete sub-clause 20.3 of Part 3 General Conditions in its entirety

SP-32. 20.4

ObtainingDispute Board’sDecision

Delete the first paragraph of sub-clause 20.4 of Part 3 GeneralConditions

SP-33. 20.6Arbitration

Delete sub-clause 20.6 of Part 3 General Conditions in its entiretyand replace with the following sub-clauses.

1. Any dispute between the Parties arising out of or in connection

with the Contractor, not settled amicably in accordance with

sub-clause 20.5 above, and in respect of which the DB’s

decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be

finally settled by arbitration. The rules governing arbitration

shall be as under:-

A. In case of the Contractor or the Lead Partner of the

Contractor (in the case of a Joint Venture or Consortium)

being of foreign origin.

(i) The Arbitral Proceedings will be administered by the

International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) and

conducted under the ICC Rules of Arbitration, by three

Arbitrators appointed in accordance with the said



Arbitration Rules.

(ii) The venue of Arbitration will be at Chennai, India.

(iii) The Governing Law, governing the merits of the

dispute shall be Indian Law and the arbitration shall be

conducted in English language.

(iv) The Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, as

amended from time to time shall be applicable except to

the extent they are inconsistent with the ICC Rules of

Arbitration.

B. In case of the Contractor or the Lead Partner of the

Contractor (in the case of a Joint Venture or Consortium)

being of Indian origin.

(i) The dispute shall be referred to an Arbitral Tribunal

comprising of three members. Either Party may propose

to the other Party for referring the dispute to

Arbitration. If the proposal is initiated by the

Contractor, such proposal shall be addressed to the

Employer and the Employer shall, within fifteen days

from the date of receipt of such proposal, send the

Panel of Arbitrators maintained by the Employer to the

Contractor. The Contractor shall nominate an arbitrator

from the said Panel within fifteen days from the date of

receipt of the Panel from the Employer. The Employer

shall nominate its Arbitrator from the said Panel within

15 days thereafter.

(ii) If the proposal for referring the dispute to Arbitration is

made by the Employer to the Contractor, it shall

forward such proposal to the Contractor along with the

nomination of its Arbitrator from the said Panel. The

Contractor shall, within fifteen days of receipt of the

Panel from the Employer, nominate its arbitrator from

the Panel.

(iii) If either party fails to nominate its Arbitrator within the

prescribed time limit as mentioned above, after the

nomination by the other party, then such other party,

after the expiry of the prescribed time limit, has the



right to nominate the arbitrator from the Panel, on

behalf of the party failing to nominate.

(iv) The two arbitrators nominated by the Contractor and

the Employer as above, shall appoint the Presiding

Arbitrator from the Panel referred above, by mutual

consultation among themselves, within 15 days of the

appointment of the second Arbitrator.

(v) If no consensus is reached within 15 days regarding the

appointment of the Presiding Arbitrator, either party

may apply to the Designated Court referred to in the

Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 as amended by

the Arbitration and Conciliation (Amendment) Act

2015 for the appointment of the Presiding Arbitrator.

(vi) The Parties agree that the selection and nomination of

Arbitrators from the Panel should be based on the

nature and subject matter of dispute to be adjudicated

upon, that is, the nominated Arbitrators shall have

sufficient knowledge and experience to decide upon the

disputed matter. It shall also be ensured by the

nominating parties/ Arbitrators, as the case may be, that

at least one member of the Tribunal shall be a legal

professional with a minimum of 20 years of experience.

(vii) In the event of an arbitrator dying, neglecting or

refusing to act or resigning or being unable to act for

any reason, it shall be lawful to appoint another

arbitrator in place of the outgoing arbitrator in the

manner aforesaid.

(viii) Subject to aforesaid, the Arbitration and

ConciliationAct,1996as amended from time to time,

and the rules thereunder and any statutory

modifications thereof for the time being in force shall

be deemed to apply to the arbitration proceedings under

this clause.

(ix) The venue of the arbitration shall be Chennai. The cost

of Arbitration including the fees of the Arbitrator shall

be borne equally by both the parties.



2. The arbitrators shall have full power to open up, review and

revise any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or

valuation of the Engineer, and any decision of the DB relevant

to the dispute. Nothing shall disqualify representatives of the

Parties and the Engineer from being called as a witness and

giving evidence before the arbitrators in any matter whatsoever

relevant to the dispute.

3. Neither Party shall be limited in the proceedings before the

arbitrators to the evidence or arguments previously put before

the DB to obtain its decision, or to the reasons for dissatisfaction

given in its Notice of Dissatisfaction. Any decision of the DB

shall be admissible in the arbitration.

Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of

the Works. The obligations of the Parties, the Engineer and the

DB shall not be altered by reason of any arbitration being

conducted during the progress of the Works.

4. In the event that a Party fails to comply with a final and binding

DB decision, then the other Party may, without prejudice to any

other rights it may have, refer the failure itself to arbitration

under Sub-Clause 20.6 [Arbitration], Sub-Clause 20.4

[Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision] and Sub-Clause 20.5

[Amicable Settlement] shall not apply to this reference.

5. If a dispute arises between the Parties in connection with, or

arising out of, the Contract or the execution of the Works and

there is no DB in place, whether by reason of the expiry of the

DB’s appointment or otherwise:

(a) Sub-Clause 20.4 [Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision] and

Sub-Clause 20.5 [Amicable Settlement] shall not apply, and

The dispute may be referred directly to arbitration under Sub-Clause

20.6 [Arbitration].


Section IX. Annex to the Particular Conditions– Contract Forms:

Table of Forms

Letter of Acceptance .........................................................................................................CF-2

[Option B: Two-Envelope Bidding]Contract Agreement .........................................................................................................CF-3

Performance Security .......................................................................................................CF-5

Advance Payment Security ..............................................................................................CF-7

Retention Money Security................................................................................................CF-9


Letter of Acceptance[Insert letterhead paper of the Employer]

[Insert date]

To: [Insert name and address of the Contractor]

1. This is to notify you that your Bid dated [insert date] for execution of the [insertname of the Contract and identification number, as given in the Contract Data] forthe Accepted Contract Amount of the equivalent of [insert amount in words andfigures] [insert name of currency], as corrected and modified in accordance with theInstructions to Bidders, is hereby accepted by our Agency.

2. You are requested to furnish the Performance Security within 28 days in accordancewith the Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose one of the PerformanceSecurity Forms included in Section IX, Annex to the Particular Conditions - ContractForms, of the Bidding Documents

3. The completion period is 540 days from the date of issue of Letter of Acceptance(LoA).

4. This letter of acceptance will deemed to be an agreement till the formal agreement isexecuted.

5. The LOA is sent in duplicate, you may please return on copy duly signedimmediately.

Authorized Signature:

Name and Title of Signatory:

Name of Agency:

Attachment: Contract Agreement


[Option B: Two-Envelope Bidding]

Contract Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT made the [insert day] day of [insert month], [insert year], between[insert name of the Employer] (hereinafter “the Employer”), of the one part, and [insertname of the Contractor] (hereinafter “the Contractor”), of the other part:

WHEREAS the Employer desires that the Works known as [name of the Contract]should be executed by the Contractor, and has accepted a Bid by the Contractor for theexecution and completion of these Works and the remedying of any defects therein,

The Employer and the Contractor agree as follows:

1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as arerespectively assigned to them in the Contract documents referred to.

2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed aspart of this Agreement. This Agreement shall prevail over all other Contract documents.

(i) the Letter of Acceptance (LoA);

(ii) the Letter of Technical Bid and Price Bid;

(iii) the Letters of Clarifications (LoC), if any

(iv) the addenda Nos [insert addenda numbers, if any] (if any);

(v) Contract Documents;

a. Part-3 Section VIII Particular Conditions Part-A and Part-B

b. Part-3 Section VII General Conditions

c. Part-2 Employer’s Requirements including Design Documents,Specifications and Schedules and Tender Drawings

d. Part-1 Section IV Pricing Document and Schedule of Payment

e. Part-1 Bidding Procedure and Other Forms

f. Contractor’s Proposal

g. Any other Documents

(vi) the Acknowledgement of Compliance with Guidelines for Procurementunder Japanese ODA Loans.

For the purpose of interpretation, the priority of the listed documents shall be inaccordance with the above listed order.

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor asspecified in this Agreement, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer toexecute the Works and to remedy defects therein in conformity in all respects with theprovisions of the Contract.

4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of theexecution and completion of the Works and the remedying of defects therein, the ContractPrice or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract atthe times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed inaccordance with the laws of [insert the laws of the borrowing country] on the day, monthand year specified above.

Signed by _______________________ Signed by ______________________

for and on behalf of the Employer for and on behalf the Contractor

in the presence of in the presence of

Witness Witness

Name Name

Signature Signature

Address Address

Date Date


Performance Security

Option 1: (Demand Guarantee)

[Insert Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

Beneficiary: Chennai Metro Rail Limited, CMRL Depot, Admin. Building, PoonamalleeHigh Road, Koyambedu, Chennai 600 107

Date: [Insert date of issue]

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.: [Insert guarantee reference number]

Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in theletterhead]

We have been informed that [insert name of Contractor, which in the case of a jointventure shall be the name of the joint venture] (hereinafter called "the Applicant") hasentered into Contract No. [insert reference number of the contract] dated [insert date]with the Beneficiary, for the execution of [insert name of the contract and briefdescription of the Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract").

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, aperformance guarantee is required.

At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay theBeneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [insert amount infigures] ([insert amount in words]),1 such sum being payable in the types and proportionsof currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of theBeneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether inthe demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying thedemand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract,without the Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for its demand or the sumspecified therein.

1 The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Accepted Contract Amountspecified in the Letter of Acceptance, less provisional sums, if any, and denominated either in thecurrency(cies) of the Contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Beneficiary.


This guarantee shall expire, no later than the [insert the day] day of [insert month],[insert year]2, and any demand for payment under it must be received by us at this officeindicated above on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article15(a) is hereby excluded

_______________________[Signature(s)]

2 Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected completion date as described in GC Clause 11.9. Inthe event of an extension of this date for completion of the Contract, the Employer may request anextension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request shall be in writing and shall be madeprior to the expiration date established in the guarantee.


Advance Payment Security

Demand Guarantee(To be stamped in accordance with Stamp Act, if any, of the country of the issuing bank)




ADVANCE PAYMENT GUARANTEE No.: [Insert guarantee reference number]


We have been informed that [insert name of Contractor, which in the case of a jointventure shall be the name of the joint venture] (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) hasentered into Contract No. [insert reference number of the contract] dated [insert date ofthe contract] with the Beneficiary, for the execution of [insert name of contract and briefdescription of Works] (hereinafter called “the Contract”).

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, an advancepayment in the sum [insert amount in figures] ([insert amount in words]) is to be madeagainst an advance payment guarantee.

At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay theBeneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [insert amount infigures] ([insert amount in words])1 upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complyingdemand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in aseparate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating either that theApplicant:

(a) has used the advance payment for purposes other than the costs of mobilization inrespect of the Works; or

(b) has failed to repay the advance payment in accordance with the Contract conditions,specifying the amount which the Applicant has failed to repay.

A demand under this guarantee may be presented as from the presentation to theGuarantor of a certificate from the Beneficiary’s bank stating that the advance payment

1 The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the advance payment anddenominated either in the currency(ies) of the advance payment as specified in the Contract, or in afreely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.


referred to above has been credited to the Applicant on its account number [insertnumber] at [insert name and address of Applicant’s bank].

The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount ofthe advance payment repaid by the Applicant as specified in copies of interim statementsor payment certificates which shall be presented to us. This guarantee shall expire, at thelatest, upon our receipt of a copy of the interim payment certificate indicating that ninety(90) percent of the Accepted Contract Amount, less provisional sums, has been certifiedfor payment, or on the [insert day] day of [insert month], [insert year],2 whichever isearlier. Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received byus at this office on or before that date..

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article15(a) is hereby excluded.

____________________[signature(s)]

2 Insert the expected expiration date of the Time for Completion. In the event of an extension of the timefor completion of the Contract, the Employer would request an extension of this guarantee from theGuarantor. Such request shall be in writing and made prior to the expiration date established in theguarantee.


Retention Money Security

Demand Guarantee




Retention Money Guarantee No.: [Insert guarantee reference number]


We have been informed that [insert name of Contractor, which in the case of a jointventure shall be the name of the joint venture] (hereinafter called "the Applicant") hasentered into Contract No. [insert reference number of the contract] dated [insert date]with the Beneficiary, for the execution of [insert name of contract and brief descriptionof Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract").

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a bankguarantee for 2.5% of the accepted contract amount towards the Retention Money has tobe submitted in favour of CMRL.

At the request of the Applicant, we, as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay theBeneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [insert amount infigures] ([insert amount in words]) upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complyingdemand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in aseparate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that theApplicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without the Beneficiaryneeding to prove or show grounds for its demand or the sum specified therein.

This guarantee shall expire no later than the [insert day] day of [insert month], [insertyear]2, and any demand for payment under it must be received by us at the officeindicated above on or before that date.

2 Insert the same expiry date as set forth in the Performance Security, representing the date twenty-eightdays after the completion date described in GC Clause 11.9. In the event of an extension of this date forcompletion of the Contract, the Employer shall request an extension of this guarantee from theGuarantor. Such request shall be in writing and made prior to the expiration date established in theguarantee.


This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010

Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article

15(a) is hereby excluded.

____________________[signature(s)]

BILL OF QUANTITIES

ECV - 102

Unit Rate Amount Unit Rate Amount


B Schedule B: General

B.1 General

Conducting GPS survey, fixing the alignment, marking locations, vertical and

horizontal clearances, establishing bench marks, reference lines and controlpoints and other details in consultation with the Employer’s Representativeincluding corrections if any.

a) Establishing GPS stations at an interval not more than 140m with one pair atthe interval of not more than 150 m. The GPS station shall be located onpermanent structure or providing and fixing concrete pillar 600 mm × 600 mm ×1000 mm or on building roof free from any displacement disturbance. StainlessSteel (SS) Plate 100 mm × 100 mm × 4 mm with center punch shall be fixed onthe top of the station. GPS instrument accuracy shall be minimum horizontal 5mm + 0.5 ppm and vertical 10 mm + 0.5 ppm in static observation.

The base line measurement shall be based on minimum 4 hrs. staticobservations and other observations shall be with minimum 2 hrs. Staticobservations.

b) Closed traversing shall be carried out storing in total station Angle andDistance from GPS to GPS with an accuracy of 1: 50000 by observing minimum3 sets of face right and 3 set of face left. Stations shall be established at aninterval not more than 200 m. Closing error shall be distributed with leastsquare method in commercial software compatible to the intrument used fortraversing.

Traverse pillar shall be established on permanent structure or providing andfixing concrete pillar 400mm x 400mm x 600mm along the alignment. Totalstation raw data, calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer along withbefore and after adjustment co-ordinates in tabular form

B.1.1


CHENNAI METRO RAIL PROJECT PH.- I EXT.

CONTRACT NO. ECV-102

BILL OF QUANTITIES (CIVIL) - VIADUCT

Sl. No. Description Unit Qty.

Revised BOQ

Page 2 of 124.

ECV - 102




c) Detailed Topographical survey shall be carried out with adjusted traverse co-ordinates. All surface features, ground levels, all underground and over-groundutilities shall be taken. Total Station raw data and calculations shall besubmitted to Engineer for No Objection. Drawings, raw data and calculationsshall be submitted in soft and hard copy.

d) A closed circuit leveling shall be run along the entire route. The accuracy ofthe leveling will be 12√k, where the k is length of the leveling loop . Digital leveling instrument shall be used to establish bench mark. Raw data from digitallevel shall be submitted along with adjusted and unadjusted levels in tabularform.

e) Establish all control points, traverse, bench mark and TBM. Fixing andValidating Centre line of corridor, GAD and pier locations duly consideringfeasibility of the pier locations on account of physical site constraints, utilities(by physical verification) and on the basis of Geotechnical InvestigationReports, vertical & horizontal clearances and establishing traverse points andbench mark for the elevated section including modifications, if any, as perdrawings.

f) No extra amount will be paid to redo or to re-establish any of the surveypoints. The work shall be maintained during the Contract Period including theextended contract period till the completion of the work. Rate includes all surveywork including preparation of revised GAD in consultation with the Engineer.However, physical verification of utilities and Geotechnical investigations ifnecessary will be paid separately under relevant Schedules

NOTE:i. Digital leveling instrument used for the work shall have minimum accuracy of±0.3 mm per km double run with least count not more than 0.01 mmii.Total station instrument shall have minimum accuracy for:a) Angle measurements (Hz, V) of the order of 1"b) Distance measurement of the order of 1mm+2ppm

a. Payment as 50% of total cost of the item on checking and verification of allcontrol points and submission of drawings.

b. Payment as 40% of total cost of the item equally distributed over the durationof the contract and will be paid on pro-rata basis.

c. Payment as 10% of total cost of the item on satisfactory completion of workalong with the final bill.

1 1,200,000 1,200,000LS

Revised BOQ

Page 3 of 124.

ECV - 102




Providing temporary barricade and arrangement for traffic diversion such astraffic signals during construction at site, for day and night as per requirementand drawing. This item will be payable only at two stages of construction. Firststage involves construction of foundations and substructures: pile, pile cap &pier. Second stage involves construction of particular superstructures. In boththe stages of construction, the barricading and arrangements for trafficdiversion has to be kept continuously. Nothing extra will be paid for dismantlingand re-erecting the barricades the traffic signals and other arrangementsthroughout the project period. Barricading may be required to be shifted laterallynumber of times but the same will be paid only once

The construction barricading will be limited to a width of 8.0m (outside tooutside of barricading). This can be increased at specific locations withapproval of Engineer

(i) 2m height RM 6500 5139 33,403,500

(ii) 1m height RM 6500 2313 15,031,575

The Payment schedule for item shall be as follows:

a. Providing barricading for a given stage and approval of the same byEngineer – 70% of accepted amount for item B.1.2(i) or B.1.2(ii).

b. After completion of all activities of stage for which barricading was erected –30 % of accepted amount for item B.1.2(i) or B.1.2(ii).

(Note: The release barricades will be the property of the contractor and he isalso responsible for shifting all such release materials away from the site.)

B.1.2

Revised BOQ

Page 4 of 124.

ECV - 102




B.1.3Submit digital photographs of the works in CDs as directed by the Engineerand supply at monthly intervals or as instructed by the Engineer

Per set 18 641 11,538

B.1.4Supply of video CDs of 60 minutes duration comprising one master copy andone extra copy showing the progress of works at monthly intervals or asdirected by Engineer

Per set 18 12012 216,216

B.1.5

Provide furnished site office, as per the drawing and specifications, for the useof Site Engineer and his supporting staff; approximately 250 sq m area; as perSpecifications (200 m² for elevated station & Viaduct and 50 m² for castingyard)

Per month 18 166625 2,999,250

B.1.6 Clearing including uprooting of rank vegetation, grass, brush wood, cutting oftrees and saplings of all girth and sizes and removal of rubbish to designateddump yard

Sq.m 753 7 5,271

B.1.7 Felling trees of the girth (measured at a height of 1 m above ground level),including cutting of trunks and branches, removing the roots and stacking ofserviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material.

B.1.7.1 Beyond 30 cm girth upto and including 60 cm girth

Nos. 81 219 17,739

Revised BOQ

Page 5 of 124.

ECV - 102





Nos. 77 971 74,767


Nos. 25 4,490 112,250

B.1.7.4 Above 240 cm girth

Nos. 15 9,004 135,060

Transplanting the marked trees of various species and girth to theplaceshown by Engineer/Engineer's representative within a lead of 1.5 Km* withalt tools, plants man & machinary and necessary preperation such as

(i) Preperation of earth ball of tree roots of desired depth & diameters

ii) Dislogging, lifting, transportation and transplanting tree from original place tothe new place including all arrangement, T&P labour etc. for sucessfullycompleting the work

iii) Excavating pits of adequate size.arranging loose soil, mixing of manure,fertilizer, insecticides etc to ensure survival of the trees being transplanted

iv) Maintenance of tree i.e. watering, soil heaping, spray of insectisides for sixmonths, all above operations shall be executed as per specification.

*In case the Lead is more that 1.5km, the additional lead shall be payable asper measured distance by shortest route to the destination as approved by theengineer

B.1.8

Revised BOQ

Page 6 of 124.

ECV - 102




B.1.8.1 Up to 30 CM. Girth

Nos. 1 9168 9,168

B.1.8.2 Beyond 30 CM. Girth up to and including 50 CM. Girth

Nos. 2 14218 28,436

B.1.8.3 Beyond 51 CM. Girth up to and including 75 CM Girth

Nos. 2 22951 45,902


Nos. 3 12962 38,886


Nos. 2 15123 30,246

Revised BOQ

Page 7 of 124.

ECV - 102





Nos. 1 17284 17,284

Total of B 53,377,088

C Schedule C: Foundations- Piles, Pilecaps and Open foundations

C.1 Viaduct (Piles & pilecap)

Providing and installing cast-in-situ vertical bored piles of depth as per drawingand 1200 mm Dia with M35/20 grade of reinforced cement concrete (usingportland slag cement incl all operations such as installation and shifting of pilingrig etc, in all soil strata including boulders and kankar and soft rock/weatheredrock.

The stated length include test piles for initial load tests. (Measurement shall befrom cut-off level to founding level). The item includes disposal of earth, muckslush released from piles, top cutted portion of pile at dumping ground for allleads.

The cost shall also include the cost of empty boring wherever required.reinforcement shall be paid for separately. Rate shall include cost of usingrequired dosage of admixture in concrete for obtaining required workability asper approval of Engineer.

aFor 1200mm dia pile by hydraulic rigs using partial depth casing with bentonite(Viaduct)

Rm 17900 13302 238,105,800

C.1.1

Revised BOQ

Page 8 of 124.

ECV - 102




bFor 1200mm dia pile by hydraulic rigs using partial depth casing with bentonite(Elevated Stations)

Rm 5049 13302 67,161,798

c Extra over 1 above for drilling and socketing in hard rock for 1200 mm dia pile Rm 50 9234 461,700

d

Extra for providing permanent liner 8 mm thick MS* wherever required in 1200mm dia. piles*In case the liner thickness is anything other than 8mm, the same shall be paidas per pro-rata of weight per running metre length. Rm 50 15761 788,050

C.1.2 Initial Vertical Pile Load Tests

(a) Carrying out initial vertical load tests as per relevant IS Code (IS: 2911,

Part IV) including all arrangements for measuring settlements and submitting

reports in 3 sets. Rate to include boring, cost of RCC, reinforcement etc. for test

piles as well as reaction piles, making of pile head ready including building up inconcrete, if required for testing at the desired level, supporting / reactionarrangement (including reaction piles / soil / rock anchors, if any) for the

kenteledge i. e. test load. 2.5 times the design vertical load. The test

arrangements to be designed for additional 25% of the test load.

1200mm dia pile (Design Vertical Load 450 Mt) Nos 4 2003100 8,012,400

C.1.3 Initial Lateral Pile Load Tests

Revised BOQ

Page 9 of 124.

ECV - 102




(a) Carrying out initial lateral load tests as per relevant IS Code (IS: 2911,

Part IV) including all arrangements for measuring deflections and submitting


piles as well as reaction piles, making of pile head ready including building up inconcrete, if required for testing at the desired level, supporting / reactionarrangement (include reaction piles/ soil / rock anchors, if any) for the

kenteledge load i. e. test load . 2.5 times the design lateral load. The test


1200mm dia pile (Design Lateral Load 30 Mt) Nos 4 451132 1,804,528

C.1.4 Routine Vertical Pile Load Tests

(a) Carrying out routine vertical load tests as per relevant IS Code (IS: 2911,

Part IV) including all arrangements for measuring settlements and submitting

reports in 3 sets. Rate to include boring, cost of RCC, reinforcement etc. for

test piles as well as reaction piles, making of pile head ready including buildingup in concrete, if required for testing at the desired level, supporting / reactionarrangement (including reaction piles / soil / rock anchors, if any) for the

kenteledge i.e. test load is 1.5 times the design vertical load . The test


1200mm dia pile (Design Vertical Load 450 Mt) Nos. 8 445035 3,560,280

Revised BOQ

Page 10 of 124.

ECV - 102




C.1.5 Routine Lateral Pile Load Tests

(a) Carrying out routine lateral load tests as per relevant IS Code (IS: 2911,

Part IV) including all arrangements for measuring deflections and submitting


piles as well as reaction piles, making of pile head ready including building up inconcrete, if required for testing at the desired level, supporting / reactionarrangement (including reaction piles / soil / rock anchors, if any) for the

kenteledge i.e. test load. is 1.5 times the design lateral load. The test


1200mm dia pile (Design Lateral load 30 Mt) Nos. 8 19414 155,312

C.1.6 Dynamic Load Tests on Piles / Sonic Integrity Tests

Low Strain Pile Integrity Tests

Non destructive integrity (low strain) testing of all cast in-situ piles as perspecifications including all arrangements for measurements and submittingreports in 3 sets.

1200mm dia pile Nos. 685 831 569,235

C.1.7 Pile Caps

C.1.7.1Providing M 35/20 concrete (using Portland slag cement) for following concrete

works of Viaduct:

Pile cap including excavation through existing concrete and water boundmacadam road /bituminous road / cement road of all thicknesses includingdismantling other structures, dead utilities etc., all kinds of soil and rockincluding dewatering, pumping and bailing out water, strutting and shoring etc.

m3 6584 10096 66,471,014

Revised BOQ

Page 11 of 124.

ECV - 102




This item also includes centering and shuttering and backfilling with graded soilin foundation including watering, compacting with a vibratory plate compactorand loading, leading and disposal of surplus excavated material using lockableand covered trucks so as to ensure that during transportation the carriedmaterial does not spill out.

Max lead to dumping ground will be all leads.Reinforcement shall be paidseparately. Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture inconcrete for obtaining required workability, curing and all related wor as perdrawing and specifications

C.1.7.2Providing M 35/20 concrete (using Portland slag cement) for following concrete

works of Elevated Station:

Pile cap including excavation through existing concrete and water boundmacadam road /bituminous road / cement road of all thicknesses includingdismantling other structures, dead utilities etc., all kinds of soil and rockincluding dewatering, pumping and bailing out water, strutting and shoring etc.

m3 2262 10096 22,834,123

This item also includes centering and shuttering and backfilling with graded soilin foundation including watering, compacting with a vibratory plate compactorand loading, leading and disposal of surplus excavated material using lockableand covered trucks so as to ensure that during transportation the carriedmaterial does not spill out. Max lead to dumping ground will be allleads.Reinforcement shall be paid separately. Rate shall include cost of usingrequired dosage of admixture in concrete for obtaining required workability,curing and all related wor as per drawing and specifications

C.1.8 Providing M35 /20 Concrete for following concrete works:

Open foundation including excavation through existing water bound macadamroad/ bituminous road/ concrete road of all thicknesses including dismantlingother structures, dead utilities etc. and soil including dewatering, pumping andbailing out water, strutting and shoring etc .Item also includes the cutting in rock(of all types and strength) if the sound rock is available at shallow depth.

m3 10 10096 100,960

This item also includes cost of centering, shuttering, scaffolding, providingcutouts where specified, curing arrangements as required, to complete the workand backfilling in foundation including watering, compacting with a vibratoryplate compactor and loading, leading and disposal of surplus excavatedmaterial using lockable and covered trucks so as to ensure that duringtransportation the carried material does not spill out. Lead to dumping groundwill be all leads.

Revised BOQ

Page 12 of 124.

ECV - 102




C.1.9

Providing M 15/20 concrete for Minimum 75/100mm thick PCC below pile cap &open foundation extending 75/100mm all round beyond pile cap & openfoundation. Rate shall include cost of The cost shall be inclusive of the cost ofshoring, centering, shuttering, scaffolding, curing arrangements as required etc.complete using required dosage of admixture in concrete for obtaining requiredworkability as per approval of Engineer.

m3 384 7647 2,937,626

C.1.10 Reinforced Concrete: Crash Barriers

Providing M30/20 grade concrete for Median/crash barriers for piers at road

level including shuttering, curing etc. and all related operations as required tocomplete the work. Reinforcement shall be paid separately. Rate shall includecost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete for obtaining requiredtemperature, workability and retardation as per approval of the Engineer

m3 426 12033 5,129,561

Total of C.1 418,092,387

D Schedule D: Viaduct Substructure & station structure

D.1 Viaduct Substructure

D.1.1 Reinforced Cast in-Situ Concrete

Rates shall include followings:

i) Cost of providing grooves, chamfers, molding, cutout etc. in formwork.

ii) The work will include placing in position of necessary sleeves for variouspurposes, anchors, shear connectors, fixtures, inserts etc. complete as pertechnical specifications and drawings and as directed by the Engineer

iii) The rate shall also include preparation of construction joints as per technicalspecifications and provided approved wire mesh/ weld mesh at such location asapproved by the Employer's Representative or as shown in drawings.

iv) Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete forobtaining required temperature, workability and retardation as per approval ofthe Engineer

Revised BOQ

Page 13 of 124.

ECV - 102




v) Rate shall include cost of using necessary tools, plants, machinery and allrelated operations etc. for all heights as per approval of the Employer'sRepresentative.

vi) Rate shall include cost of vibration of concrete, curing, protecting fromdamage, bailing/pumping out water if required as directed by the Engineer

vii) Reinforcement shall be paid separately.

viii) The cost shall be inclusive of the cost of centering, shuttering, scaffolding,providing cutouts where specified, curing arrangements as required, steamcuring arrangement if deemed necessary, all handling etc. complete

(a) Viaduct Piers

Providing M50/20 concrete for Reinforced Concrete Viaduct Piers of all heights

& shapes (standard pier, portal pier, cantilever piers, piers for extended piercaps, pier for depot line approaches, piers for cross-over structures & Piers atstations) including steel shuttering, scaffolding, positioning of inserts and allrelated operations as required to complete the work as per drawing &specifications

m3 4295 11289 48,486,690

(b) Station Piers

Providing M50/20 concrete for Reinforced Concrete Station Piers of all heights

& shapes (standard pier, portal pier, cantilever piers, piers for extended piercaps, pier for depot line approaches, piers for cross-over structures & Piers atstations) including steel shuttering, scaffolding, positioning of inserts and allrelated operations as required to complete the work as per drawing &specifications

m3 1243 11289 14,035,331

Revised BOQ

Page 14 of 124.

ECV - 102




(c) Portal Girders

Providing M50/20 concrete for Reinforced Concrete Portal Girders (integral to

pier) at all heights including centering, steel shuttering, scaffolding, positioningof inserts and all related operations as required to complete the work as perdrawing & specifications

m3 3872 11289 43,707,534

(d) Pier Caps of single track viaduct

Providing M45/20 concrete for Reinforced Concrete Pier Caps of single track

viaduct at all heights including centering, steel shuttering, scaffolding,positioning of inserts and all related operations as required to complete thework as per drawing & specifications.

m3 50 11165 558,248

( e) Cantilever Pier Caps

Providing M45/20 concrete for Reinforced Concrete Cantilever Pier Caps at all

heights including centering, steel shuttering, scaffolding, positioning of insertsand all related operations as required to complete the work as per drawing &specifications.

m3 408 11165 4,557,914

(f) Extra over on above items D1 (d & e) for upgrading from M45 to M50 grade

concrete *m3 50 124 6,207

(g) Extra over on above items C1 (a) to (c) for upgrading from M50 to M55

grade concrete *m3 50 124 6,207

Revised BOQ

Page 15 of 124.

ECV - 102




(h) Extra over on above items C1 (a) to (c) for upgrading from M50 to M60

grade concrete *m3 50 862 43,088

* +25% variations clause will not apply

Total of D1.1 111,401,221

D.1.2 Pre-Cast Concrete:

D.1.2.1

Providing M45/20 concrete for Providing, casting, pre-stressing and curing

precast Standard Pier Caps supporting superstructure, including shear key,

pedestals, in-situ connection with pier. The item includes lifting the pier capsfrom the mould and shifting the same to the stacking yard. The item includesprovision of holes for lifting and filling of holes after erection using non-shrinkgrout. Reinforcement, anchorages and sheathing shall be paid separately. Rateshall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete forobtaining required workability as per approval of Engineer and all relatedoperations as required to complete the work as per drawing & specifications.The cost shall be inclusive of the cost of centering, shuttering, scaffolding,providing cutouts where specified, curing arrangements as required, steamcuring arrangement if deemed necessary, all handling etc. complete

m3 2301 10796 24,844,964

D.1.2.2

Transporting precast Standard Pier Caps from the casting yard / storage yardto the work site, erection in position including the cost of all temporary supports,erection equipment, lifting cranes, transporting etc, positioning and fixing on pierwith cement concrete of M45/20 grade. The weight shall be calculatedassuming concrete density of 2.5 t/m³. Shifting within the site/ yard is theresponsibility of the contractor and shall not be paid separately. Cast insituconnection concrete shall be paid as per the rate for item D.1.2.1

MT 5753 1375 7,910,760

Revised BOQ

Page 16 of 124.

ECV - 102




Total of D.1.2 32,755,724

E Schedule E: Superstructure

E.1

Providing M55/20 concrete as per technical specifications, casting, pre-

stressing and curing of precast full span U‑girder of all simply supported

spans (straight or curved) in the casting yard including provision of shearconnector for secondary pour concrete (rail plinths), additional bars for earthing,bars/strands/hooks for lifting of U_Girder, cutting of bars/strands/hooks aftertransportation and sealing of lifting recess as specified in drawings. lifting thefull spans from the mould and shifting the same to the stacking yard.

m3 9562 10,430 99,735,164

Note : the cost shall be inclusive of the cost of centering, shuttering, scaffolding,providing cutouts where specified, curing, steam curing arrangement if deemednecessary, all handling etc. complete. Reinforcement shall be paid separately.Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete forobtaining required workability as per approval of Engineer, anti-corrosive paintsfor lifting hooks, insert plates and exposed steel surfaces and all other relatedoperations as required to complete the work as per drawings and specifications

E.2


stressing and curing of precast full Modified U‑girder spans (in Stations) of

all simply supported spans (straight or curved) in the casting yard includingprovision of shear connector for secondary pour concrete (rail plinths),additional bars for earthing, bars/strands/hooks for lifting of U_Girder, cutting ofbars/strands/hooks after transportation and sealing of lifting recess as specifiedin drawings. lifting the full spans from the mould and shifting the same to thestacking yard

m3 1924 10430 20,068,922

Revised BOQ

Page 17 of 124.

ECV - 102




Note: the cost shall be inclusive of the cost of centering, shuttering, scaffolding,providing cutouts where specified, curing arrangements as required, steamcuring arrangement if deemed necessary, all handling etc. complete.Reinforcement shall be paid separately. Rate shall include cost of usingrequired dosage of admixture in concrete for obtaining required workability asper approval of Engineer, anti-corrosive paints for lifting hooks, insert platesand exposed steel surfaces and all other related operations as required tocomplete the work as per drawings and specifications

E.3

Transporting precast full spans U-Girder (in Viaduct) of simply supportedspan from the casting yard to work site, erection in position including the cost ofall temporary supports, erection equipment, lifting cranes, transporting etc, andpositioning on bearings etc for viaduct into completed structures conforming torequired lines, grades and dimensions complete as per drawings andspecifications. The weight shall be calculated assuming concrete density of 2.5t/m³. Shifting within the site / yard is the responsibility of the contractor and shallnot be included for payment

MT 23906 2390 57,134,958

E.4

Transporting precast full span Modified U‑girder (in Stations) of simplysupported span from the casting yard to work site, erection in position includingthe cost of all temporary supports, erection equipment, lifting cranes,transporting etc, and positioning on bearings etc for station into completedstructures conforming to required lines, grades and dimensions complete as perdrawings and specifications. The weight shall be calculated assuming concretedensity of 2.5 t/m³. Shifting within the site / yard is the responsibility of thecontractor and shall not be included for payment

MT 4810 2390 11,496,818

E.5

Static Load Test of U-girder span – Load testing of full span U-girder on site,

erected in position, including arrangements for applications of serviceablevertical load for measuring deflection and rotations and submitting a report(Payment as per MT of applied test load). The sequence of placement, positionof loading, means of loadings to be applied on structure during test, additionalmeasures to be carried out (such as temperature measures) shall be asdirected by the Engineer.

MT 225 1,211 272,475

E.6


stressing and curing of precast post-tensioned concrete I-Beam of all spans

(straight or curved) including provision of shear connectors, inserts, bars/strands/ hooks for lifting, cutting of bars/ strands/ hooks after transportation andsealing of lifting recess as specified in drawings, lifting the full spans from themould and shifting within the casting yard.

m3 3863 10164 39,265,484

Revised BOQ

Page 18 of 124.

ECV - 102




The cost shall be inclusive of the cost of centering, shuttering, scaffolding,providing cutouts where specified, curing arrangements as required, steamcuring arrangement if deemed necessary, all handling etc. complete.Reinforcement shall be paid separately.

Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete forobtaining required workability as per approval of Engineer, anti-corrosive paintsfor lifting hooks, insert plates and exposed steel surfaces and all other relatedoperations as required to complete the work as per drawings and specifications

E.7

Transporting precast I-Beams from the casting yard to work site, erection inposition including the cost of all temporary supports, erection equipment, liftingcranes, transporting etc, and positioning on bearings etc for station intocompleted structures conforming to required lines, grades and dimensionscomplete as per drawings and specifications. The weight shall be calculatedassuming concrete density of 2.5 t/m³. Shifting within the site / yard is theresponsibility of the contractor and shall not be included for payment

MT 9658 1375 13,279,723

E.8 Slab over precast I beams & cross-girder

E.8.1

Providing M45/20 concrete for Reinforced Concrete Slab over precast I beams

& cross-girder at all heights including centering, steel shuttering, scaffolding,positioning of inserts and all related operations as required to complete thework as per drawing & specifications. (Note: Rate includes provision ofsacrificial formwork for casting of slab).

m3 4287 12790 54,827,264

E.9

Providing, pre-casting and curing precast concrete Parapet of M30/20 grade forcross-over/Depot approach structures including centering, steel shuttering,scaffolding, positioning of inserts and all related operations as required tocomplete the work as per drawing & specifications. Reinforcement shall be paidseparately. Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture inconcrete for obtaining required workability as per approval of Engineer.

m3 952 9869 9,391,671

E.10

Transporting precast parapets from the casting yard to work site, erection inposition including the cost of all temporary supports, erection equipment, liftingcranes, transporting etc, and positioning on bearings etc for station intocompleted structures conforming to required lines, grades and dimensionscomplete as per drawings and specifications. The weight shall be calculatedassuming concrete density of 2.5 t/m³. Shifting within the site / yard is theresponsibility of the contractor and shall not be included for payment

MT 2379 1375 3,271,240

Revised BOQ

Page 19 of 124.

ECV - 102




E.11 Elastomeric Bearings

Supply, fitting, and fixing in position, true to line and level elastomeric bearingsconforming to IRC:83 (Part II), Section IX complete with all accessoriesincluding steel wedge plate and M75 grade concrete mortar/

non-shrink grout above and below the bearings for levelling as per drawings &specifications below U-beams, I-beams at cross-over spans, prefabricated steelgirders (at movable end) including testing of all bearing to the satisfaction ofEngineer. Entire installation is to be carried out strictly in the presence ofmanufacturer's representative at all times for viaduct and elavated station

cm3 11123190 1.5 16,684,785

E.12Supply, fitting, and fixing in position, true to line and level of walkway Gap

cover complete with all accessories as per drawing.cm3 12128400 0.75 9,096,300

Total of E 334,524,803

F Reinforcing steel

F.1 Reinforcing Steel

Providing Thermo-Mechanically Treated (TMT) reinforcement steel of Fe-500Dgrade, from approved list of supplier/s, straightening, cutting, bending, tying,lapping of bars/ butt welding, placing including couplers, 18 gauge G.I. bindingwire, in all structural concrete at all heights and depths complete as pertechnical specifications and drawings (including station pile, pilecap,pier,piercap & U-girder) *

Mt 10300 70,080 721,811,119

* The rate includes anti corrosive coating with Cement + Inhibitor solution asper Technical specifications.

Revised BOQ

Page 20 of 124.

ECV - 102




Total of F.1 721,811,119

G Schedule G: High Tensile Prestressing steel

G.1 High Tensile Prestressing Steel (viaduct)

(1) Supplying of uncoated stress-relieved low relaxation steel strandsconforming to IS: 14268, class-2 for pretension of precast full span U-girders(simply supported spans) including spacers, stressing of strands, protection ofexposed cut-strands, anti-corrosive paints, HDPE debonding tubes at ends ofstrands if required, and all related operations to complete the work for viaduct.The length of strands for payment shall be the measured length within the pre-stressed member only

(i) Strands Mt 270.1 125000.0 33,759,230

(ii) HDPE debonding tubes for prestressing strands (to be cut off flush to

concrete after casting), epoxy based sealing compound at edges of strand andepoxy putty to avoid slurry ingress during concreting. The quantity given is thenet length of tubes without extra tube length required during construction. Rateincludes filling HDPE tube with grease as specified in ASTM.

Rm 38081.5 171.0 6,511,940

(2) Supplying of uncoated stress-relieved low relaxation steel strands

conforming to IS: 14268, class-2 for pretension of precast full span modified

U-girders at station (simply supported spans) including spacers, stressing of

strands, protection of exposed cut-strands, anti-corrosive paints, HDPEdebonding tubes at ends of strands if required, and all related operations tocomplete the work for station. The length of strands considered for paymentshall be the measured length within the girders only

Revised BOQ

Page 21 of 124.

ECV - 102




(i) Strands Mt 47.9 125,000 5,985,506

(ii) HDPE debonding tubes for prestressing strands (to be cut off flush to

concrete after casting), epoxy based sealing compound at edges of strand andepoxy putty to avoid slurry ingress during concreting. The quantity given is thenet length of tubes without extra tube length required during construction. Rateincludes filling HDPE tube with grease as specified in ASTM.

Rm 6920.3 171 1,183,368

(3) Supplying, threading uncoated stress-relieved low relaxation steelconforming to IS: 14268, class-2 in post-tensioned I girder including providing102mm ID (for 19K15) or 85mm ID (for 12K15), corrugated HDPE duct (bothsides) - 2.3mm thick with couplers, vent pipes, spacers, anchorages, stressingusing 19K15 system and grouting of ducts, epoxy protection of anchorages, anti-corrosive paints, sealing of PT anchorage recess with concrete (same grade asstructure) and all related operations to complete the work in single or multiplestages at all heights, at all locations. (Note: the details shown on the drawing alllikely to change and nothing extra will be paid to the contractor on this account).

(i) Strands MT 352.7 125,000 44,090,212

(ii) Corrugated HDPE duct - 102mm ID RM 17830.4 293.0 5,224,318

Revised BOQ

Page 22 of 124.

ECV - 102




(iii) Corrugated HDPE duct - 85mm ID RM 100.0 220.0 22,000

(v) Anchorage assemby for 12K15 cable. nos 10.0 9009.0 90,090

(vi) Anchorage assembly for 19K15 cable. nos 1752.0 12411.0 21,744,072

(4) Supplying, threading uncoated stress-relieved low relaxation steelconforming to IS: 14268, class-2 in post-tensioned Standard pier caps includingproviding 102mm ID (for 19K15 & 16K15) or 85mm ID (for 12K15), corrugatedHDPE duct (both sides) - 2.3mm thick with couplers & vent pipes, spacers,anchorages, stressing using 19K15 system and grouting of ducts, epoxyprotection of anchorages, anti-corrosive paints, sealing of PT anchorage recesswith concrete (same grade as structure) and all related operations to completethe work in single or multiple stages at all heights, at all locations. (Note: thedetails shown on the drawing all likely to change and nothing extra will be paidto the contractor on this account).

(i) Strands MT 76.7 125,000 9,592,622

Revised BOQ

Page 23 of 124.

ECV - 102




(ii) Corrugated HDPE duct - 102mm ID RM 3716.8 293.0 1,089,022

(iii) Corrugated HDPE duct - 85mm ID RM 1748 220.0 384,560

(v) Anchorage assembly for 19K15 cable. nos 828.00 12411.0 10,276,308

(vi) Anchorage assembly for 12K15 cable. nos 344 9009.0 3,099,096

(vi) Anchorage assembly for 16K15 cable. nos 16 12411.0 198,576

Total of G.1 143,250,919

Revised BOQ

Page 24 of 124.

ECV - 102




H Schedule H: Structural steel

H.1 Structural Steel

Structural Steel for Insert Plates/ Fasteners, Cover plates, Cable Tray inserts,cable tray brackets, Earthing etc.

(i) Providing, fabricating and erecting structural steel members for steel

covering plate between two U-girder inner flanges and for covering plate

above shear keys on pier cap top. The item consists of plates profiled to

required shape, inserts, plates with welded hold fasts, insert plates with weldedhold-fasts, internal threaded sleeves including HSFG bolts tightened by torquewrench and Zinc Oxide primer coat and 4 coats of PU paint of approved makeand colour.

MT 5 95572 477,860

(ii) Providing, fabricating and erecting structural steel members for steel

platform for emergency evacuation for single track viaduct and cross-over

& Road Drain. The item consists of rolled steel sections and plates profiled to

required shape, inserts, plates with welded hold fasts, insert plates with weldedhold-fasts, internal threaded sleeves including HSFG bolts tightened by torquewrench and Zinc Oxide primer coat and 4 coats of PU paint of approved makeand colour.

MT 48.3 95572 4,616,128

(iii) Providing, fabricating and erecting all structural steel inserts for cable trays

inserts, cable tray brackets, connection of OHE mast, earthing

arrangement consisting of plates with welded hold fast, welded headed nuts,

internal threaded sleeves, studs in the form of U- bars, bolts (class 4.6) etc.

MT 75 95572 7,167,900

Note: Some inserts fabricated by other agencies which have to be incorporatedin the precast spans/ piers/ pilecap/ pile would have to be handed over to thecontractor for placement and fixing in the reinforcement cage / shuttering beforeconcreting. No extra payment will be made for such inserts.

Revised BOQ

Page 25 of 124.

ECV - 102




(iv) Providing, fabricating and erecting structural steel hand railing consisting

of tubular or rolled sections profiled to required shape, inserts, plates withwelded hold fasts for walk-way, insert plates with welded hold-fasts, internalthreaded sleeves including HSFG bolts tightened by torque wrench and ZincOxide primer coat and 4 coats of PU paint of approved make and colour.

MT 75 95572 7,167,900

Total of H.1 19,429,788

I Schedule I: Road,Drain,roofing and Miscellaneous

I.1 Road,Drain, and Miscellaneous

I.1.1 Expansion Joints

(a) Strip Seal Joint – Providing and installing single strip seal joint conforming tolatest revisions of MoRTH circulars including provision of edge beams at endedges of precast diaphragm segments and cast in situ unit and all relatedoperations as required to complete the work as specified in specifications. Gapfor expansion joint: 100mm.

Rm 100 9360 936,000

(b) Omega (Ώ) joint – Providing and installing omega joint conforming to IRC

83 - part II. The rate shall include casting of cast-in-situ plinth at edge of deck

for fixing joint. Gap for expansion joint: 100mm.

Rm 2269.2 5850 13,274,820

I.1.2 Drainage

(a) Viaduct portion – Providing & fixing of HDPE corrugated double wall rain

water pipes in pier cap and down take pipes, bends, couplers, upper receivingcap etc. upto bottom of pier as specified in drawings.

Revised BOQ

Page 26 of 124.

ECV - 102




i) 150mm dia Rm 50 664 33,200

ii) 200mm dia Rm 1920 1026 1,969,920

iii) Upper receiving cap -( hot dipped galvanised @650 g/m^2 steel) for 150mm

Dia pipeNos 121 1026 124,146

iv) Upper receiving cap -( hot dipped galvanised @650 g/m^2 steel) for 100mm

Dia cleaning pipeNos 100 1026 102,600

Traffic Signals, signages & other Traffic aids ( as per IRC specification)

I.1.3

Providing and fixing road informatory items viz. retro reflective traffic signs asper specification/ drawings and as directed by the engineer-in-charge. The steelframe required shall be paid extra in respective steel works items under DSR2014

sqm 50 5265 263,250

I.1.4Providing and fixing Road infrastructure items required for traffic diversion asper specification/ drawings and as directed by the engineer-in-charge.

Revised BOQ

Page 27 of 124.

ECV - 102




I.1.4a Road delineator each 500 625 312,500

I.1.4b Serial lights RM 1050 50 52,500

I.1.4c

Traffic Cones with following Details:i) Square Base Cone with heavy baseii) Height : 705 mmiii) Base : sqaure 390 mm x 390 mmiv) Cone Colour : Red colour (UV stabilised)v) Body Materia : Low Density Poly Ethylenevi) Reflective Part : 1 No. White colour Engineering Grade Reflective band of125 mm width all round.

each 300 2701 810,300

I.1.5Deployment of adequate manpower for 8 hrs shift for day & night managementof traffic at intensection, roadway influenced by contractor & traffic diversions atvarious levels.

I.1.5.1 In-charge shifts 803 634 509,102

I.1.5.2 Supervisor shifts 4475 583 2,608,925

Revised BOQ

Page 28 of 124.

ECV - 102




I.1.5.3 Traffic Guards shifts 25000 529 13,225,000

I.1.6

Supply, fitting, and fixing in position, true to line and level of Noise Barrier

above the girder parapet complete with all accessories (polycarbonate sheets,

structural galvanised steelwork, rubber gasket all round etc.) as per theTechnical specifications.

sqm 7290 6,500 47,385,000

I.1.7

Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb stone (100mm thk) of M-25 grade cement concrete in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointedwith cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) including making joints with orwithout grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm),including making drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as per direction ofEngineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment).(Precast C.C. kerb stone shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge).

RM 4200 266 1,117,200

I.1.8

Providing and laying 60mm thick factory made cement concrete interlocking paverblock of M -30 grade made by block making machine with strong vibratory compaction,of approved size, design & shape, laid in required colour and pattern over and including50mm thick compacted bed of fine sand, filling the joints with fine sand etc. allcomplete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

sqm 3150 671 2,113,650

I.1.9

Laying at or near ground level old kerb stones of all types in position to the requiredline, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand)including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints, except at sharpcurve, shall not be more than 5mm) including making drainage opening whereverrequired etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. (Length of finished kerbedging shall be measured for payment). (Old kerb stones removed during constructionshall be reinstalled when restoring the road)

RM 600 49 29,400

and drawings

Revised BOQ

Page 29 of 124.

ECV - 102




I.1.10

Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with power road roller of 8 to 12 tonnecapacity including excavating earth to an average of 22.5 cm depth, dressing tocamber and consolidating with road roller including making good the undulations etc.and re-rolling the sub grade and disposal of surplus earth with all lead

sqm 14700 91 1,337,700

I.1.11

Providing and applying tack coat using hot straight run bitumen of grade VG - 10,including heating the bitumen, spraying the bitumen with mechanically operated sprayunit fitted on bitumen boiler, cleaning and preparing the existing road surface as perspecifications :

I.1.11.1 On W.B.M. @ 0.75 Kg / sqm sqm 14700 60 882,000

I.1.11.2 On bituminous surface @ 0.50 Kg / sqm sqm 63450 43 2,728,350

I.1.12

Construction of granular sub-base by providing close graded Material conforming tospecifications, mixing in a mechanical mix plant at OMC, carriage of mixed material bytippers to work site, for all leads & lifts, spreading in uniform layers of specifiedthickness with motor grader on prepared surface and compacting with vibratory powerroller to achieve the desired density, complete as per specifications and directions ofEngineer-in-Charge.

I.1.12.1With material conforming to Grade-I (size range 75 mm to 40 mm) having CBR Value-30

cum 10290 2,362 24,304,980

Revised BOQ

Page 30 of 124.

ECV - 102




I.1.13

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting graded stone aggregate(size range 53 mm to 0.075 mm ) to wet mix macadam (WMM) specification includingpremixing the material with water at OMC in mechanical mix plant, carriage of mixedmaterial by tipper to site, for all leads & lifts, laying in uniform layers with mechanicalpaver finisher in sub- base / base course on well prepared surface and compacting withvibratory roller of 8 to 10 tonne capacity to achieve the desired density, complete asper specifications and directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

cum 10290 2,362 24,304,980

I.1.14

Providing and laying Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam using crushed stoneaggregates of specified grading, premixed with bituminous binder and filler,transporting the hot mix to work site by tippers, laying with paver finisher equiped withelectronic sensor to the required grade, level and alignment and rolling with smoothwheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers as per specifications to achieve the desiredcompaction and density, complete as per specificatons and directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

I.1.14.150 to 100 mm average compacted thickness with bitumen of grade VG-30 @5%(percentage by weight of total mix) and lime filler @ 2% (percentage by weight ofAggregate) prepared in Drum Type Hot Mix Plant of 60-90 TPH capacity.

cum 1176 9,533 11,210,808

I.1.15

Providing and laying Bituminous concrete using crushed stone aggregates of specifiedgrading, premixed with bituminous binder and filler, transporting the hot mix to work siteby tippers, laying with paver finisher equiped with electronic sensor to the requiredgrade, level and alignment and rolling with smooth wheeled, vibratory and tandemrollers to achieve the desired compaction and density as per specification, completeand as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

I.1.15.140/50 mm compacted thickness with bitumen of grade VG-30 @5.5% (percentage byweight of total mix) and lime filler @ 3% (percentage by weight of Aggregate) preparedin Batch Type Hot Mix Plant of 100-120 TPH capacity.

cum 3172.5 10,695 33,929,888

Revised BOQ

Page 31 of 124.

ECV - 102




I.1.16

Providing and laying Bitumen Penetration Macadam with hard stone aggregate ofquality, size and grading as specified, with bitumen of suitable penetration grade,including required key aggregate as specified, spreading coarse aggregate with thehelp of self propelled/ tipper tail mounted aggregate spreader and applying bitumen bya pressure distributor and then spreading key aggregate with the help of aggregatespreader complete, including consolidation with road roller of minimum 8 to 10 tonnecapacity to achieve specified values of compaction and surface accuracy

I.1.16.1For 50mm compacted thickness using coarse aggregate of size 50-20 mm graded @0.60 cum per 10 sqm key aggregate of size 12.5 mm graded @ 0.15 cum per 10 sqm.With paving asphalt grade VG - 10 @ 50 kg/ 10 sqm.

sqm 5625 508 2,857,500

I.1.16.2For 75 mm compacted thickness in two layers using stone aggregate of size 63-41 mmgraded @ 0.90 cum per 10 sqm key aggregate of size 20.0 mm graded @ 0.18 cumper 10 sqm. With paving asphalt grade VG - 10 @ 68 kg/10 sqm.

sqm 5625 723 4,066,875

I.1.17Scarifying metalled (water-bound) road surface including disposal of rubbish, all leadsand consolidation of the aggregate received from scarifying with power road roller of 8to 10 tonne capacity

sqm 63450 15 951,750

Storm Water Drain

I.1.18

M30/20 concreting of the Storm Water drain including excavation through existing allkinds of soil and water bound macadam road /bituminous road / cement road of allthicknesses including dismantling of existing structures, dead utilities etc. and soilincluding dewatering, pumping and bailing out water, strutting and shoring etc. Thisitem also includes formwork and backfilling including watering, compacting with avibratory plate compactor and loading, leading and disposal of surplus excavatedmaterial using lockable and covered trucks so as to ensure that during transportationthe carried material does not spill out. Max lead to dumping ground will be all leads.Reinforcement shall be paid separately

cum 835 11,037 9,215,895

Revised BOQ

Page 32 of 124.

ECV - 102




I.1.19Providing M30/20 concrete of precast reinforced cement concrete drain cover slabincluding the cost of transportation, hoisting, fixing, centering and shuttering butexcluding the cost of reinforcement.

cum 135 8,719 1,177,065

Total of I.1 201,835,304

Revised BOQ

Page 33 of 124.

ECV 102



B1 SCHEDULE B1: CIVIL STRUCTURAL WORKS INCLUDING ROOFING

B1.1 Foundations

B1.1.1

Providing M35 grade of concrete (use stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) forfollowing RCC works. This item includes formwork, centering, backfilling infoundation trench to the original shape including watering, compacting with avibratory plate compactor and loading, transporting and disposing of surplusexcavated material at the Contractor approved disposal area with all lifts andleads using lockable and covered trucks so as to ensure that duringtransportation the carried material does not spill out.

Lead to Contractor's dumping ground will be all leads.

Reinforcement shall be paid separately.

Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete forobtaining required temperature, workability and retardation as per approval ofEmployer's Representative.

The rate shall include backfilling with good selected soil / granular material,sand screening, quarry spoil, crusher dust etc; for filling, compaction in layersof 200 mm thick etc.

The rate will also include sacrificial formwork if found necessary with drilling,fixing wherever required etc complete.

Rates shall include cost of providing grooves, chamfers, molding, cutouts etc.in formwork.

The work will include vibration of concrete, curing protecting form damagemaking site good and placing in position of necessary fixtures, sleeves forvarious purposes, shear connectors etc. complete as per drawings,specifications and as directed by the Employer's representative.

The rate shall also include preparation of construction joints as perspecifications and provided approved wire mesh / welded mesh at suchlocation as approved by the Employer's Representative or as shown indrawings.

Sl. No. Description UnitTotal

Quantity




BILL OF QUANTITIES (CIVIL STRUCTURE) - GOWRI ASHRAM, THIRUVOTTIYUR & WIMCO NAGAR STATIONS

Revised BOQ

Page 34 of 124.

ECV 102


INR INR USD/Euro/Yen USD/Euro/YenSl. No. Description Unit

Total

Quantity

The cost of fixtures/ sleeves, welded wire mesh etc. shall be included.

(a) Cast in-Situ Raft/ Open Foundationsons m3 1553 7630.00 118,49,390

(b) Cast in-Situ slab on grade m3 203 7630.00 15,48,890

B1.1.2Providing M15 grade of cement concrete (use stone aggregate 20mm nominalsize), minimum 50 to 150 mm thick PCC below raft, footings and elsewhereextending all round beyond raft, footings equal to it's thickness.

m3 274 6544.00 17,93,056

Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete forobtaining required workability, formwork if any, as per approval of theEmployer's Representative.

Total of B1.1 151,91,336

B1.2 Reinforced cast-in-situ concrete

B1.2.1 Rates in items below shall include followings:

i) Cost of providing grooves, chamfers, molding, cutout etc. in formwork.

Revised BOQ

Page 35 of 124.

ECV 102



Total

Quantity

ii) The work will include placing in position of necessary sleeves for variouspurposes, anchors, shear connectors, fixtures, inserts etc. complete as pertechnical specifications and drawings and as directed by the Employer'sRepresentative.

iii) The rate shall also include preparation of construction joints as per technicalspecifications and provided approved wire mesh/ weld mesh at such locationas approved by the Employer's Representative or as shown in drawings.

iv) Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete forobtaining required temperature, workability and retardation as per approval ofthe Employer's Representative.

v) Rate shall include cost of using necessary tools, plants, machinery and allrelated operations etc. for all heights as per approval of the Employer'sRepresentative.

vi) Rate shall include cost of vibration of concrete, curing, protecting fromdamage, bailing/pumping out water if required as directed by the Employer'sRepresentative.

vii) Reinforcement shall be paid separately.

(a) Reinforced Cast in-Situ Concrete: Columns

(i) Providing M50 grade of concrete (use stone aggregate 20mm nominal size)for Columns at all heights including scaffolding, shuttering & positioning ofinserts and all related operations as required to complete the work.

m3 927 7658 70,98,966

(ii) Providing M40 grade of concrete (use stone aggregate 20mm nominal size)for Columns at all heights including scaffolding, shuttering & positioning ofinserts and all related operations as required to complete the work (Entry ExitColumns).

m3 623 7488 46,65,024

Revised BOQ

Page 36 of 124.

ECV 102



Total

Quantity

(b) Reinforced Cast in-Situ Concrete: Beams, Slabs, Walls, Stairs & Steps

(i) Providing M40 concrete (use stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) forReinforced Concrete Beams, Slabs, Walls, Stairs & Steps at all heights,including scaffolding, shuttering & positioning of inserts and all relatedoperations as required to complete the work.

m3 6436 7488 481,93,279

B1.2.2 Prestressed Cast in-Situ Concrete: Pier Caps at Concourse Level

Providing M60 grade of concrete (use stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) forPier Caps including centering, steel shuttering, scaffolding, positioning ofinserts and all related operations & arrangements as required to complete thework as specified in drawings.

m3 3881 8898 345,33,138

Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete forobtaining required temperature, workability and retardation as per approval ofthe Employer's Representative.


B1.2.3 Reinforced Cement Concrete: Walls upto Ground Level

Providing M35 grade of concrete (use stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) forWalls up to Ground Level including formwork, centering, scaffolding, stagingand all related operations as required to complete the work.

m3 340 7630.00 25,94,200


Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete forobtaining required temperature, workability and retardation as per approval ofthe Employer's Representative.

Revised BOQ

Page 37 of 124.

ECV 102



Total

Quantity

Total of B1.2 970,84,607

B1.3 Reinforced Pre-Cast Concrete

B1.3.1

(a) Providing M40 grade of concrete (use stone aggregate 20mm nominal size)for Precast Reinforced Concrete Beams, Slabs and Girders includingcentering, steel shuttering, scaffolding, positioning of inserts and all relatedoperations & arrangements, curing as required to complete the work asspecified in drawings.

m3 579 10796 62,50,884

Rate shall include cost of using required dosage of admixture in concrete forobtaining the required temperature workability and retardation as per theapproval of the Employer's Representative. Rate shall include the cost ofprovision of holes for lifting and filling of holes after erection with non-shrinkgrout, lifting from mould and all shifting operations within the stacking yard

B1.3.2

Transporting and erecting precast prestressed or reinforced beams, slabs andgirders from the stacking/ casting yard to location/ work site, launching/erection in position including the cost of all temporary supports, launchinggirders/ cranes, erection equipment and positioning/ aligning on permanentbearings etc and all related operations & arrangements as required to completethe work as specified in technical specifications and drawings. The weight shallbe calculated assuming concrete density of 2.5 t/m³

MT 1447.5 1375 19,90,313

Reinforcement steel shall be paid separately.

Inserts shall be paid separately.

Total of B1.3 82,41,197

Revised BOQ

Page 38 of 124.

ECV 102



Total

Quantity

B1.4 Reinforcing Steel

Providing Thermo-Mechanically Treated (TMT) reinforcement steel of Fe-500Dgrade, from approved list of supplier/s, straightening, cutting, bending, tying,lap/butt welding placing including couplers, 18 Gauge G.I. binding wire, in allstructural concrete at all heights and depths complete as per technicalspecifications and drawings.

Mt 2260 70080 1583,80,800

Only specified make couplers shall be allowed at no extra cost to the employer.

The rate includes anti corrosive coating with Cement + Inhibitor solution as pertechnical specifications.

Bar bending machines should have capacity to bend all bar diameters withrespective mandrels to achieve bends as per technical specifications.

Total of B1.4 1583,80,800

B1.5 High Tensile Prestressing Steel

Supplying and threading uncoated stress-relieved low relaxation steel strandsconforming to IS :14268 , class-2 providing 130mm ID (for 22K15), 107mm ID(for 19K15), 85mm ID (for 12K15) & 66 mm ID (for 7K15), corrugated HDPEduct (both sides) -2.3mm thick with couplers & vent pipes, spacers,anchorages, stressing using 19K15 or 12 K15 or 7K15 system and grouting,epoxy protection of anchorages and all related operations to complete the post-tensioning work as per technical specifications and drawings.

(a) High Tensile Steel strands 7-Ply-15 including anchorages for 22K15 cableswith Corrugated HDPE duct-130mm ID etc, and all related operations &arrangements as required to complete the work as specified in technicalspecifications and drawings

Mt 224 125000 279,67,500

Revised BOQ

Page 39 of 124.

ECV 102



Total

Quantity

(b) High Tensile Steel strands 7-Ply-15 including anchorages for 19K15 cableswith Corrugated HDPE duct-107 mm ID etc, and all related operations &arrangements as required to complete the work as specified in technicalspecifications and drawings

Mt 61 125000 76,15,000

(c) Corrugated HDPE duct - 102mm ID RM 2775 292.50 8,11,688

(d) Anchorage Assembly for 19K15 cable Nos 810 12411.00 100,52,910

(e) Corrugated HDPE duct - 130mm ID RM 8904 336.00 29,91,744

(f) Anchorage Assembly for 22K15 cable Nos 360 16371.00 58,93,560

Revised BOQ

Page 40 of 124.

ECV 102



Total

Quantity

TOTAL OF B1.5 553,32,402

B1.6 Structural Steel

B1.6.1 Structural Steel works

Structural Steel works: Supplying, fabricating and erection of Structural steelwork (conforming to IS:2062 Grade B) including transportation & fixing in

position using structural sections incl. procurement of all raw steel materials,bolts of class 4.6 &/or 8.8, shear connectors if any as per execution drawing,compatible nuts & washers, allowance for wastages, to the required profile andshape, all complete including painting as per drawings and techincalspecifications

The rate shall also include required surface preparation like sand blasting,application of one coat of Zinc Silicate (DFT 75μm) and epoxy Zinc Phosphate(DFT 35μm) primer and one coat of Epoxy Zinc Phosphate (DFT 35μm) paint,Epoxy high build micaceous iron oxide coating polyamide cured DFT-90μm andtwo coats of Acrylic polyurethane finish aliphatic isocyanate cured DFT-30μmas per technical specifications

Item to include all straightening, cutting, bending, welding (butt/ continuouswelding wherever required and directed), grinding & all operations, drillingholes, necessary templates, adequate temporary supports, scaffolding, staging,etc. all tests on material and fabrication as required. This item include built upsections, all type of hot rolled section,RHS/SHS sections (Yst=310Mpa), platesand cold formed sections

Item to include structural steel hand railing, steel staircase, mild steelgutter,covers to gutter and other structural members, lugs, insert/base plateswith welded hold-fasts, internal thread sleeves including bolts. Rates shall beinclusive of complete detailed fabrication/ shop drawings based on designdrawings, required for all structures and their approval from Employer'sRepresentative prior to execution and all related operations & arrangements asrequired to complete the work as specified in technical specifications anddrawings.

Mt 34 95572 32,68,562

Revised BOQ

Page 41 of 124.

ECV 102



Total

Quantity

B1.6.2 Roofing Works

(a) Erection and modification of Steel Structure for Roof Structure, Staircase &Staircase roof structure/FOB, Skywalk, canopy, escalator covering, etc and allother structural steel works, at all heights including transportation with all liftsand leads and fixing in position structural steel work conforming to I.S. 2062Grade B'. The arrangement should include drop arm arrangement for OHE,cable tray & AEC support.

The rate shall also include required surface preparation like sand blasting,application of one coat of Zinc Silicate (DFT 75μm) and epoxy Zinc Phosphate(DFT 35μm) primer and one coat of Epoxy Zinc Phosphate (DFT 35μm) paint,Epoxy high build micaceous iron oxide coating polyamide cured DFT-90μm andtwo coats of Acrylic polyurethane finish aliphatic isocyanate cured DFT-30μmas per technical specifications

The rate shall also include preparation of all complete detailed drawings basedon design drawings, required for temporary structures and their approval fromEngineer prior to execution. The rate shall also include installation of base plateanchor bolts , HSFG Bolts (measured in tonnes) etc, as per drawings andspecifications. Any temporary support, staging braces, strutting, tying or anchorbolts, black bolts, fasteners, welding required to withstand the stresses oferection and carrying of plant and equipment are to be included in the rate.

(All labour, materials tools and plants consumables such as welding rods etc.shall be arranged by contractor)

Providing, Fabricating, Painting, transporting, erecting and securing in ppositionprefabricated structural steel roof work for elevated stations buildings completeas per specifications, approved shop drawings and /or instructions.

i) Roof for Elevated Station's Platform Mt 896 95572 856,32,512

Revised BOQ

Page 42 of 124.

ECV 102



Total

Quantity

ii) Roofing for staircase & FOB from ground level to concourse level Mt 75 95572 71,67,900

Total of B1.6 960,68,974

B1.7 Roofing Works

Galvalume Roof Sheet - Supply and Fixing of colour coated LYSAGHTTRIMDEK® profile sheet of nominal.1015 mm effective cover width andnominal 28 mm deep ribs with subtle square fluting in the five pan at nominal203 mm centre-to-centre. The end rib shall be designed for anticapillary action,to avoid any seepage of water through the lateral overlap.

The feed material shall be of 0.45 mm BMT (0.50mm TCT excluding paintthickness) COLORBOND® XRW steel- High tensile with min 550 MPa yieldstrength, metallic hot-dipped coated with Al-Zn alloy (55% Aluminium,43.5%Zinc, 1.5% Si ) as per AS1397 / IS15961 - ZINCALUME® AZ150 (min. 150g/m2 total on both sides) with Super Durable Polyester COLORBOND® steelXRW quality paint system of approved color, suitable for exterior applicationconforming to AS/NZS 2728 type-4 / IS15965 class 3 of Tata BlueScope Steelmake.

The sheet shall have a total coating thickness of 35 microns, super durablepolyester COLORBOND® XRW quality paint system of 20 microns on exposedsurface and 5 micron reverse polyester coat on back surface over 5 micronprimer coat on both surfaces. The paint system should have stable resin &inorganic pigments for paint durability and Lead free for water harvesting.

Revised BOQ

Page 43 of 124.

ECV 102



Total

Quantity

The steel sheet shall have brand marking of coated steel manufacturer(product details, date, mfg name, etc) on back side at regular intervalconfirming genuineness of the material. The steel sheet shall be fastened withnominal 40 pm zinc coated or nominal 25 p.m Zinc-Tin alloy coated, Hex head,self-drilling screw as per AS 3566-2002 Class 3 fasteners with EPDM washerand also as per the requirement considering the profile shape and design load.The profile sheet, fastener size etc. shall be approved by the concern authority.All the accessories like gutter/ flashing / capping shall be made from the samematerial which is used for main cladding application. The measurement shallbe based on finished/covered surface area. COLOR: Cottage Green

Steel roof for platforms including Flushing and gutter for elevated stationsSteel roof for station entrances including Flushing and gutter for elevatedstations.

i) For Roof Sheeting/ Side Cladding including for flashing etc in complete. m2 14298 827 118,24,446

ii) For plain, MS sheets for barge boards, gutters etc. complete RM 1408 827 11,64,416

Total of B1.7 129,88,862

Note: Pile, Pile Cap, Pier, Precast Pier Cap at platform level and Track

Viaduct are not considered here. It would be in Viaduct BOQ.

Revised BOQ

Page 44 of 124.



F1 SCHEDULE F1: MISCELLANEOUS

F1.1 Earth Works

Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator) for raft/open foundations. Item shall include the cost of dewatering, disposal of allexcavated materials.

The rate also includes protecting/supporting public utilities such as cables,drains, service pipes, water mains etc.

Lead to Contractor's dumping ground will be all leads.

(a) Excavation in all types of soil / rock m3 6130

F1.2 Expansion Joints

a) Providing and installing in position approved expansion joint at floor level

consisting of aluminium extrusions, anti-skid serrated top plate(Straight/Curved) with vapour barrier, sealant etc. as per details.

i) For transverse expansion joint between platform girder and platform girder or

at locations as directed by Engineer at all levels.Rmt 194

ii) For longitudinal expansion joint between platform girder and viaduct girder or

at location directed by Engineer at all levels.Rmt 858

iii) For longitudinal /transverse expansion joint between floor/roof beams and

beams ,beams and slabs,between lift wall and floor beams/slabs or at locationas directed by Engieer at all levels.

Rmt 600


Quantity




BILL OF QUANTITIES (CIVIL STRUCTURE) - GOWRI ASHRAM, THIRUVOTTIYUR & WIMCO NAGAR STATIONS

Revised BOQ

Page 45 of 124.



F1 SCHEDULE F1: MISCELLANEOUS


Quantity

iv) For longitudinal expansion joint between platform girder and RCC beams of

main station building or at location directed by Engneer at all levels.Rmt 300

F1.3 Non Shrink Grout

a) Proving and pouring non-shrink grout for grouting of holding down bolts of

columns and under base plates etc. complete as directed by Engineer.Cum 4.89

Total of F1

Revised BOQ

Page 46 of 124.

ECV 102



SCHEDULE J1 - PLUMBING WORKS (DSR)

J1 - 1 17 SANITARY INSTALLATIONS

J1 - 1.1 17.34 Providing and fixing Toilet paper holder

J1 - 1.2 17.34.2 vitreous china

Each 30 373.00 11190.00

J1 - 1.2.1 17.71 Providing & fixing PTMT liquid soap container 109 mm wide ,125 mmhigh and 112 mm distance from wall of standard shape with bracket ofthe same mateterials with snap fittings of approved quality and color.weighing not less than 105 gms . Each 12 255.00 3060.00

J1 - 1.3 17.10.1 Kitchen sink with drain board

J1 - 1.3.1 17.10.1.2 510x1040 mm bowl depth 225 mm

Each 3 7554.00 22662.00

S/NO.

CHENNAI METRO RAIL PROJECT PHASE - I EXTENSION

CONTRACT ECV-102

BILL OF QUANTITIES (CIVIL - PLUMBING) - GOWRI ASHRAM, THIRUVOTTIYUR & WIMCO NAGAR STATIONS

UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

Revised BOQ

Page 47 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 1.4 8.10 Providing and fixing stone slab with table rubbed, edges rounded andpolished, of size 75x50 cm deep and 1.8 cm thick, fixed in urinalpartitions by cutting a chase of appropriate width with chase cutter andembedding the stone in the chase with epoxy grout or with cementconcrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 6mm nominal size) as per direction of Engineer-in-charge and finishedsmooth.

J1 - 1.4.1 8.10.2 Granite Stone of approved shade

sqm 30 3636.00 109080.00

J1 - 1.5 17.70 Providing and fixing PTMT Bottle Trap for Wash basin and sink.J1 - 1.5.1 17.70.1 Bottle trap 31mm single piece moulded with height of 270 mm, effective

length of tail pipe 260 mm from the centre of the waste coupling, 77 mmbreadth with 25 mm minimum water seal, weighing not less than 260 gms

Each 54 551.00 29754.00

J1 - 1.6 17.31 Providing and fixing 600x450 mm beveled edge mirror of superiorglass (of approved quality) complete with 6 mm thick hard boardground fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brass screws and washerscomplete. Each 36 885.00 31860.00

J1 - 2 18 WATER SUPPLY

J1 - 2.1 18.12 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I. fittings includingtrenching and refilling etc. (external work).

J1 - 2.1.1 18.12.6 50mm dia. Nominal bore

Metre 165 445.00 73425.00

Revised BOQ

Page 48 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)


Metre 66 584.00 38544.00


Metre 49.5 710.00 35145.00

J1.2.2 18.17 Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with C.I. wheel of approvedquality. (screwed end).

J1.2.2.1 18.17.1 25 mm nominal bore

Each 18 478.00 8604.00


Each 12 559.00 6708.00


Each 18 653.00 11754.00

Revised BOQ

Page 49 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)


Each 18 837.00 15066.00

J1 - 2.3 18.19 Providing and fixing gun metal non-return valve of approved quality(screwed end).


Each 12 762.00 9144.00

18.19.3.1 Horizontal


Each 3 2791.00 8373.00

18.19.6.1 HorizontalJ1 - 2.4 18.21 Providing and fixing unplasticised PVC connection pipe with brass

unions.

J1 - 2.4.1 18.21.1 30 cm length .

J1 -2.4.1.1

18.21.1.1 15mm nominal bore.

Each 3 67.00 201.00

J1 - 2.5 18.31 Providing and fixing C.I. sluice valves (with cap) complete with bolts,nuts, rubber insertions etc. (the tail pieces if required will be paidseparately) :

J1 - 2.5.1 18.31.1 100 mm diameter

Revised BOQ

Page 50 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 -2.5.1.1

18.31.1.2 Class II

Each 3 4369.00 13107.00

J1 - 2.6 18.32 Constructing masonry Chamber 30x30x50 cm inside, in brick workin cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand) for stop cock, withC. I. surface box 100x100 x75 mm (inside) with hinged cover fixed incement concrete slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 gradedstone aggregate 20 mm nominal size), i/c necessary excavation,foundation concrete 1:5:10 ( 1 cement : 5 fine sand : 10 graded stoneaggregate 40mm nominal size ) and inside plastering with cement mortar1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) 12mm thick, finishedwith a floating coat ofneat cement complete as per standard design :

J1 - 2.6.1 18.32.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S.(non modular) bricks ofclass designation 7.5

Each 6 1290.00 7740.00

J1 - 2.7 18.40 Painting G.I. pipes and fitting with two coats of anti-corrosive bitumasticpaint of approved quality.

J1 - 2.7.1 18.40.3 25 mm diameter pipes.

Metre 15 10.00 150.00


Metre 15 12.00 180.00

Revised BOQ

Page 51 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)


Metre 15 13.00 195.00


Metre 90 16.00 1440.00


Metre 30 19.00 570.00


Metre 30 23.00 690.00

J1 - 2.8 18.41 Providing and filling sand of grading Zone V or coarse grade alround theG.I. pipes in extrenal work.

J1 - 2.8.1 18.41.6 50 mm dia. pipes.

Metre 165 83.00 13695.00

Revised BOQ

Page 52 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 2.8.2 18.41.7 65 mm dia. pipes.

Metre 66 131.00 8646.00

J1 - 2.8.3 18.41.8 80 mm dia. pipes.

Metre 48 135.00 6480.00

J1 - 2.9 18.48 Providing and placing on terrace ( at all floor levels ) polyethylene waterstorage tank ISI ; 12701 marked indicating the BIS License No. withcover and suitable locking arrangement and making necessary holes forinlet,outlet and overflow pipes but without fittings and the base supportfor tank ( Sintex, Electroplast, Star, Lotus or equivalent having valid ISIlicense) - 10,000 ltr capacity

Lts 30000 8.00 240000.00

J1 - 2.10 18.43 Providing and placing in position fiters of 40 mm diameter G.I. pipe withbrass strainer of approved quality.

Metre 12 661.00 7932.00

J1 - 2.11 18.44 Providing and fixing to filter and lowering to proper levels 40 mm G.I. pipefor tube well including cleaning and pirming the tube well.

Metre 360 345.00 124200.00

J1 - 2.12 18.60 Providing and fixing enclosed type water meter(bulk type) confirming toIS :2373 and tested by municipal board complete with bolts, nuts, rubberinsertions etc. (The tail pieces if required will be paid seprately):

Revised BOQ

Page 53 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 2.12.1 18.60.1 80 mm dia. Nominal bore

Each 6 3472.00 20832.00

J1 - 2.13 18.61 Providing and fixing C.I. dirt box strainer for bulk type water meter withnuts, bolts, rubber insertions etc. complete conforming to IS:2373

J1 - 2.13.1 18.61.1 80 mm dia. Nominal bore

Each 6 4051.00 24306.00

J1 - 2.14 18.78 Making chases upto 7.5x7.5 cm in walls including making good afterhousing G.I. pipes etc.

Metre 60 95.00 5700.00

J1 - 2.15 18.37 Constructing masonry Chamber 60x45x50 cm inside, in brick workin cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) for water metercomplete with C.I. double flap surface box 400x200x200 mm (inside) withlocking arrangement and RCC top slab 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) , i/cnecessary excavation, foundation concrete 1:5:10 ( 1 cement : 5fine sand:10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size) and insideplastering with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) 12 mmthick, finished with a floating coat of neat cement complete as perstandard design :

Revised BOQ

Page 54 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 2.15.1 18.37.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S.(non modular) bricks of class designation7.5

Each 6 6730.00 40380.00

J1 - 2.16 18.49 Providing and fixing C.P. brass/ SS bib cock of approved qualityconformingto IS:8931 :

J1 - 2.16.1 18.49.1 15 mm nominal bore

Each 63 512.00 32256.00

J1 - 2.17 18.50 Providing and fixing C.P. brass/ SS long nose bib cock of approvedquality conforming to IS standards and weighing not less than 810 gms.

J1 - 2.17.1 18.50.1 15 mm nominal bore

Each 18 888.00 15984.00

J1 - 2.18 18.52 Providing and fixing C.P. brass/ SS stop cock (concealed) of standarddesign and of approved make conforming to IS:8931.

J1 - 2.18.1 18.52.1 15 mm nominal bore

Each 135 691.00 93285.00

J1 - 2.19 18.53 Providing and fixing C.P. brass/ SS angle valve for basin mixer andgeyser points of approved quality conforming to IS:8931 a) 15 mmnominal bore

Revised BOQ

Page 55 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 2.19.1 18.53.1 15mm nominal bore

Each 165 566.00 93390.00

J1 - 3 19 DRAINAGE

J1 - 3.1 19.1 Providing, laying and jointing glazed stoneware pipes class SP-1 withstiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of 1:1 (1 cement : 1 finesand) including testing of joints etc. complete :

J1 - 3.1.1 19.1.2 150 mm diameter

metre 495 350.00 173250.00

J1 - 3.1.2 19.1.3 200 mm diameter

metre 214.5 515.00 110467.50

J1 - 3.2 19.4 Providing & fixing square - mouth S.W. gully trap grade 'A' complete withC.I grating brick masonry chamber with water tight C.I. Cover with frameof 300 x 300mm size ( inside ) the weight of cover to be not less than4.50kg & frame to be not less than 2.70 kg as per standard design.

J1 - 3.2.1 19.4.1.1 100 x 100 mm size P type with bricks of class designation 7.5

Each 6 1751.00 10506.00

Revised BOQ

Page 56 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 3.3 19.6 Providing and laying non-pressure NP2 class (light duty) R.C.C. pipeswith collars jointed with stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) including testing of joints etc. complete.

J1 - 3.3.1 19.6.2 150 mm dia R.C.C. Pipe

Metre 214.5 388.00 83226.00

J1 - 3.3.2 19.6.3 250 mm dia R.C.C. Pipe

Metre 352 522.00 183744.00

J1 - 3.3.3 19.6.4 300 mm dia R.C.C. Pipe

Metre 77 564.00 43428.00

J1 - 3.4 19.7 Constructing brick masonry manhole in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4coarse sand) R.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand :4graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) foundation concrete 1:4:8mix (1 cement : 4 coarse sand : 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mmnominal size) inside plastering 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 ( 1cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with floating coat of neat cement andmaking channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 ( 1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) finished with a floating coatof neat cement as per standard design.

Revised BOQ

Page 57 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 3.4.1 19.7.1.1 Inside size 90 x 80 cm and 60 cm deep including C.I. cover with frame(light duty) 455 x 610 mm internal dimensions total weight of cover andframe to be not less than 38 kg (weight of cover 23 kg and weight offrame 15 kg). Each 96 9479.00 909984.00

J1 - 3.4.2 19.7.1.1 With FPS bricks of class designation 75

J1 - 3.5 19.7.2 Inside size 120 x 90 cm and 90 cm deep including C.I. cover with frame(medium duty) 500 mm internal diameter, total weight of cover and frameto be not less than 116 kg (weight of cover 58 kg and weight of frame 58kg).

J1 - 3.5.1 19.7.2.1 With FPS bricks of class designation 7.5

Each 6 20396.00 122376.00

J1 - 3.6 19.8 Extra for depth for manholesJ1 - 3.6.1 19.8.1.1 Size 90x80 mmWith F.PS bricks of class designation 7.5

Metre 1.5 6283.00 9424.50

J1 - 3.6.2 19.8.2.1 Size 120x 90 mmWith F.PS bricks of class designation 7.5

Metre 1.5 7525.00 11287.50

Revised BOQ

Page 58 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 3.7 19.16 Providing orange colour safety foot rest of minimum 6mm thick plasticencapsulated as per IS : 10910 on 12mm dia steel bar conforming to IS :1786 having minium cross section as 23mm x 25mm and over all miniumlength 263mm and width as 165mm with minium 112mm space betweenprotruded legs having 2mm tread on top surface by ribbing or chequeringbesides necessary and adequate anchoring projections on tail lenth on138mm as per standard drawing and suitable to with stand the bend testand chemical resistance test as per specifications and havingmanufacture's permanent indentification mark to be visible even afterfixing, including fixing in manholes with 30x20x15 cm cement concreteblock 1:3:6 (1cement :3 coarse sand :6 graded stone aggregate 20 mmnominal size ) complete as per design.

each 540 347.00 187380.00

J1 - 3.8 19.19 Providing and fixing in position precast R.C.C. manhole cover and frameof required shape and approved quality

J1 - 3.8.1 19.19.3 H D -20J1 -3.8.1.1

19.19.3.1 Circular shape 560 mm internal diameter

Each 96 1684.00 161664.00

J1 - 3.8.2 19.19.4 EHD-35J1 -3.8.2.1

19.19.4.1 Circular shape 560 mm internal diameter

Each 6 1745.00 10470.00

J1 - 3.9 19.21 Making connection of drain or sewer line with existing manhole includingbreaking into and making good the walls, floors cement concrete 1:2:4 (1cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)cement plastered on both sides with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement and makingnecessary channels for the drain etc. complete.

Revised BOQ

Page 59 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 3.9.1 19.21.1 For pipe 100 to 250 mm dia

Each 9 406.00 3654.00


Each 18 486.00 8748.00


Each 6 405.00 2430.00

J1 - 3.10 19.27 Constructing brick masonry road gully chamber 50x45x60 cm withbricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including500x450 mm pre-cast R.C.C. horizontal grating with frame completeas per standard design :

J1 - 3.10.1 19.27.1 With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular) bricks of class designation7.5

Each 39 4410.00 171990.00

J1 - 3.11 19.34 Providing and fixing S.W. intercepting trap in manholes with stiff mixtureof cement mortar 1:1 (1 cement : 1 fine sand) including testing of jointsetc. complete :

Revised BOQ

Page 60 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 3.11.1 19.34.1 100 mm dia

Each 6 322.00 1932.00

J1 - 3.11.2 19.34.2 150 mm dia

Each 6 438.00 2628.00

J1 - 3.12 19.35 Providing and laying Non Pressure NP-3 class (Medium duty) R.C.C.pipes including collars/spigot jointed with stiff mixture of cementmortar in the proportion of 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) includingtesting of joints etc. complete

J1 - 3.12.1 19.35.1 450 mm dia RCC pipes

metre 150 2140 321000.00

J1 - 4 24 Rain Water Harvesting & Tubewell

J1 - 4.1 24.1 Boring/drilling bore well of required dia for casing/ strainer pipe, bysuitable method prescribed in IS: 2800 (part I), including collectingsamples from different strata, preparing and submitting strata chart/bore log, including hire & running charges of all equipments, tools,plants & machineries required for the job, all complete as per direction ofEngineer -in-charge, upto 90 metre depth below ground level.

J1 - 4.1.1 24.1.1 All types of soil

Revised BOQ

Page 61 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 4.1.2 24.1.1.1 300 mm dia

Metre 450 454.00 204300.00

J1 - 4.2 24.2 Boring/drilling bore well of required dia for casing/ strainer pipe,bysuitable method prescribed in IS: 2800 (part I), includingcollectingsamples from different strata, preparing and submitting stratachart/bore log, including hire & running charges of all equipments, tools,plants & machineries required for the job, all complete as per direction ofEngineer -in-charge, beyond 90 metre & upto 150 metre depth belowground level.

J1 - 4.2.1 24.2.1 All types of soil

J1 - 4.2.2 24.2.1.1 300 mm dia

Metre 60 529.00 31740.00

J1 - 4.3 24.3 Supplying, assembling, lowering and fixing in vertical position inbore well, unplasticized PVC medium well casing (CM) pipe ofrequired dia, conforming to IS: 12818, including required hire andlabour charges, fittings & accessories etc. all complete, for all depths, asper direction of Engineer -in-charge.

J1 - 4.3.1 24.3.3 200 mm nominal size dia

Metre 90 979.00 88110.00

J1 - 4.4 24.4 Supplying, assembling, lowering and fixing in vertical position inbore well unplasticized PVC medium well screen (RMS) pipes with ribs,conforming to IS: 12818, including hire & labour charges, fittings& accessories etc. all complete, for all depths, as per direction ofEngineer-in-charge.

Revised BOQ

Page 62 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)


Metre 120 915.00 109800.00

J1 - 4.5 24.5 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling stone boulders of size range5 cm to 20 cm, in recharge pit, in the required thickness, for allleads & lifts, all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Cum 18 562.00 10116.00

J1 - 4.6 24.6 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling gravels of size range 5 mm to 10mm, in the recharge pit, over the existing layer of boulders, inrequired thickness, for all leads & lifts, all complete as per directionof Engineer-in-charge. Cum 18 1015.00 18270.00

J1 - 4.7 24.7 Supplying, filling, spreading & leveling coarse sand of sizerange 1.5 mm to 2 mm in recharge pit, in required thickness overgravel layer, for all leads & lifts, all complete as per direction ofEngineer -in-charge. Cum 18 950.00 17100.00

J1 - 4.8 24.8 Gravel packing in tubewell construction in accordance with IS:4097,including providing gravel fine/ medium/ coarse, in required grading& sizes as per actual requirement, all complete as per direction ofEngineer-in-charge. Cum 18 1101.00 19818.00

Revised BOQ

Page 63 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 4.9 24.9 Providing and fixing factory made precast RCC perforated drain covers,having concrete of strength not less than M-25, of size 1000 x 450x50mm, reinforced with 8 mm dia four no longitudinal & 9 nos cross sectionalT.M.T. hoop bars, including providing 50 mm dia perforations @ 100 to125 mm c/c, including providing edge binding with M.S. flats of size 50mm x 1.6 mmcomplete, all as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

each 9 1070.00 9630.00

J1 - 4.10 24.10 Supplying, assembling, lowering and fixing in vertical position inbore well, ERW (Electric Resistance Welded) FE 410 mild steelscrewed and socketed/ plain ended casing pipes of required dia,conforming to IS: 4270, of reputed & approved make, including paintedwith outside surface with two coats of anticorrosive paint of approvedbrand and manufacture, including required hire & labour charges,fittings& accessories, all complete, for all depths, as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

J1 - 4.10.1 24.10.3 200 mm nominal size dia having minimum wall thickness5.40 mm

Metre 150 1826.00 273900.00

J1 - 4.11 24.11 Supplying, assembling, lowering and fixing in vertical position inbore well, ERW (Electric Resistance Welded) FE 410 plain slotted(having slot of size 1.6/3.2 mm) mild steel threaded and socketed /plain bevel ended pipe (type A) of required dia, conforming to IS:8110, ofreputed and approved make, having wall thickness not less than 5.40mm, including painted with outside surface with two coats of anticorrosivebitumestic paint of approved brand and manufacture, including hire &labour charges, fittings & accessories, all complete, for all depths, as perdirection of Engineer -in-charge.


Metre 450 1919.00 863550.00

Revised BOQ

Page 64 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

J1 - 4.12 24.12 Development of tube well in accordance with IS : 2800 (part I) andIS: 11189, to establish maximum rate of usable water yield withoutsand content (beyond permissible limit), with required capacity aircompressor, running the compressor for required time till well isfully developed, measuring yield of well by "V" notch method or anyother approved method, measuring static level & draw down etc. bystep draw down method, collecting water samples & getting testedin approved laboratory, i/c disinfection of tubewell, all complete,including hire & labour charges of air compressor, tools & accessoriesetc., all as per requirement and direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Hour 390 754 294060.00

J1 - 4.13 24.13 Providing and fixing suitable size threaded mild steel cap or spotwelded plate to the top of bore well housing/ casing pipe, removable asper requirement, all complete for borewell of:

J1 - 4.13.1 24.13.3 200 mm dia

Each 3 272.00 816.00

J1 - 4.14 24.14 Providing and fixing M.S. clamp of required dia to the top of casing/housing pipe of tubewell as per IS: 2800 (part I), including necessarybolts & nuts of required size complete.

J1 - 4.14.1 24.14.3 200 mm clamp

Each 3 1481.00 4443.00

J1 - 4.15 24.15 Providing and fixing Bail plug/ Bottom plug of required dia to thebottom of pipe assembly of tubewell as per IS:2800 (part I).

J1 - 4.15.1 24.15.3 200 mm dia

Each 3 296.00 888.00

Revised BOQ

Page 65 of 124.

ECV 102



S/NO. UnitTotal

QuantityDescription

DSR

2014

(Code

No.)

Total of Schedule - J1

Revised BOQ

Page 66 of 124.

ECV 102



SCHEDULE J2 - PLUMBING WORKS (NDSR)J2 - 1 SANITARY INSTALLATIONS

J2 - 1.1

Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of white colour glazed Wall Hung

European water closet with 32mm dia CP flush valve with necessary bend,

checknut, stopcock etc., matching colour solid seat and cover with polythenebuffer and flap, CP flanges, CP bolts and nuts, a pair of CI chair bracket with nutsand bolts, wall flanges etc., complete.Flow Requirement (in LPF) of water closets shall be 6.0/3.0 LPF

Each 30.00 7540.00 226200.00

J2 - 1.2

Supply and fixing of WC connector of 110mm dia. With necessary fitting etc.,

complete

Each 36.00 455.00 16380.00

J2 - 1.3

Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of white colour glazed Oval wash

basin above/below counter, 15 mm dia CP pillar cock with waste coupling, 32

mm dia CP bottle trap with extension pipe, poly steel supports for basin. 15 mmCP angle valves with 450 mm long CP connection pipe and CP wall flanges all ofapproved make etc., complete. Size : 55 x 40 cms.Flow Requirement (in LPM) of wash hand basins faucets shall be 6 LPM at design

water pressure 3.0 bar.

Each 36.00 5460.00 196560.00

CHENNAI METRO RAIL PROJECT PHASE - I EXTENSIONCONTRACT ECV-102

BILL OF QUANTITIES (CIVIL - PLUMBING) - GOWRI ASHRAM, THIRUVOTTIYUR & WIMCO NAGAR STATIONSNDSR

Items

S/No.

Description UnitTotal

Quantity

Revised BOQ

Page 67 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 1.4

Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning Electronic auto flush system urinal

with in built infrared senser, solenoid valve, gate valve, black box- batteryoperated type.

Each 18.00 6500.00 117000.00

Flow Requirement (in LPF) of water closets shall be 4.0 LPF

J2 - 1.5

Supplying, installing and testing 15mm CP bib cock with CP flanges including

necessary fixing materials etc., complete. Make : Jaquar, Cardin and Equalent)

Flow Requirement (in LPM) of faucets shall be 6 LPM at design water pressure 3.0

bar.

J2 - 1.5.1

Long body

Each 30.00 1813.96 54418.80

J2 - 1.5.2

Short body

Each 18.00 1313.90 23650.20

J2 - 1.6

Fixing at site in position C.P. ablution spray health faucet with wall hook , 1250mm long

flexible tube angle cock with wall flange all complete including cutting and making good

the walls wherever required, and as per direction of Engineer -In-charge (make : Jaquar,

Cardin and Equalent)Each 30.00 2061.57 61847.10

Flow Requirement (in LPM) of Health faucets shall be 6 LPM at design water

pressure 3.0 bar.

Revised BOQ

Page 68 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 1.7

Providing and fixing CP brass twin coat hooks fixed to wooden cleats with CP brass

screws, hooks or approved equivalent.(make : Jaquar, Cardin and Equalent)

Each 30.00 692.12 20763.60

J2 - 1.8

Providing and fixing solid state, no touch operating, fully hygienic hand drier of approved

shade as described in M & W Specification with double blower, continuous repeat usage,

time delay, summer and winter control includingprovision of necessary brackets, cable

from drier to plug,plug to key and lock etc. complete as requireD1.(make : Jaquar, Cardin

and Equalent) Each 12.00 13013.45 156161.40

J2 - 1.9

Providing and fixing 15mm nominal bore, CP Brass Connection ( 45cm length) with CP

brass Union, including nuts and washers and making connection to fixtures & fittings,

complete as required

Each 72.00 768.73 55348.56

J2 - 1.10

Providing & fixing C.P. brass towel rail with C.P. brass wall brackets & C.P brass screws

complete as requireD1.(make : Jaquar, Cardin and Equalent)

Each 24.00 700.00 16800.00

J2 - 1.11

Providing in position storage type Water Cooler of the following capacity, ISI marked,

stainless steel front panel, CP brass push cock, inlet float valve, with all plumbing and

electrical accessories, inlet, outlet, overflow and drain out connection to floor drain

complete as requireD1.Each 12.00 50000.00 600000.00

Cooling capacity 40 litres/hr. and storage capacity 80 ltrs.

Revised BOQ

Page 69 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 1.12

Providing and fixing CI deep seal floor trap/Nahani trap of self cleansing design with or

without vent arm of approved make including cutting and making good the walls and

floors etc. including encasing the trap with 1:1½:3 (1 cement : 1½ coarse sand : 3 graded

stone aggregate 20mm nominal size), mixed with approved water-proofing compound at

2% of cement by weight.(make : Cardin,Chilly, and Equalent)

J2 - 1.12.1

80mm inlet 100mm outlet

Each 45.00 800.00 36000.00

J2 - 1.12.2

100mm inlet 100mm outlet

Each 60.00 1000.00 60000.00

J2 - 1.13Providing and fixing 3mm thick C.P. brass grating over floor trap, circular dish

design.(make : Cardin,Chilly, and Equalent)

J2 - 1.13.1

100 mm dia

Each 45.00 200.00 9000.00

J2 - 1.13.2

150 mm dia

Each 60.00 300.00 18000.00

Revised BOQ

Page 70 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 1.14

Providing and making cement concrete floor drain in 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse

sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) and inside 12mm thick plastering in

CM 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) with water proofing chemical compound lining,

including pipe fixing and testing complete as per standard design & drawing (make :

Cardin,Chilly, and Equalent)

J2 - 1.14.1

150x150x100 mm

Each 60.00 700.00 42000.00

J2 - 2 SOIL WASTE & VENT, RAIN WATER PIPES AND FITTINGS

J2 - 2.1

Supplying, fixing and testing PVC soil, waste and vent pipes (SWR) confirming toIS13592 : 1992, (Type B)with rubber ring (confirming to IS 5382) joint inclusiveof all necessary specials like bends, tees, offsets, doorbends, junctions, cowls,

etc., laid under floor/fixed on walls, and in pipe shafts etc., complete. (Toilets &

AHU drain )

J2 - 2.1.1 75 mm OD Meter 150.00 493.00 73950.00

J2 - 2.1.2 110 mm OD Meter 480.00 546.00 262080.00

J2 - 2.1.3 160 mm OD Meter 510.00 917.00 467670.00

Revised BOQ

Page 71 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 2.2

Providing and fixing G.I. (heavy class) waste pipes and fittings conforming to IS : 1239

with M.S. clamp/hook including cutting chases and holes in RCC/Brick wall/Ceilings and

making good the same in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) to match with the

surroundings for waste from wash basins, urinals kitchen sink and sump, pump deliveries

and suction etc as shown in drawings and directed by the Engineer in Charge.

J2 - 2.2.1 32 mm dia Meter 45.00 639.30 28768.50

J2 - 2.2.2 40 mm dia Meter 30.00 731.47 21944.10

J2 - 2.2.3 50 mm dia Meter 30.00 972.68 29180.40

J2 - 2.3

Supplying, laying/ fixing Testing & commioning of uPVC drainage pipes of class

10Kgf/sqrt.cm as per IS:15328-2003 and specials such as tees,single or double Y,

offsets, flanges, couplers, redusers, elbows & rubber rings /good quility slovent

cement, clamps etc..of approved make Finolex or Supreme as per manufacturers

specification including cutting the pipes to the required lengths & laying in

trenchesetc. The rate shell include for the necessary excavation in trenches.

Revised BOQ

Page 72 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 2.3.1 110mm dia Meter 825.00 546.00 450450.00

J2 - 2.3.2 160mm dia Meter 528.00 917.00 484176.00

J2 - 2.3.3 210mm dia Meter 660.00 1350.00 891000.00

J2 - 2.4

Supplying and fixing MS angle brackets, hangers, supports as per detail drawing for

supporting sewerage water supply pipes with suitable GI U- clamps, bolts, nuts and

washers etc. The clamps shall be painted with two coats of enamel (approved) paint over

a coat of primer etc., complete.

Kgs. 300.00 85.00 25500.00

J2 - 2.4.1

Supplying and fixing MS grip bolts in columns / beams / walls / ceiling for fixing soil,

waste and rain water pipe supports. The quoted rate shall include for necessary drilling

and placing the bolts in position etc., complete.

Nos. 1500.00 65.00 97500.00

J2 - 2.4.2Supplying, fixing, testing and commissionig of approved make PVC vent cowl with

necessary accessories etc., complete.

Revised BOQ

Page 73 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 2.4.2.1 75mm dia Nos. 12.00 80.00 960.00

J2 - 2.4.2.2 110mm dia Nos. 12.00 100.00 1200.00

J2 - 3 WATER SUPPLY

J2 - 3.1 Providing and fixing of PE(Polyethylene ) Pipes as per PN-16 in accordance with ISO

4427, for Hot and Cold water application with corresponding hot fusion welded PE

fittings in PN-16 like Tee's,Elbows, Sockets, Reducers,Unions, brass adaptors (both

male female) etc. conforming to ISO 4427 standards. Further all termination points

should be brass fittings only for connection with faucets. Installation guidelines should

be strictly followed as per the company's technical literature. Further the system

should bear a maximum pressure of 16 Bar at 20 Degree centrigrade and a pressure

of 5 Bar at 95 degree centrigrade. ( For treated water supply)

J2 - 3.1.1 16mm (OD) Rmts

261.00 250.00 65250.00

J2 - 3.1.2 20mm (OD) Rmts

297.00 315.00 93555.00

Revised BOQ

Page 74 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 3.1.3 25mm (OD) Rmts

165.00 385.00 63525.00

J2 - 3.1.4 32mm (OD) Rmts

165.00 480.00 79200.00

J2 - 3.1.5 40mm (OD) Rmts

66.00 755.00 49830.00

J2 - 3.1.6 50mm (OD) Rmts

99.00 815.00 80685.00

J2 - 3.1.7 63mm (OD) Rmts

30.00 1217.00 36510.00

Revised BOQ

Page 75 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 3.1.8 75mm (OD) Rmts

15.00 1590.00 23850.00

J2 - 3.1.9 90mm (OD) Rmts

15.00 2206.00 33090.00

J2 - 3.1.10 110mm (OD) Rmts

15.00 3200.00 48000.00

J2 - 3.2

Providing and fixing 600 mm long puddle flanges fabricated out of 6mm thick MS plates

along with flanges of suitable size properly fixed in walls & top slabs of underground and

overhead tanks.

J2 - 3.2.1

25 mm dia

Each 12.00 98.88 1186.56

J2 - 3.2.2

65 mm dia

Each 12.00 593.25 7119.00

Revised BOQ

Page 76 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 3.2.3

80 mm dia

Each 24.00 741.55 17797.20

J2 - 3.2.4

100 mm dia

Each 18.00 988.74 17797.32

J2 - 3.2.5

150 mm dia

Each 12.00 1779.73 21356.76

J2 - 3.2.6

200 mm dia

Each 0.00 2867.34 0.00

Revised BOQ

Page 77 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 3.3

Making connection from existing water supply line incl necessary excavation and making

good the same incl cutting, boring and taping the existing line by providing and installing

ferrule and amking good the same including cutting, boring and taping the existing line by

providing and installing ferrule connections with necessary fittings as required and making

good the same. The rate for this itesm also includes complete services from the

contractor for liasoning works such as filing necessary applications, submission of forms

for approval to the municipal authorities depositing the fees and other amounts as

required getting the premises/ installations, inspected and approved and all other

formalities required till the water connection is obtaineD1. All the expenses incurred in

authorities following up this regard shall be borne by the contractor. Department charges

if any will be reimbursed to the contractor on production of receipt of money deposited

with the department.

Each 3.00 24647.67 73943.01

J2 - 3.4 SUCTION AND DELIVERY PIPES AND VALVES FOR WATER SUPPLY PUMPS

J2 - 3.4.1

Providing and fixing G.I. suction & delivery headers / pipes for water supply pumps

(IS:1239 heavy class) with G.I. Fittings (bends, tees, reducers, plugs, union, flange &

blank flanges etc) and clamps and jointing with teflon tape or hold tite including chase

cutting and making good the walls, floors etc. wherever required.

J2 - 3.4.1.1

50 mm nominal bore

Metre 90.00 972.68 87541.20

J2 - 3.4.1.2

65 mm nominal bore

Metre 30.00 1251.15 37534.50

J2 - 3.4.1.3

80 mm nominal bore

Metre 30.00 1545.30 46359.00

Revised BOQ

Page 78 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 3.4.1.4

100 mm nominal bore

Metre 15.00 2184.60 32769.00

J2 - 3.4.2

Painting for G.I./MS Pipes with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved

quality and shade over a coat of approved primer coat as directed including surface

preparation (Shade as per pipe colour code)

J2 - 3.4.2.1

50 mm nominal bore

Metre 90.00 37.26 3353.40

J2 - 3.4.2.2

65 mm nominal bore

Metre 30.00 37.26 1117.80

J2 - 3.4.2.3

80 mm nominal bore

Metre 30.00 47.07 1412.10

J2 - 3.4.2.4

100 mm nominal bore

Metre 15.00 54.91 823.65

Revised BOQ

Page 79 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 3.4.3 Providing and fixing C.I Y strainer

J2 - 3.4.3.1

65mm nominal bore

Each 6.00 7245.00 43470.00

J2 - 3.4.3.2

100 mm nominal bore

Each 6.00 11119.52 66717.12

J2 - 3.4.4

Providing and fixing Butter fly Valves of the following sizes conforming to BS 5351 and the

M & W Specifications, suitable for pressure rating of 10 kg /Sq.cm, with hand lever

operation, rubber gaskets, flanges, nuts, bolts and washers including painting complete

as per M & W specification.

J2 - 3.4.4.1

50mm nominal bore

Each 18.00 4750.10 85501.80

J2 - 3.4.4.2

65mm nominal bore

Each 18.00 6738.14 121286.52

Revised BOQ

Page 80 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 3.4.4.3

80mm nominal bore

Each 6.00 7822.60 46935.60

J2 - 3.4.4.4

100mm nominal bore

Each 15.00 10348.42 155226.30

J2 - 3.4.4.5

150mm nominal bore

Each 15.00 15929.55 238943.25

J2 - 3.4.5

Providing and fixing Wafer type Double Plate Check Valves of the following sizes

conforming to API-594 , suitable for pressure rating of 16 kg I Sq.cm with cast iron body

conforming to BS 1452, rubber gasket, flanges, union, nuts, bolts and washers including

painting complete as per M & WSpecifications.

J2 - 3.4.5.1

50 mm dia

Each 6.00 6553.81 39322.86

Revised BOQ

Page 81 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 3.4.5.2

65 mm dia

Each 6.00 8146.17 48877.02

J2 - 3.4.5.3

80 mm dia

Each 6.00 9738.54 58431.24

J2 - 3.4.5.4

100 mm dia

Each 15.00 14041.07 210616.05

J2 - 3.4.5.5

150 mm dia

Each 15.00 17710.73 265660.95

J2 - 4 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

J2 - 4.1 Construction desilting chamber and rain water harvesting pit (as per drawing )of 6m x 4m

with 3.5 m effective depth complete as per drawing & supplying & filling with filter media in

different layers - 0.5 m thick sand of 1.5 to 2.0 m size ( 6 cum ) , 0.5 m thick gravel of 5-

10 mm size ( 6 cum) , 0.5 m thick boulders of 5-15 mm size ( 6 cum ) in rain water

harvesting pit complete as per standared and instruction of engineers incharge. Each 6.00 70000.00 420000.00

Revised BOQ

Page 82 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 4.2 Construction of rain water pit of size 2 mx1.3m x 2m deep as per detailed dwg.

Each 6.00 30000.00 180000.00

J2 - 5 PUMPS

J2 - 5.1

Providing, fixing, testing & commissioning of approved make centrifugal pumps with

mechanical shaft, seals & bearings lubricated by the pumped liquiD1. The main pump

components are made of corrosion resistant stainless steel AISI – 316. The pumps are

direct coupled totally enclosed, fan cooled, standard motor of adequate HP capable of

giving a discharge of 250 LPM at total head of 50 MT approximate to work on a 3

phase,2900 RPM 25 cycles 380-440 volts with the same make of control panel etc.

complete. ( Make: KSB, Grundfoss , Wilo)

J2 - 5.1.1

Treated water transfer pumps

Each 6.00 52062.12 312372.72

Pump capacity - 250 lpm

Head - 50 m

RPM - 2900

J2 - 5.2

Providing, fixing and commissioning non clog type mono block submersible drainage

pumps suitable for handling solids of 12 mm size with totally water and dust proof motor

as specified complete with motor control panel and float switch, inclusive of all

terminations and earthing required all complete as per specifications.( Make: KSB,

Grundfoss , Wilo)

J2 - 5.2.1

Capacity 150 lpm & Head 15 m (1W+1S) (Location : Pump room )

Each 6.00 31415.00 188490.00

Revised BOQ

Page 83 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 5.2.2

Capacity 120 lpm & Head 10 m (Location : Lift / Escalator pit )

Each 18.00 20154.12 362774.16

J2 - 5.3

Providing and fixing Transistorised liquid level controllers with low voltage relays and

seamless steel probes and PVC shroud, including necessary wiring and conduiting from

probes to display panel/motor control panels and to provide Audible Alarm for low level for

each underground tank. (The cost of all required cabling from probes to motor control

panels to be including in the rates).

For Domestic over head tank

To start pump at low water level in overhead tank and stop at high water level in overhead

tank and low water level in underground tank.

Set 24.00 15765.00 378360.00

J2 - 5.4

Providing and fixing single / multistage submersible tubewell pump suitable for 150mm

bore with stainless steel casing. NORYL impeller, stainless steel shaft and built in non

return valve coupled with submersible squirrel cage motors suitable for 145V +- 10%

volts. 3 phase, 50 cycles AC supply.

Capacity 200 lpm

Head 50m, 5.0 HP

Each 3.00 33244.20 99732.60

J2 - 5.5

50mm dia GI column pipe of jindal /TT Swastic make heavy class duly flanged

meter 450.00 609.48 274266.00

Revised BOQ

Page 84 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2 - 5.6

Providing and fixing 50mm Cable clip with nuts and bolts

No 120.00 66.49 7978.80

J2 - 5.7

Providing and fixing 50mm dia supporting clamp with nuts and bolts

pair 6.00 775.70 4654.20

J2 - 5.8

Providing & Fixing 3C - 6sqm Submersible cable

meter 900.00 221.63 199467.00

J2 - 5.9

Providing and fixing steel wire rope 6 mm dia complete with wire rope clamps for safety of

pump set.

meter 750.00 110.81 83107.50

J2 - 5.10

Supplying and laying 1.1 KV grade aluminium conductor PVC insulated and PVC

sheathed armoured cables including 8 SWG GI earth wire on surface/Cable tray as

requireD1.

meter 90.00 554.07 49866.30

J2-5.11

Providing and fixing dust and vermin proof motor control panel fabricated from 14 SWG

MS sheet with stove enamelled paint and comprising of ( For tube well pumps)

Revised BOQ

Page 85 of 124.

ECV 102



NDSR

Items

S/No.


Quantity

J2-5.11.1 one feeder of 63 Ampere 4 pole ELCB.

J2-5.11.2 One fully Automatic DOL starter with push button indicating lights.

J2-5.11.3One panel type volt meter 96 mm square with rotary selection switch for reading voltage

between face and neutral or incoming feeder.

J2-5.11.4 Three neon phase indicating light on the incoming main.

J2-5.11.5 one Empere meter 96 mm square panel type of appropriate range.

J2-5.11.6 Etched plastic identification plates for all switch gears.

J2-5.11.7 Space for liquid level controller.

J2-5.11.8

All internal wiring should be colour coded from incoming main to switch gear, starters,

meters, Indicating lights(Compartment light with min front area 1.50 sqm & 0.30 m deep)

No. 3.00 28811.64 86434.92

TOTAL OF SCHEDULE - J2

Revised BOQ

Page 86 of 124.



SCHEDULE - K

K - 1

1

Cement Concrete & RCC Works

K - 1.1 Ready mixed M-20 grade concrete for reinforced cement concrete work inchajjas, lintels, bends, plain window sills etc in superstructure including thecost of centering, shuttering, finishing etc complete (graded stone aggregate20 mm nominal size). Reinforcement shall be measured separately.

Cum 26.00

K - 1.2 Providing corrosion resistant (CRS) TMT reinforcement steel of Fe-500Dgrade, from approved list of supplier/s, straightening, cutting, bending, tying,lapping of bars/ butt welding placing including couplers, 18 gauge G.I. bindingwire, in all structural concrete at all heights and depths complete as pertechnical specifications and drawings

Kg 1566.00

K - 2 Masonry Works

K - 2.1 Providing and laying autoclaved aerated cement block masonry with AACblocks in super structure in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand)including mullion, transom, fire stops, angles, wall ties, clamps and cleats etc.

K - 2.1.1 For 200mm thk. Wall Cum 2596.00

K - 2.1.2 For 100mm thk. WallThe rate includes providing and placing in position 2 Nos 8 mm dia M.S. barsat every third course of masonry work.

Sqm 275.00

K - 3 Granite Works

Note: All granite slabs shall be selected as per approved sample by

CMRL. It shall be sourced from Tamil Nadu Minerals Limited (TAMIN). In

case of non-availability, it can be sourced from other location of selected

quality, uniform in colour, free from cracks, fissures and flakes with

straight edges and perfect corners

Sl. No. Description Unit Total Quantity


CONTRACT ECV 102

BILL OF QUANTITIES - K (CIVIL ARCHITECTURE) - GOWRI ASHRAM, TIRUVOTTIYUR AND WIMCO NAGAR STATIONS

Revised BOQ

Page 87 of 124.




K - 3.1 Providing and Fixing 20mm thick gang saw cut mirror polished premouldedand prepolished) machine cut for vanity counters, window sills , facias andsimilar locations of required size of approved shade, colour and texture laidover 20mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) withjoints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touchups, including rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to edges to give highgloss finish etc. complete at all levels.

K - 3.1.1 (a) Granite of any colour and shade

K - 3.1.1.1 (i) Area of slab over 0.50 sqm. Sqm 21.55

K - 3.2 Providing edge moulding to 20mm thick granite stone counters, Vanities etc.including machine polishing to edge to give high gloss finish etc. complete asper design approved by Engineer-in-Charge.

Rmt 32.40

K - 3.3 Extra for fixing granite stone over and above corresponding basic item, in faciaand drops of width upto 150 mm with epoxy resin based adhesive includingcleaning etc. complete.

Rmt 32.40

K - 3.4 Extra for providing opening of required size & shape for wash basins in vanitycounters and similar location in Granite stone work including necessary holesfor pillar taps etc. including moulding, rubbing and polishing of cut edges etc.complete.

Each 30.00

K - 3.5 Providing and fixing clamps of required size & shape in RCC/ CC / Brickmasonry backing with cement mortar 1:2 ( 1 cement :2 coarse sand) includingdrilling necessary hole in stones and embedding the clamp in the hole(fastener to be paid separately).

K - 3.5.1 Stainless steel clamps Kg 150.00

K - 3.6 Providing and fixing expansion hold fasteners on C.C. /R.C.C./Brick masonrysurface backing including drilling necessary holes and the cost of bolt etccomplete.

Revised BOQ

Page 88 of 124.




K - 3.6.1 (a) Fastener with threaded dia 10mm Each 300.00

K - 3.7 Providing and Fixing flamed finish Granite stone (bull-nosed) of size1200x600x30 mm at Platform Edge level using 5mm thick approved thick bedadhesive as per specification over prepared base on 20mm (average) thickbase of cement mortar in 1:4 (1 cement : 4 total aggregate- sand and 10mmsingle sized aggregate) using 43 grade cement, water reducing admixture asper ISO 9103:1999 and jointing with white cement with matching colourpigment all complete in levelling course laid to proper slopes over screed baseincluding, base preparation including movement joint in screed as perspecification with 10mm thick compressible filler to edge of screed with twoparts polysulphide sealent to top edge as per approved drawing and directionsof engineer-in-charge. Screed should be laid in slope and it shall be measuredand paid separately under sub head K - 4.7

Sqm 514.20

K - 3.8 Providing and Laying 20mm thick prepolished Granite slab of sizes upto andincluding 1200X600mm on Floor using 5mm thick approved bed adhesive asper specification over prepared base on 20mm (average) thick base of cementmortar 1:4 (1 Cement : 4 total aggregates - coarse sand and 10mm singlesized aggregates) using 43 grade cement, water reducing admixture as perISO 9103:1999 and jointing with white cement with matching colour pigment allcomplete (Colour of granite as approved by Engineer) in levelling course laidto proper slopes over screed base including base preparation, movement jointin screed as per specification with 10mm thick compressible filler to edge ofscreed/ blockwork junction, drainage gullies as per approved section, curing,testing etc. all complete as per specifications and relevent drawings. Screedshould be laid in slope and it shall be measured and paid separately underSub-head K - 4.7

K - 3.8.1 Granite stone of any approved colour & shade by CMRL, Sadarhalli Grey butnot limited to;

Sqm 6175.08

K - 3.8.2 For secondary stone including but not limited to Red/ Raw silk/ Jet black/ Tanbrown/ Kashmir yellow/ Ikon brown/ Multi red/ Blue pearl/ Lavender bluegranite of approved shade & Colour by CMRL

Sqm 4116.72

Revised BOQ

Page 89 of 124.




K - 3.9 Providing and Laying 20mm thick Polished Granite stone flooring in Treadsand Landings of steps (including bull nosing, rounding the nose, makinggroove and grooves shall be filled with epoxy material) of approved colour,size and pattern, (sample of granite stone shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge) over 20mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4coarse sand) laid and jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment tomatch the shade of granite stone complete as per specifications andarchitectural drawings.

Sqm 1816.74

K - 3.10 Providing and Fixing machine cut, mirror polished, 20mm thick Granite stonefor Skirting, Risers of steps etc. on 12 mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:3(1 cement : 3 coarse sand) laid and jointed with suitable grouting materialincluding pointing with grouting material of matching shade, including rubbing,curing, polishing etc. all complete as per specifications and Architecturaldrawings. Colour of granite is as approved by Engineer-in-Charge.

Sqm 575.78

K - 3.11 Providing and Laying 20mm thick mirror polished Granite stone work of uptoand including sizes of 1200mmX600mm of approved colour/ pattern with 4mmV-groove all around at all levels for Wall linings/ columns/ skirtings (veneerwork) by mechanical arrangement with SS cramps/ brackets, anchor bolts, 5-6mm vertical SS pins of approved make and inserts as per drawings andspecifications. The cost of making necessary V-grooves all around stonepieces, chamfering of corner edges and polishing are included.

K - 3.11.1 Granite stone of any approved colour & shade by CMRL, Sadarhalli Grey butnot limited to;

Sqm 352.37

K - 3.11.2 For secondary stone including but not limited to Red/ Raw silk/ Jet black/ Tanbrown/ Kashmir yellow/ Ikon brown/ Multi red/ Blue pearl/ Lavender bluegranite of approved shade & Colour by CMRL

Sqm 234.91

K - 3.12 Providing and Fixing 20mm thick Polished Granite Coping of any approvedcolour and shade granite stone, bull-nosed over 20 mm thick cement mortar1:4(1 cement: 4coarse sand) with joint treated with white cement mixed withmatching pigment including Rubbing, Curing, Moulding & polishing to edge togive high gloss finish etc. complete

Sqm 794.71

Revised BOQ

Page 90 of 124.




K - 3.13 Providing and Fixing seating benches made in whole block work with 20mmthick granite stone on top, mirror polished, in Red/ Raw silk/ Tan brown/ Jetblack/ lavender blue granite but not limited to, as per detail drawings. Jointstreated with matching pigment, including rubbing, curing, moulding & polishingof ege to give glossy finish. Blockwork shall be plastered and painted with twocoats of acrylic emulsion over a priming coat, complete in all respect asdirected by Engineer-in‐charge. Size – 2000(L)x500(W)x450(H)mm

Nos. 24.00

K - 4 Flooring / Tile Works

K - 4.1 Providing and laying 10mm thick, double charged, vitrified floor tiles (anti ‐skid)in different sizes with water absorption's less than 0.08% and conforming toIS:15622 of approved make in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thickcement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including grouting the joints withmatching pigments etc., complete.

Sqm 226.60

K - 4.2 Providing and laying 10mm thick, double charged, vitrified floor tiles in differentsizes with water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS : 15622, ofapproved make, in all colours and shades, laid on 20mm thick cement mortar1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) including grouting the joints with matchingpigments etc., complete.

Sqm 279.00

K - 4.3 Providing and laying 10mm thick, Single charged, 1st quality Vitrified wall tileswith water absorption less than 0.08% and conforming to IS:15622, ofapproved brand & manufacturer, in all colours and shade, in skirting, steps,wall cladding, border tiles and dados laid over 6mm thick white cement andjointing with LATAPOXY 310 adhesive including grouting the joint withLATICRETE epoxy grout etc., complete

Sqm 4699.21

K - 4.4 Providing and laying 10mm thick, Ceramic floor tiles of 1st quality conformingto IS:15622 of approved make, in colours, shades except White, Ivory, Grey,Fume Red, Brown, laid on 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 Cement : 4Coarse sand), including pointing the joints with matching pigment etc,complete.

Sqm 213.19

K - 4.5 Providing and fixing 10mm thick, 1st quality ceramic wall tiles conforming toIS:15622, of approved make, in all colours, shades except burgundy, bottlegreen, black of any size as approved by Engineer‐in‐Charge, in wall, skirting,risers of steps and dados, over 6mm thick white cement and jointing withLATAPOXY 310 adhesive including grouting the joint with LATICRETE epoxygrout etc, complete

Sqm 428.88

Revised BOQ

Page 91 of 124.




K - 4.6 Providing and fixing Glass Mossaic Tiles at finished plain wall surface of size20mmx20mmx4mm in all colour, design , fixing in customize design as perdirection of Engineer-in- Charge. The glass mosaic tiles to be fixed on the wallsurface with the help of approved adhesive applied at the rate of 2.5 kg persqm and grouting of the same. The rate is inclusive of all operation, materialand required pattern approved by Engineer-in-Charge:

Sqm 372.00

K - 4.7 Providing and laying in position cement concrete of specified grade as Screedconcrete as a base for flooring works including any shuttering incidental tosuch works in 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size)

Cum 1325.49

K - 4.8 Providing and laying 52 mm thick cement concrete flooring with concretehardener topping, under layer 40 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement :2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) and top layer12 mm thick cement hardener consisting of mix 1:2 (1 cement hardener mix : 2graded stone aggregate 6 mm nominal size) by volume, hardening compoundmixed @ 2 litre per 50 kg of cement or as per manufacturer's specifications.This includes providing and fixing 40mm wide and 4 mm thick glass strip injoints of cement concrete floor, cost of cement slurry, but excluding the cost ofnosing of steps etc. complete.

Sqm 1219.00

K - 4.9 Providing and applying 18mm thick Cement plaster skirting upto 30 cm height,with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), finished with a floating coatof neat cement.

Sqm. 94.00

Revised BOQ

Page 92 of 124.




K - 4.10 Providing and fixing 450mm high unitile raised access flooring system orequivalent confirming to PSA MOB standards as per the followingspecifications. Unitile USF-1500 access floor panle of size 600x600mm shallbe all steel welded construction, with an enclosed bottom pan of 49hemispherical and 36 reversed cones and top plain sheet which are fusewelded at 124 locations to form a panel of an overall depth of 35mm. The innerempty core of the panel is injected with alight weight fire retardant noncombustible cementitious compound at high pressure to fill in all the servicesof the panel and ensures support of not less than 85% of the top surface areaof the panel. The panel after cleaning, degreasing, phospating by 7 tankprocess is coated with 40-60 micron epoxy coat and is heated to achievemaximum adhesion and surface resistance. The panel is laminated with 2mmthick fire retardant floor grade antistatic laminate (Electrical Resistance shallbe in the range of 1.0x1.0x6 ohms to 2.0x10x10 ohms) on a semi-automaticlamination line to ensure maximum bonding to the steel surface. The edges ofthe laminated is protected with a conductive PVC edge profile of the samerange of the electrical restivity as the laminate which is 5mm wide on all sides.This edge trim is mechanically locked and sealed in place to avoid detachment(Homogeneous vinyl)

Sqm 372.78

1. Concentrated point load: 1500lbs (680kgs) on a 25x25mm square indenteron the centre of the panel with a maximum permissible deflecting of not morethan 2.5mm as per standards.2. Uniformly distributed load (UDL): 2300 kg per sqm (23 KN/sqm) withmaximum permissible deflection of 2.5mm as per standards3. Ultimate load should be more than 5820 lbs (2640 kgs)4. Rolling load: a.Wheel 1 i.e. 3" dia - 10 passes: 1470 lbs (667 Kgs), b: Wheel2 i.e. 6" dia - 10000 passes: 1225 lbs (556 Kgs)5. Impact load: 171 lbs (78 Kgs).Other details as per techincal specification and manufacturer's instructionsincluding all necessary support systems like pedestals, base plates, stringerswith necessary fixing arrangments etc., complete

Revised BOQ

Page 93 of 124.




K - 4.11 Providing and laying yellow visibility vitrified tile as per control sample of size600x100x8 mm thick at platform level by using Laticrete 111 crete filler powdermixed with Laticrete 73 latex admix and applied to a minimum thickness of4.5mm (The mixing ratio shall be as follows: 20kg bag (Laticrete 111) : 5.5 litre(Laticrete 73). Joints filled using Laticrete Latapoxy SP-100 epoxy grout over20 mm thk bed of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) in levellingcourse laid to proper slopes over screed base including base preparationincluding movement joint in screed as per specification with 10mm thickcompressible filler to edge of screed - all complete as per relevant drawingsand specifications and directions of engineer-in-charge. Screed shall bemeasured and paid separately.

Sqm 85.20

K - 4.12 Providing and Laying of Foam Concrete under Raised Floor as / of density1200kg/cum

Cum 142.60

K - 5 Finishing Works

K - 5.1 Cement plaster:

K - 5.1.1 (a) 20mm thick cement plaster of mix 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) for

external surface of wall

Sqm. 8747.27

K - 5.1.2 (b) 15mm thick cement plaster of mix 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) for

internal surface of wall

Sqm. 13733.55

K - 5.2 Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved brand andmanufacture to give an even shade

K - 5.2.1 New work (two or more coats) over and including water thinnable priming coatwith cement primer.

Sqm. 7506.47

Revised BOQ

Page 94 of 124.




K - 5.3 Wall painting with acrylic emulsion paint of approved brand and manufactureto give an even shade including a coat of water thinnable cement primer ofapproved brand and manufacture on wall surface and providing and applyingwhite cement based putty, of approved brand and manufacturer, over theplastered wall surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete.

K - 5.3.1 Two or more coats on new work. Sqm. 1709.26

K - 5.4 Applying two coats (maximum 8 sqm/litre per coat with minimum 125 micronwet film thickness per coat) of two-part, high build, solvent free , wateremulsified epoxy resin based anti- dust concrete sealer coating on fair-facedblockwork / brickwork and concrete surfaces inclusive of surface preparation,over primer coat / initial coat as per manufacturer's recommendation- allcomplete as per specification.

Sqm 10711.00

K - 5.5 Providing and applying two coats of Pigmented decorative thick textured wallfinish of exterior grade @ 3.28 ltr / 10 sqm after applying corresponding rollercoat as exterior cement primer applied @ 2.20 Kg/10 sqm on pre-plasteredsurface as per approved sample in approved shade. The water repellency ofthe product shall be >= 86gm/m2 as per test method IS:5410-1969, completeas per manufacture’s specifications and instructions by Engineer in Charge atsite. Also providing & applying 2 coats of water repellent (Perma Treat-WB) @3sqm/litre above texture paint for protection. The rate shall include necessaryscaffolding, labour and material complete.

Sqm 3148.18

Revised BOQ

Page 95 of 124.




K - 6 Suspended Ceiling Works

K - 6.1 METAL PANEL CEILING

Providing and fixing tiled falseceiling of approved materials of size 595x595mm in true horizontal level, suspended on inter‐locking metal grid of hotdipped galvanized steel sections (galvanized @ 120 grams/ sqm, both sideinclusive) consisting of main “T” runner with suitably spaced joints to getrequired length and of size 24x38 mm made from 0.30 mm thick (minimum)sheet, spaced at 1200 mm center to center and cross “T” of size 24x25 mmmade of 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet, 1200 mm long spaced between main“T” at 600 mm center to center to form a grid of 1200x600 mm and secondarycross “T” of length 600 mm and size 24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm thick(minimum) sheet to be interlocked at middle of the 1200x600 mm panel toform grids of 600x600 mm and wall angle of size 24x24x0.3 mm and layingfalse ceiling tiles of approved texture in the grid including, requiredcutting/making, opening for services like diffusers, grills, light fittings, fixtures,smoke detectors etc. Main “T” runners to be suspended from ceiling using GIslotted cleats of size 27 x 37 x 25 x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling with 12.5 mm diaand 50 mm long dash fasteners, 4 mm GI adjustable rods with galvanisedbutterfly level clips of size 85 x 30 x 0.8 mm spaced at 1200 mm center tocenter along main T, bottom exposed width of 24 mm of all Tsections shall bepre‐painted with polyester paint, all complete for all heights as perspecification, drawings and as directed by Engineer‐in‐charge.

K - 6.1.1 PERFORATED: Providing and fixing of Metal false ceiling of tile 600mm wide

and 600mm long manufactured of 0.5mm thick Galvanised steel perforated2.5mm dia 5.5mm c/c. The tile will be manufactured on advanced equipment,which includes several levelling stages in the manufacturing process. Tile endswill be raised with pips and stops to ensure positive engagement into thespring to enable for de-mounting of individual panels. The tile sides will besufficiently high to ensure a minimum deflection across the length of Tile. Alltiles will be bevelled edged. The tile shall be polyester based, powder coatedin White colour. Tile shall be clipped into clip in profile of 0.5mm thick GI. Theclip in profile shall be supported from slab by means of rigid suspension of4mm GI rod, hold on clamp with clip, panel carriers suspesion system,including cutouts and additional framing around light fixtures, grilles, diffusers,access panels, etc. all as per specifications and as directed, completed. Ratesinclusive of all labour, material, tools and plants, lead lifts, etc and propercompletion of work as per engineer instruction.Acoustic felt: Non-woven felt made of glass-reinforced fibre glued over theperforation for sound absorption (0.7 NRC)

Sqm 246.50

Revised BOQ

Page 96 of 124.




K - 6.1.2 NON‐PERFORATED: GI Metal Ceiling Lay in plain Tegular edge Global white

color tiles of size 595x595 mm, and 0.5mm thick with 8mm drop; made of GIsheet having galvanizing of 100 gms/sqm (both sides inclusive) and electrostatically polyester powder coated of thickness 60 microns (minimum),including factory painted after bending.

Sqm 493.00

K - 6.2 CALCIUM SILICATE CEILING:

Providing and Fixing 15 mm thick densified tegular edged eco-friendly lightweight calcium silicate false ceiling tiles of approved texture spintone/cosmos /Hexa or equivalent of size 595 x 595 mm in true horizontal level, suspendedon inter locking metal grid of hot dipped galvanised steel sections (galvanising@ 120 grams per sqm including both side) consisting of main ‘T’ runnersuitably spaced at joints to get required length and of size 24x38mm madefrom 0.33 mm thick (minimum) sheet, spaced 1200 mm centre to centre, andcross “T” of size 24x28 mm made out of 0.33mm (Minimum) sheet, 1200 mmlong spaced between main’T’ at 600 mm centre to centre to form a grid of1200x600 mm and secondary cross ‘T’ of length 600 mm and size 24 x28mmmade of 0.33 mm thick (Minimum) sheet to be inter locked at middle of the1200x600 mm panel to from grid of size 600x600 mm, resting on peripherywalls /partitions on a Perimeter wall angle pre‐coated steel ofsize(24x24X3000 mm made of 0.40 mm thick (minimum) sheet with the help ofrawl plugs at 450 mm centre to centre with 25 mm long dry wall screws @ 230mm interval and laying 15mm thick densified edges calicum silicate ceiling tilesof approved texture (Spintone / Cosmos/hexa) in the grid, including, cutting/making opening for services like diffusers, grills, light fittings, fixtures, smokedetectors etc., wherever required. Main ‘T’ runners to be suspended fromceiling using G.I. slotted cleats of size 25x35x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling with 12.5mm dia and 50 mm long dash fasteners, 4 mm G.I. adjustable rods withgalvanised steel level clips of size 85 x 30 x 0.8 mm, spaced at 1200 mmcentre to centre along main ‘T’, bottom exposed with 24 mm of all Tsectionsshall be prepainted with polyster baked paint, for all heights, with necessarytrap door arrangements for service/maintenance access, as per specifications,drawings and as directed by engineer‐incharge.

Sqm 123.25

Note :‐ Only calcium silicate false ceiling area will be measured from wall towall. No deduction shall be made for exposed frames/opening (cutouts) havingarea less than 0.30 sqm. The calcium silicate ceiling tile shall have NRC valueof 0.50 (Minimum), light reflection > 85%, noncombustible as per B.S. 476 partIV, 100% humidity resistance and also having thermal conductivity <0.043 w/m0 KC.

Revised BOQ

Page 97 of 124.




K - 7 Metal Works

K - 7.1 Steel work welded in built up sections/ framed work, including cutting, hoisting,fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primerincluding synthetic enamel paint as required

K - 7.1.1 In gratings, frames, guard bar, ladder, railings, brackets, gates and similarworks. Note:‐ Shop drawing to submited before excution for approval of siteEngineer‐in‐charge

kg 15000.00

K - 7.2 Providing and fixing door with shutter fabricated from18 gauge thickgalvanised steel sheets press formed to provide a 46mm thick fully flusheddouble skin door with lock seam joints at stile edge and infill insulation kraftcore. Door frames to be single rebated made of 16 gauge galvanised steel.Door shutter and frame to be primered in stoving grade epoxy zincphosphateprimer and finished in aliphatic grade u.v. resistance polyurethane paint. Doorshutter and frames to have all hardware preparations, prepunctured at thefactory all complete with and including filling of door frames with P.C.C. 1:2:4(1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 12.5mm nominal size)

K - 7.2.1 Single leaf door shutter; door frame size: 65mm X 120mm

K - 7.2.1.1 With Vision Panel Sqm 45.00

K - 7.2.1.2 With Louvered Panel Sqm 79.00

K - 7.2.1.3 Without Vision & Louvered Panel Sqm 61.00

K - 7.2.2 Double leaf door shutter; door frame size: 65mm X 150mm

Revised BOQ

Page 98 of 124.




K - 7.2.2.1 With Vision Panel Sqm 12.00

K - 7.2.2.2 Extra for 300mm x 450mm vision panel with 6mm thick clear toughened glasswith frame

Each 27.00

K - 7.2.2.3 Extra for provision of air transfer grille appx. 650mm x 300mm with frame Each 44.00

K - 7.2.2.4 Heavy Duty Door Closer Each 109.00

K - 7.2.2.5 Eurofile Mortice lock -240 with double pin cylinder having master arrangementand ss handles

Each 106.00

K - 7.2.2.6 Concealed SS finish tower bolts (300mm) Each 101.00

K - 7.2.2.7 Magnum or equivalent make SS 4 Ball Bearing hinges Each 436.00

Revised BOQ

Page 99 of 124.




K - 7.2.2.8 SS handles Dorma or equivalent make for double leaf door Each 6.00

K - 7.2.2.9 Dorma or equivalent make Panic Bar for Double leaf door Each 6.00

K - 7.3 Providing & fixing of Hollow metal Fire door of 60 minutes fire rating as perdetailed specification along with complete accessories like vision panel, towerbolts, heavy duty door closer, ball bearing hinges, handles, locks, holdfasteners, breaking and making wall good, etc., as per NFPA 80 and tested asper NFPA 252, tempreture increase on the un‐exposed surface not exceedingan average of 2320C (4500F) during first 30 minutes of test. All doors andframes shall be finished with polyurethane aliphatic grade paint of approvedcolour.

K - 7.3.1 Single leaf Sqm 51.00

K - 7.4 Providing & fixing steel Fire rated door of 120 minutes fire rating as perdetailed specification along with complete accessories like vision panel, towerbolts, heavy duty door closer, ball bearing hinges, handles, locks, holdfasteners, breaking and making wall good, etc., as per NFPA 80 and tested asper NFPA 252, tempreture increase on the un‐exposed surface not exceedingan average of 3610C (4500F) during first 30 minutes of test. All doors andframes shall be finished with polyurethane aliphatic grade paint of approvedcolour.

K - 7.4.1 Double leaf Sqm 55.00

K - 7.5 Providing approved galvanized chicken wire mesh (24 gauge 12mm size) tojunctions of concrete and masonry work and other locations where called forincluding cutting to requred sizes side laps of minimum 75mm and fixing inposition with galvanized wire nails as approved complete.

Sqm 1780.08

Revised BOQ

Page 100 of 124.




K - 7.6 Providing and fixing powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of powdercoating 50 micron) work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions withextruded built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z sections and othersections of approved make conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing withdash fasteners of required dia and size, including necessary filling up the gapsat junctions, i.e. at top, bottom and sides with required EPDM rubber/neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight,mitred and jointed mechanically wherever required including glass, cleat angle,aluminium snap beading for glazing, stainless steel screws, all complete asper architectural drawings and the directions of Engineer-in-charge.

K - 7.6.1 Ventilators

K - 7.6.1.1 Size: 1000mm x 600mm Nos. 28.00

K - 7.7 Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 316) Sliding & Foldable Gatesmade of Hollow tubes, channels, plates etc., including welding, grinding,buffing, polishing and fitting the same with necessary stainless steel nuts andbolts complete, i/c fixing the gate with necessary accessories & stainless steeldash fasteners , stainless steel bolts, top and bottom rail of T‐iron, with 40 mmdia steel pulleys, complete with bolts, nuts, locking arrangement, stoppers,handles, etc., as directed by Engineer‐incharge. (Only SS will be measured forpayment and other accessories are deemed to be included in this rate)

kg 4220.80

K - 7.8 Supplying, fabricating and fixing Stainless Steel (Grade 304) railing made ofHollow tubes, channels, plates etc., including welding, grinding, buffing,polishing and making curvature (wherever required) and fitting the same withnecessary stainless steel nuts and bolts complete, including fixing the railingwith necessary accessories & stainless steel dash fasteners, stainless steelbolts etc., of required size, on the top of floor or the side of waist slab withsuitable arrangement complete in all respect and making good the floors asper approval of Engineer‐in‐charge. (for payment purpose only weight ofstainless steel members shall be considered excluding fixing accessories suchas nuts, bolts, fasteners etc.). Embeded length of the handrail below finishedsurface shall not be measured.

Kg 24980.00

Revised BOQ

Page 101 of 124.




K - 7.9 Supplying, fabricating, errection of 1100mm high Matte Finish SS Wicket Gateas per design, consisting of 50mm dia, 3.15mm thick, Stainless Steel pipeframing, Grade 304 in between paid & unpaid area complete in all respect asper Specifications and relevant Architectural Drawings. Embeded length of thehandrail below finished surface shall not be measured.

Kg 174.00

K - 7.10 Supplying, fabricating, erection of wall mounted handrail as per designcomprising of 50mm dia Matte Finish Stainless Steel pipe, Grade 304including threading on both sides to receive grub screw on one side and railholding barrel on the other side, 25mm dia rod upright threaded to receive50mm dia handrail, 80mm OD 6mm thick SS plate, 50mm OD-3.15mm thickpipe fixing the same by cutting 49mm dia hole in granite/vetrified tile wallcladding in required position including angular assembly at every bend andfixing handrail in concrete/block with SS fastners complete in all respect andmaking good the wall as per Specifications and relevant ArchitecturalDrawings. Embeded length of the handrail below finished surface shall not bemeasured.

Kg 3655.00

K - 7.11 Providing and fixing G.I. chain link fabric fencing of required width in mesh size50x50 mm including strengthening with 2 mm dia wire or nuts, bolts andwashers as required complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

K - 7.11.1 Made of G.I. wire of dia 4mm Sqm 234.00

K - 7.12 Supplying at site Angle iron post & strut of required size including bottom to besplit and bent at right angle in opposite direction for 10 cm length and drillingholes upto 10 mm dia. etc. complete for fencing works.

Kg 651.00

K - 7.13 Designing, providing, fabrication and erection of extruded Alumium LouversShutters of approved shade and colour powder coated (minimum thickness ofcaoting 50 microns) with extruded aluminium subframe & frame sectionsconforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285 fixed with raw plugs and stainless steelscrews or with expansion hold fasteners including necessary fittings & filling upof gaps at junctions, at top, bottom and sides with required PVC/ neoprene feltcomplete in all respect as per architectural drawings and the directions ofEngineer-in-charge etc.

Kg 393.00

Revised BOQ

Page 102 of 124.




K - 7.14 Providing & Fixing SS Grating with 2mm thick 304 Grade SS pressed platewith 6mm wide slits @ 15mm c/c with 30mm X 30mm X 3mm SS grade 304tube section welded all around edges and at suitable interval for support,flushed with Floor finish including providing & fixing necessary MS angle frameetc. complete As/ Drawing (for payment purposes only SS item shall bemeasured)

kg 14535.20

K - 7.15 Supplying and fixing rolling shutters of approved make, made of required sizeM.S. laths, interlocked together through their entire length and jointed togetherat the end by end locks, mounted on specially designed pipe shaft withbrackets, side guides and arrangements for inside and outside locking withpush and pull operation complete, including the cost of providing and fixingnecessary 27.5 cm long wire springs manufactured from high tensile steel wireof adequate strength conforming to IS: 4454 - part 1 and M.S. top cover ofrequired thickness for rolling shutters

K - 7.15.1 80x1.25 mm M.S. laths with 1.25 mm thick top cover sqm 54.90

K - 7.15.2 Providing and fixing ball bearing for rolling shutters Each 18.00

K - 7.15.3 Extra for providing mechanical device chain and crank operation foroperating rolling shutters.

K -

7.15.3.1

Exceeding 10.00 sqm and upto 16.80 sqm in the area sqm 5.49

K - 7.16 Supply & installation of 1100mm high Railings composed of 50mm dia circularM.S. hollow pipe as handrail & main vertical member and 38mm dia M.S. pipeas intermediate supports parallel to handrail including necessary hardware,anchor bolt, cutting, grinding, machining, assembly, welding, jointing, drilling,grouting and cleaning etc. complete.Rate also included providing and applyingone coat epoxy primer or equivalent and two coats of synthetic enamel paint

Kg 228.00

Revised BOQ

Page 103 of 124.




K - 8 Glass Works

K - 8.1 Providing and installing fixed glazed security wall assembly of stainless steel toticket offices, Station Control Room,etc. with specified fixings and finish usingtoughened laminaged glass (6mm + 1.52mm + 6mm) with nominal gapsilicone sealant joints. Glass shall be clear, toughened and laminated with1.52mm thick polyvinyl butyral layer- all complete as per relevant architecturaldrawings and specification with cut out & holes

Sqm 175.22

K - 8.2 Providing and fixing of toughened laminated glass door in EFO (6mm +1.52mm + 6mm) including stainless steel door handles, deadlock andFloorspring complete necessary cutting in granite flooring for housing of floorspring as / drawing

Sqm 18.60

K - 8.3 Providing and fixing toilet mirror in 6 mm thick clear float glass with bevelledand polished at edge, fixed with 6mm thick hard board backing, clamping onboth sides by stainless steel clamps, fixed to wall with 8mm dia 38mm longstainless steel stud complete as per specification and approved architecturaldrawings

Sqm 27.80

K - 8.4 Design, supply & installation of frameless glass railing system for a height of1100mm from finished floor. The glass panel shall be of 12mm thick cleartoughened glass connected to slab/beam by means of 304 grade stainlesssteel U‐channel at bottom with non staining weather sealant of approvedmake. On top, glass shall be held together by stainless steel round topU‐channel of 25.4mm dia., all complete to perform as per approved detaildrawings. The complete system to be designed to accommodate thermalexpansion. Joints between glass panels & gaps at the perimeter & U ‐channelof the assembly to be filled with non‐staining weather sealant, so as to makethe entire system fully water‐proof & dustproof. Setting block to be insertedinside U‐channel at bottom for proper alignment of glass. The rate shallinclude all design, engineering & shop drawings including approval fromstructural design, labour, T&P, other incidental charges, SS channel,laminated glass etc., all complete. For the purpose of payment, actualelevation area of glazing including thickness of joints and portion of glassinside the SS channel shall be measured.

Sqm 941.66

K - 8.5 Providing and fixing 6mm thk. Opaque Lacquered glass conformed toStandard BS EN 572 1995 parts 1 and 2 for Wall panelling and Columncladding. Lacquered glass shall be fixed to a backpanel with suitable adhesive.Corner beading shall be finished with SS material. Colour as approved byEngineer‐incharge

Sqm 1200.00

Revised BOQ

Page 104 of 124.




K - 9 Waterproofing

K - 9.1 Providing and laying water proofing treatment in sunken portion of WCs,bathroom etc., by applying cement slurry mixed with water proofing cementcompound consisting of applying : a) First layer of slurry of cement @ 0.488kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement compound @ 0.253 kg/sqm. Thislayer will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours. b) Second layer of slurry of cement@ 0.242 kg/sqm mixed with water proofing cement compound @ 0.126kg/sqm. This layer will be allowed to air cure for 4 hours followed with watercuring for 48 hours. The rate includes preparation of surface, treatment andsealing of all joints, corners, junctions of pipes and masonry with polymermixed slurry

Sqm 786.15

K - 9.2 Providing and laying integral cement based water proofing treatment includingpreparation of surface as required for treatment of roofs, balconies, terracesetc consisting of following operations: a) Applying a slurry coat of neat cementusing 2.75 kg/sqm of cement admixed with water proofing compoundconforming to IS. 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge over the RCCslab including adjoining walls upto 300 mm height including cleaning thesurface before treatment. b) Laying brick bats with mortar using brokenbricks/brick bats 25 mm to 115 mm size with 50% of cement mortar 1:5 (1cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with water proofing compound conforming toIS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge over 20 mm thick layer ofcement mortar of mix 1:5 (1 cement :5 coarse sand ) admixed with waterproofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge to required slope and treating similarly the adjoining walls upto 300 mmheight including rounding of junctions of walls and slabs c) After two days ofproper curing applying a second coat of cement slurry using 2.75 kg/ sqm ofcement admixed jointless cement mortar of mix 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand)admixed with water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approvedby Engineer-in-charge including laying glass fibre cloth of approved quality intop layer of plaster and finally finishing the surface with trowel with neatcement slurry and making pattern of 300x300 mm square 3 mm deep. e) Thewhole terrace so finished shall be flooded with water for a minimum period oftwo weeks for curing and for final test. All above operations to be done in orderand as directed and specified by the Engineer-in-Charge :

K - 9.2.1 With average thickness of 120 mm and minimum thickness atkhurra as 65 mm.

Sqm 663.00

Revised BOQ

Page 105 of 124.




K - 9.3 Grading roof for water proofing treatment with.

K - 9.3.1 Cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate20 mm nominal size)

Cum 51.00

K - 10 Miscellaneous Works

K - 10.1 Providing and fixing 12mm thick counter tops for Station Control Room,Excess Fare Office & Ticketing Office troughs of solid Acrylic material over12mm external grade ply with all necessary framework, fastners etc includingmaking provisions for fixing fittings etc complete.

Sqm 65.86

K - 10.2 TOILET CUBICLE:

Supply & Installation of Restroom cubicle system that includes intermediatepanel, pilaster & door made of compact laminates of single colour. The solidcompact laminate to be based on thermosetting resins, homogeneouslyreinforced with cellulose fibres and to be manufactured as per relevant qualitystandards. Top surface on both sides to be melamine coated which should bescratch & impact resistant. All intermediate panels, pilaster & doors shall be12mm thick with edges chamfered. (Door width: 600mm). All inclusive with SSaccessories like Gravity hinges, Coat hook with door stopper, Door knob,Lockset with indicator, Adjustable leg, U-channel, Top rail, Screws & Wallplugs.Size ‐ 1000mm (W) x 1500 mm (D) x 1950mm (H)

Nos. 24.00

K - 10.3 Providing and fixing of 12mm thick Solid compact laminated Urinal screenpanel, edge chamfered, melamine coated, scratch & impact resistant. Thesolid compact laminate to be based on thermo‐setting resin, homogeneouslyreinforced with cellulose fibres and manufactured as per relevant qualitystandards and as directed by Engineer‐in‐charge. Size – 600x1200. The rate isinclusive of all required accessories

Sqm 3.60

Revised BOQ

Page 106 of 124.




K - 10.4 Providing and fixing of Tactile indicator made from SS‐316 grade stainlesssteel with mirror finish. All the indicator shall be installed into correctly drilledholes and place using suitable adhesive. All the indicators shall be alignedproperly.Warning Tactile indicator – Shall be installed on the walking surface in a raisedgrid pattern of ‘dots’ or studs. They shall be placed at center to center placingof 61mm, measured along one side of a square arrangement. Minimum 10studs to be placed in direction perpendicular to the direction of travel. Thisshall be 20% of the total quantity. Size – 35mm dia. x 4.5mm ht Underside ‐10mm dia stemDirectional Tactile indicator – They shall be installed on walking surface,consisting of series of raised bar, oriented in line with direction of travel as perapproved drawing. Min 4 bars to be placed in direction perpendicular todistance of travel. This shall be 80% of the total quantity. Size – 35mm wide x4.5mm high x 288mm long Underside – 3x15mm

metre 1500.30

K - 10.5 Providing and fixing Aluminium Composite Panel Cladding infront of Ticketcounters as per Detail drawings

sqm 27.00

K - 11 Site Development Works

K - 11.1 Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with power road roller of 8 to 12tonne capacity after excavating earth to an average of 22.5 cm depth, dressingto camber and consolidating with road roller including making good theundulations etc. and re-rolling the sub grade and disposal of surplus earth withlead upto 50 metres.

Sqm 4688.00

K - 11.2 Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb stone of M-25grade cement concrete in position to the required line, level and curvature,jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) including makingjoints with or without grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shallnot to more than 5mm), including making drainage opening wherever requiredcomplete etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerbedging shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone shall beapproved by Engineer-in-charge).

Cum. 142.00

K - 11.3 Providing and laying 60mm thick factory made cement concrete interlockingpaver block of M -30 grade made by block making machine with strongvibratory compaction, of approved size, design & shape, laid in required colourand pattern over and including 50mm thick compacted bed of coarse sand,filling the joints with fine sand etc. all complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge. (Precast C.C. paver block shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge).

Sqm 4688.00

Revised BOQ

Page 107 of 124.




K - 11.4 Providing and laying Ready Mix Concrete of Grade M-15 for externaldevelopment works

Cum. 468.40

Total of Schedule - K

Revised BOQ

Page 108 of 124.

ECV - 102

Sl. No. Description UnitTOTAL

QUANTITYUnit Rate Amount Unit Rate Amount

* For Signage Graphics, CMRL manual shall be referred INR INR USD/Euro/Yen USD/Euro/Yen

SCHEDULE L - SIGNAGES

L - 1 SUSPENDED SINGLE SIDED NON-ILLUMINATED SIGN

Providing and fixing suspended single sided non‐illuminated signsincluding all operations from fabrication to installation all complete asper relevant drawings, technical specification, signage schedule and tothe satisfaction of CMRL.

50mm deep Sign box made from Aluminium modular system withanodized finish of AO 01250/AO 6037 or equivalent of 250mm millfinish complete. Sign box including channel supports are to be anodisedcoated to match the colour as per drawing and guideline. Front facia,pictograms and its grapichs are to be made up of 4mm thick 040 Acrylicsheet decorated with 3M block out vinyl and approved colour 3M castvinyl design electro cut and pasted on it. Back covering sheet should be4mm thick ACP. Internal signs shall be IP52 and external signs shall beIP65 certified as per approved graphics and fabrication drawing. TheSignage shall have an easy mechanism of removing the content/Information for inspection and access of the services.

L - 1.1 1800 mm X 300 mm Nos 7 19,210.13 134,470.91

L - 1.2 1500 mm X 300 mm Nos 7 16,008.44 112,059.08


CONTRACT ECV 102

BILL OF QUANTITIES - (SIGNAGE) - GOWRI ASHRAM, THIRUVOTTIYUR & WIMCO NAGAR STATIONS

Revised BOQ

Page 109 of 124.

ECV - 102




L - 1.3 1200 mm X 300 mm Nos 7 12,806.76 89,647.32

L - 2 SUSPENDED SINGLE SIDED ILLUMINATED SIGN

Providing and fixing suspended single sided illuminated signs includingall operations from fabrication to installation all complete as per relevantdrawings, technical specification, signage schedule and to thesatisfaction of CMRL.

50mm deep Sign box made from Aluminium modular system withanodized finish of AO 01250/AO 6037 or equivalent of 250mm millfinish complete. Sign box including channel supports are to be anodisedcoated to match the colour as per drawing and guideline.

Front facia, pictograms and its grapichs are to be made up of 4mm thick040 Acrylic sheet decorated with 3M block out vinyl and approvedcolour 3M cast vinyl design electro cut and pasted on it.

Internally illuminated by using LED module of GE tetra mini max orequivalent (minimum 50000 hours usage period warrenty is must forlighting) with 140 degree viewing angle. Back covering sheet should be4mm thick ACP. Internal signs shall be IP52 and external signs shall beIP65 certified as per approved graphics and fabrication drawing. TheSignage shall have an easy mechanism of removing the content/Information for inspection and access of the services.

L - 2.1 1500 mm X 375 mm Nos 16 31,987.90 511,806.40

L - 2.2 1500 mm X 300 mm Nos 13 25,704.56 334,159.28

Revised BOQ

Page 110 of 124.

ECV - 102




L - 2.3 1200 mm X 300 mm Nos 13 20,563.65 267,327.45

L - 2.4 600 mm X 300 mm Nos 19 10,281.82 195,354.58

L - 3 SUSPENDED DOUBLE SIDED NON-ILLUMINATED SIGN

Providing and fixing suspended double sided non‐illuminated signsincluding all operations from fabrication to installation all complete asper relevant drawings, technical specification, signage schedule and tothe satisfaction of CMRL.

50mm deep Sign box made from Aluminium modular system withanodized finish of AO 01250/ AO 6037 or equivalent of 250mm millfinish complete.

Sign box including channel supports are to be anodised coated tomatch the colour as per drawing and guideline. Front facia, pictogramsand its grapichs are to be made up of 4mm thick 040 Acrylic sheetdecorated with 3M block out vinyl and approved colour 3M cast vinyldesign electro cut and pasted on it. Internal signs shall be IP52 andexternal signs shall be IP65 certified as per approved graphics andfabrication drawing. The Signage shall have an easy mechanism ofremoving the content/Information for inspection and access of theservices.

L - 3.1 2250 mm X 375 mm Nos 7 33,524.90 234,674.30

Revised BOQ

Page 111 of 124.

ECV - 102




L - 3.2 1800 mm X 375 mm Nos 25 26,939.65 673,491.25

L - 3.3 1200 mm X 300 mm Nos 7 14,367.82 100,574.74

L - 3.4 600 mm X 300 mm Nos 7 7,183.91 50,287.37

L - 4 SUSPENDED DOUBLE SIDED ILLUMINATED SIGN

Providing and fixing suspended single sided illuminated signs includingall operations from fabrication to installation all complete as per relevantdrawings, technical specification, signage schedule and to thesatisfaction of CMRL.

50mm deep Sign box made from Aluminium modular system withanodized finish of AO 01250/AO 6037 or equivalent of 250mm millfinish complete

Sign box including channel supports are to be anodised coated tomatch the colour as per drawing and guideline. Front facia, pictogramsand its grapichs are to be made up of 4mm thick 040 Acrylic sheetdecorated with 3M block out vinyl and approved colour 3M cast vinyldesign electro cut and pasted on it.

Internally illuminated by using LED module of GE tetra mini max orequivalent (minimum 50000 hours usage period warrenty is must forlighting) with 140 degree viewing angle. Internal signs shall be IP52 andexternal signs shall be IP65 certified as per approved graphics andfabrication drawing. The Signage shall have an easy mechanism ofremoving the content/Information for inspection and access of theservices.

Revised BOQ

Page 112 of 124.

ECV - 102




L - 4.1 2250 mm X 375 mm Nos 7 51,608.55 361,259.85

L - 4.2 1800 mm X 375 mm Nos 46 41,471.16 1,907,673.36

L - 4.3 1500 mm X 375 mm Nos 25 34,405.70 860,142.50

L - 5 SUSPENDERS FABRICATION

Steel work in built up tubular 3mm thick (round, square or rectangularhollow tubes etc.) for Signage's suspender including cutting, hoisting,fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer,including welding and bolted. Hot finished seamless type tubescomplete

Note:- All MS Components to be powder coated after completion of allfabrication including drilling of hole etc.

L - 5.1 50mm Dia MS HOLLOW PIPE 3MM THICKNESS

L - 5.1.1 750mm long 130 770.02 100,102.60

L - 5.1.2 1600mm long 130 1,642.71 213,552.30

Revised BOQ

Page 113 of 124.

ECV - 102




L - 5.1.3 2600mm long 130 2,669.40 347,022.00

L - 5.2 32mm Dia MS HOLLOW PIPE 3MM THICKNESS

L - 5.2.1 300mm long 130 218.92 28,459.60

L - 6 WALL/FACE MOUNTED NON-ILLUMINATED SIGN

Providing and fixing Wall/Face mounted non‐illuminated signs includingall operations from fabrication to installation all complete as per relevantdrawings, technical specification, signage schedule and to thesatisfaction of CMRL.


L - 6.1 3400 mm X 300 mm Nos 13 36,285.81 471716

Revised BOQ

Page 114 of 124.

ECV - 102




L - 6.2 2250 mm X 300 mm Nos 13 24,012.67 312165

L - 6.3 2100 mm X 300 mm Nos 7 22,411.82 156,882.74

L - 6.4 1700 mm X 575 mm Nos 19 34,862.83 662,393.77

L - 6.5 1700 mm X 475 mm Nos 13 28,815.20 374,597.60

L - 6.6 825 mm X 1200 mm Nos 7 35,218.58 246,530.06

L - 6.7 300 mm X 1050 mm Nos 7 11,205.91 78,441.37

Revised BOQ

Page 115 of 124.

ECV - 102




L - 7 WALL/FACE MOUNTED ILLUMINATED SIGN

Providing and fixing Wall/Face mounted illuminated signs including alloperations from fabrication to installation all complete as per relevantdrawings, technical specification, signage schedule and to thesatisfaction of CMRL

50mm deep Sign box made from Aluminium modular system withanodized finish of AO 01250/AO 6037 or equivalent of 250mm millfinish complete. Sign box including channel supports are to be anodisedcoated to match the colour as per drawing and guideline. Front facia,pictograms and its grapichs are to be made up of 4mm thick 040 Acrylicsheet decorated with 3M block out vinyl and approved colour 3M castvinyl design electro cut and pasted on it. Internally illuminated by usingLED module of GE tetra mini max or equivalent (minimum 50000 hoursusage period warrenty is must for lighting) with 140 degree viewingangle. Back covering sheet should be 4mm thick ACP. Internal signsshall be IP52 and external signs shall be IP65 certified as per approvedgraphics and fabrication drawing. The Signage shall have an easymechanism of removing the content/Information for inspection andaccess of the services.

L - 7.1 2250 mm X 300 mm Nos 7 38,556.84 269,897.88

L - 7.2 1800 mm X 300 mm Nos 7 30,845.47 215,918.29

L - 8 POST MOUNTED SINGLE SIDE NON-ILLUMINATED SIGN

Providing and fixing Post mounted single sided non‐illuminated signsincluding all operations from fabrication to installation all complete asper relevant drawings, technical specification, signage schedule and tothe satisfaction of CMRL.

Revised BOQ

Page 116 of 124.

ECV - 102





Inclusive of Providing and fixing sign post in 80mm dia MS hollowsections along with 6mm thick mounting plates welded to Mountingframe, provided with anchor bars welded to bottom for embedding inFloor/Concrete.

L - 8.1 2100 mm X 1200 mm Nos 19 98,155.86 1,864,961.34

L - 8.2 1800 mm X 300 mm Nos 4 27,718.70 110,874.80

L - 8.3 1135 mm X 1200 mm Nos 25 56,960.79 1,424,019.75

Revised BOQ

Page 117 of 124.

ECV - 102




L - 8.4 300 mm X 1050 mm Nos 31 19,714.48 611,148.88

L - 9 POST MOUNTED SINGLE SIDE PARKING SIGN

Providing and fixing Post mounted single sided Retro reflective signsincluding all operations from fabrication to installation all complete asper relevant drawings, technical specification, signage schedule and tothe satisfaction of CMRL.

50mm deep Sign box made from Aluminium modular system withanodized finish of AO 01250/AO 6037 or equivalent of 250mm millfinish complete. Sign box including channel supports are to be anodisedcoated to match the colour as per drawing and guideline. Front facia,pictograms and its grapichs are to be made up of 4mm thick ACPdecorated with approved colour 3M cast Retro Reflective vinyl, designelectro cut and pasted on it. Back covering sheet should be 4mm thickACP. Internal signs shall be IP52 and external signs shall be IP65certified as per approved graphics and fabrication drawing. TheSignage shall have an easy mechanism of removing the content/Information for inspection and access of the services.


L - 9.1 900mm X 1200mm Nos 7 42,786.21 299,503.47

L - 10 POST MOUNTED DOUBLE SIDE NON-ILLUMINATED SIGN

Providing and fixing Post mounted double sided non‐illuminated signsincluding all operations from fabrication to installation all complete asper relevant drawings, technical specification, signage schedule and tothe satisfaction of CMRL.

Revised BOQ

Page 118 of 124.

ECV - 102




50mm deep Sign box made from Aluminium modular system withanodized finish of AO 01250/AO 6037 or equivalent of 250mm millfinish complete. Sign box including channel supports are to be anodisedcoated to match the colour as per drawing and guideline. Front facia,pictograms and its grapichs are to be made up of 4mm thick 040 Acrylicsheet decorated with 3M block out vinyl and approved colour 3M castvinyl design electro cut and pasted on it. Internal signs shall be IP52and external signs shall be IP65 certified as per approved graphics andfabrication drawing. The Signage shall have an easy mechanism ofremoving the content/Information for inspection and access of theservices.


L - 10.1 2250 mm X 300 mm Nos 13 35,448.22 460,826.86

L - 10.2 1800 mm X 300 mm Nos 7 30,060.29 210,422.03

L - 11 POST MOUNTED DOUBLE SIDE ILLUMINATED SIGN

Providing and fixing Post mounted double sided illuminated signsincluding all operations from fabrication to installation all complete asper relevant drawings,technical specification, signage schedule and tothe satisfaction of CMRL.

Revised BOQ

Page 119 of 124.

ECV - 102




50mm deep Sign box made from Aluminium modular system withanodized finish of AO 01250/AO 6037 or equivalent of 250mm millfinish complete. Sign box including channel supports are to be anodisedcoated to match the colour as per drawing and guideline. Front facia,pictograms and its grapichs are to be made up of 4mm thick 040 Acrylicsheet decorated with 3M block out vinyl and approved colour 3M castvinyl design electro cut and pasted on it. Internally illuminated by usingLED module of GE tetra mini max or equivalent (minimum 50000 hoursusage period warrenty is must for lighting) with 140 degree viewingangle. Internal signs shall be IP52 and external signs shall be IP65certified as per approved graphics and fabrication drawing. TheSignage shall have an easy mechanism of removing thecontent/Information for inspection and access of the services.


L - 11.1 1200 mm X 300 mm Nos 7 22,117.95 154,825.65

L - 12 FLOOR MOUNTED DOUBLE SIDED ILLUMINATED TOTEM SIGN

Providing and fixing floor mounted double sided illuminated Totemsigns including all operations from fabrication to installation all completeas per relevant drawings, technical specification, signage schedule andto the satisfaction of CMRL

Revised BOQ

Page 120 of 124.

ECV - 102




50mm deep Sign box made from Aluminium modular system withanodized finish of AO 01250/AO 6037 or equivalent of 250mm millfinish complete. Sign box including channel supports are to be anodisedcoated to match the colour as per drawing and guideline Front facia,pictograms and its grapichs are to be made up of 4mm thick 040 Acrylicsheet decorated with 3M block out vinyl and approved colour 3M castvinyl design electro cut and pasted on it. Internally illuminated by usingLED module of GE tetra mini max or equivalent (minimum 50000 hoursusage period warrenty is must for lighting) with 140 degree viewingangle. Internal signs shall be IP52 and external signs shall be IP65certified as per approved graphics and fabrication drawing. TheSignage shall have an easy mechanism of removing thecontent/Information for inspection and access of the services.

The floor mounted Totem shall have internal structure and a concretefoundation designed to withstand the imposed loads

L - 11.2 1100 mm X 4600 mm Nos 13 327,218.86 4,253,845.18

L - 13 STATUTORY SIGNS

Providing and fixing Statutory name Signs in 1.6mm thick StainlessSteel Plate of grade 304, brushed finish of 16 gauge, content and textchemical etched and color filling as per approved design and artwork,fixed to surface using SS studs , with necessary hardware,transportation and installation at site complete

L - 13.1 825 mm x 1200 mm Nos 13 56,100.00 729,300.00

Revised BOQ

Page 121 of 124.

ECV - 102




L - 13.2 450 mm x 450 mm Nos 136 11,475.00 1,560,600.00

L - 13.3 300 mm x 300 mm Nos 18 5,100.00 91,800.00

L - 13.4 300 mm x 225 mm Nos 64 3,825.00 244,800.00

L - 14 DOOR NAME SIGNS

Providing and fixing Door name Signs in 1.6mm thick Stainless SteelPlate of grade 304, brushed finish of 16 gauge, content and textchemical etched and color filling as per approved design and artwork,fixed to surface using SS studs , with necessary hardware,transportation and installation at site complete

L - 14.1 300 mm x 225 mm Nos 108 3,825.00 413,100.00

L - 15 YELLOW FLOOR MARKINGS

75mm wide yellow coloured floor markings. The material shall beantislip, fade and scratch resistant

75,000.00

Revised BOQ

Page 122 of 124.

ECV - 102




L - 16.1 STATION NAME SIGN

Providing and fixing Wall/Face mounted Single sided illuminated signsincluding all operations from fabrication to installation all complete asper relevant drawings, technical specification, signage schedule and tothe satisfaction of CMRL

50mm deep Sign box made from Aluminium modular system withanodized finish of AO 01250/AO 6037 or equivalent of 250mm millfinish complete. Sign box including channel supports are to be anodisedcoated to match the colour as per drawing and guideline. Front facia,pictograms and its grapichs are to be made up of 4mm thick 040 Acrylicsheet decorated with 3M block out vinyl and approved colour 3M castvinyl design electro cut and pasted on it. Internally illuminated by usingLED module of GE tetra mini max or equivalent (minimum 50000 hoursusage period warrenty is must for lighting) with 140 degree viewingangle. Back covering sheet should be 4mm thick ACP. Internal signsshall be IP52 and external signs shall be IP65 certified as per approvedgraphics and fabrication drawing. The Signage shall have an easymechanism of removing the content/Information for inspection andaccess of the services.

The sign shall comprises of CMRL logo of required size and channelletters in required fonts of Tamil and English in specified font heightdepicting the station name fixed on either side of the logo supported ona rigid supporting system in steel. The logo and the channel letters shallbe fabricated to required shape and size & to be made out of mild steelplate(s) of required thickness(es), drilling necessary holes of requireddia. at appropriate places in the back plate for fixing purpose and inperipheral plate for drainage purpose. Providing necessary supportingsystem comprising of mild steel angle members of required size andlengths including LED module as per drawings. Polyurethane paintingof the MS angles , MS tubes , and to required color, mounting at therequired locations on the station building.

Revised BOQ

Page 123 of 124.

ECV - 102




L - 16.1 2400 mm X 300 mm Nos 12 41,127.30 493,527.60

TOTAL OF SCHEDULE L

22,309,162

For Signage Graphics, CMRL manual shall be referred. All sizes are tentative.

This may vary as detail design drawings.

Revised BOQ

Page 124 of 124.

430

600

150

150

120

250

R

9

6

8090

DETAIL OF OHE MAST ANCHOR

SCALE : 1/5

100

260

THREADED BAR

TO BE CAST IN THE

SAME POUR

NO

CONSTRUCTION

JOINT PERMITTED

U-GIRDER

T28 U-BOLT

PEDESTAL

01

02

05

04

230

450

150

120

250

150

VIEW 1-1

SCALE : 1/5

110 110

260

100

THREADED BAR

T28 U-BOLT

PEDESTAL

02

01

05

04

430 8090

600

230

110

110

450

PLAN VIEW 2-2

SCALE : 1/5

T28 U-BOLT

2 NOS. T20 LONGITUDINAL

BAR (L=1500)

DETAIL OF ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT

REQUIRED AT OHE MAST ANCHOR

SCALE : 1/10

01

02

03

06

04

05

BAR MARK 03 IS NOT REQUIRED IF

OHE MAST IS LOCATED WITHIN ZONE

A. (FOR DETAIL OF ZONE A REFER

U-GIRDER REINFORCEMENT DRAWING

NO. DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-38221 TO

38228).

**

VIEW 3-3

SCALE : 1/10

01

02

03

04

05

03

01 16 2 Nos.

02 20 2 Nos.

BAR

MARK

DIA

SPACING /

NO. OF BARSSHAPE

REINFORCEMENT DETAIL

03 12 5 Nos.

04 12 4 Nos.

05 12 4 Nos.

06 12 5 Nos.

PLAN VIEW 4-4

SCALE : 1/10

750

(T

YP

.)

750

(T

YP

.)

NOTES :

1. OHE ANCHOR BOLT ARRANGEMENT IS APPLICABLE TO

ALL SPANS WHICH ARE LYING ON STRAIGHT

ALIGNMENT.

2. OHE MAST ANCHORS SHALL BE MADE OF GRADE 8.8 /

YIELD STRESS 640 HIGH TENSILE STEEL (CONFORMING

TO IS :1367-PART 3) OF DIAMETER 28MM. ALONG THE

TOP PROTRUDING PART OF THE ANCHOR, BARS SHALL

BE THREADED. THE FULL BARS SHALL THEN BE HOT

DIPPED GALVANIZED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

3. BOLT SHALL NOT BE MADE FROM REINFORCEMENT BAR.

4. TESTING SHALL BE DONE AS PER IS: 1367 - PART 3 TO

CONFIRM GRADE 8.8 / YIELD STRESS 640 HIGH TENSILE

STEEL.

5. OHE MAST ANCHORS SHALL BE ACCURATELY

POSITIONED AT CASTING YARD , BY USING SPECIAL

DEVICE SUCH AS JIG FIXED TO LATERAL SHUTTER OF U

- GIRDER FOR INSTANCE.

6. FOR LOCATION OF OHE MAST IN LONGITUDINAL

DIRECTION, REFER TO OHE MAST PEGGING PLANS.

7. PEDESTAL FOR OHE MAST ANCHOR SHALL BE CAST

MONOLITHICALLY IN THE SAME POUR AS U-GIRDER

CONCRETE AT CASTING YARD.

8. ANY FIXTURES FOUND RUSTED SHALL BE REPLACED BY

THE CONTRACTOR & SHALL BE TREATED AS REJECTED.

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204

5TH FLOOR, GURU ANGAD BHAWAN,

SYSTRA MVA CONSULTING (INDIA) PVT.LTD.

DDC101-CHENNAI METRO PH-1 EXTENSION

SYSTRA S.A. - 5 AVENUE DU COQ - PARIS 75009

SUBSIDIARY OF:

71, NEHRU PLACE, NEW DELHI-110019

CHENNAI METRO RAIL LTD.

ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING,

CMRL DEPOT, POONAMALLEE HIGH ROAD,

KOYAMBEDU, CHENNAI - 600107 (INDIA)

WASHERMANPET TO WIMCO NAGAR

1500

NOTE: ANGLE SECTION TO BE FIXED

TO PARAPET EITHER BY POST-DRILLING

OR THROUGH INSERTS IN U-GIRDER WHILE CASTING

10mm POLYCARBONATE SHEET

WITH RUBBER GASKET

ANGLE SECTION FRAME AS PER

MANUFACTURER'S DESIGN

A

A

15

00

1000 1000 1000 1000

ANGLE SECTION


WITH RUBBER GASKET

11


WITH RUBBER GASKET

ANGLE SECTION

1000

SECTIONAL VIEW

SCALE : 1:100

VIEW A-A

SCALE : 1:10

SECTION 1-1

N.T.S

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:







IT IS CERTIFIED THAT THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN

DESIGNED AND CHECKED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DDC

QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN

A0

APAK JR16-06-2017

AS SHOWN

A0

ELEVATION & SECTION

ELEVATED VIADUCT

AK

VTB

JR

16-06-2017

FIRST ISSUE - TENDER SUBMISSION

DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-38732

TENDER SUBMISSION

NOISE BARRIER

NOTES:-

1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM & LEVELS ARE IN METERS UOS.

2. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL ROLLED SECTIONS & PLATES SHALL CONFORM TO

IS:2062-1992. GRADE/ CLASSIFICATION E 350 (Fe490) YIELD STRESS 330 MPa

MINIMUM AND ULTIMATE TENSILE STRESS 490 MPA MINIMUM.

3. WASHERS SHALL CONFORM TO IS:5369, IS:5370 IS:5372 OR IS:5374

4. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO BE CHECKED & VERIFIED BY SHOP LAYOUT.

5. HOLE SIZE = DIA OF BOLT + 1.5mm.

6. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL BE FOLLOWED & ALL DOUBTS MUST BE

CLARIFIED BEFORE EXECUTION OF THE WORK.

7. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL CONTACT SURFACES SHALL BE CLEANED OF ANY

RUST, OIL, GREASE etc. BEFORE WELDING/PAINTING.

8. ALL BOLTS SHALL COMPLY WITH IS:4000 & SHALL BE GRADE 8.8.

9. INNER AND OUTER SURFACE OF STEEL MEMBER IN CONTACT WITH THE

CONCRETE FILLING OR EMBEDMENT SHALL BE UNPAINTED AND FREE FROM

DEPOSITS OF OIL, GREASE AND LOOSE SCALE OR RUST.

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text

DETAIL DESIGN CONSULTANT

AutoCAD SHX Text

NO OBJECTION FROM CMRL

AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

A.PANDEY/Dr.N.GUPTA

GAUGES AND CLEARANCES - U GIRDER SPANS FUNCTIONAL CROSS SECTION (FOR STRAIGHT SPAN)

GAUGES AND CLEARANCES - U GIRDER SPANS PLAN VIEW & ELEVATION (FOR STRAIGHT SPAN)

CONCRETE OUTLINE - U GIRDER SPANS APPLICABLE FOR ALL RADIUS & STRAIGHT SPAN LENGTHS

TYPICAL CROSS OVER UNIT - 4 SPANS OF 23.0M TYPICAL CROSS SECTION

TYPICAL CROSS OVER UNIT - 4 SPANS OF 23.0M TYPICAL CROSS SECTION

TYPICAL CROSS OVER UNIT - 4 SPANS OF 23.0M PLAN VIEW & ELEVATION

TYPICAL CROSS OVER UNIT - 4 SPANS OF 23.0M CONCRETE OUTLINES

TYPICAL CROSS OVER UNIT - 4 SPANS OF 23.0M PRESTRESSING

GAUGES AND CLEARANCES - U GIRDER SPANS PLAN VIEW & ELEVATION (FOR CURVE SPAN)

GAUGES AND CLEARANCES - U GIRDER SPANS FUNCTIONAL CROSS SECTION B-B (FOR RADIUS 502.45m )

GAUGES AND CLEARANCES - U GIRDER SPANS FUNCTIONAL CROSS SECTION C-C (FOR RADIUS 502.45m )

GAUGES AND CLEARANCES - U GIRDER SPANS FUNCTIONAL CROSS SECTION B-B (FOR RADIUS 302.45m )

GAUGES AND CLEARANCES - U GIRDER SPANS FUNCTIONAL CROSS SECTION C-C (FOR RADIUS 302.45m )

PRESTRESSING LAYOUT U-GIRDER (FOR ELEVATED VIADUCT AND STATION SPAN)

DRAWING NO. TITLE 4TITLE 2 TITLE 3TITLE 1

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

CONCRETE OUTLINE PILE FOUNDATION & PILE CAP 4 PILE GROUP

CONCRETE OUTLINE PILE FOUNDATION & PILE CAP 4 PILE GROUP (CANTILEVER PIER CAP)

PIER ARRANGEMENT SHEET 13 OF 25












STANDARD PRECAST PIER CAP

STANDARD PRECAST PIER CAP CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE CONNECTION WITH PIER

STANDARD PRECAST PIER CAP PRESTRESSING LAYOUT (SHEET 1 OF 2)

STANDARD PRECAST PIER CAP 3D VIEW

CANTILEVER PIER CAP ECCENTRICITY 1.02 TO 1.5m CONCRETE OUTLINE

DRAWING LISTELEVATED VIADUCT

GENERAL NOTES

GENERAL NOTES




ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT


















CONCRETE OUTLINE

STANDARD PRECAST PIER CAPELEVATED VIADUCT PRESTRESSING LAYOUT (SHEET 2 OF 2)



ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT


ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT



ELEVATED VIADUCT GAUGES AND CLEARANCES - U GIRDER SPANS PLAN VIEW & ELEVATION (FOR STATION SPAN)

GAUGES AND CLEARANCES - U GIRDER SPANS FUNCTIONAL CROSS SECTION (FOR STATION SPAN)

CONCRETE OUTLINE - U GIRDER SPANS APPLICABLE FOR STATION SPAN

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT
















ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

CROSS-OVER SPANS

CROSS-OVER SPANS

TRANSITION PIER CAP BETWEEN U-GIRDER / I-GIRDER

INTERMEDIATE PIER CAP BETWEEN I-GIRDER / I-GIRDER

CONCRETE OUTLINE

CONCRETE OUTLINE



PRECAST PIER CAP

PRECAST PIER CAP

U GIRDERS

U GIRDERS



PRESTRESSING LAYOUT (SHEET 1 OF 2)


PRECAST PIER CAP

PRECAST PIER CAP





ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

ELEVATED VIADUCT

DRAWING LISTELEVATED VIADUCTDDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-32002

SHEET 1 OF 2

SHEET 2 OF 2

SHEET 1 OF 2

SHEET 2 OF 2





PACKAGE -ECV 101

PACKAGE -ECV 101

PIER ARRANGEMENT SHEET 25 OF 25ELEVATED VIADUCTDDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-34044

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:








DESIGNED AND CHECKED IN ACCORDANCE WITH

DDC QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN

FOR TENDER PURPOSE ONLY

A1

A0

JRA

JRA

JRA

VSI

VSI

VSI

DDI

DDI

SVE

16/06/2017

18/10/2016

20/05/2016

AS SHOWN

A2

SHEET 1 OF2

ELEVATED VIADUCT

VSI

SVE

JRA

20/05/2016

First Issue

Revised Internally

Drawing list updated

S220/X/XXXX/XXX/XXXX


A2

DEFINITIVE DESIGN

DRAWING LIST

Package -ECV 101

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

A.PANDEY

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

SECTION A-A

SCALE : 1/50

TOP OF PILE CAP LEVEL

FOUNDING LEVEL

PLAIN CEMENT

CONCRETE (M15)

PILE CUT OFF LEVEL

GROUND LEVEL / ROAD LEVEL

CRASH BARRIER

22

00

10

0

100

PIL

E L

EN

GT

H =

L

MINIMUM 500

50

1700

100

CAST-IN-SITU

BORED PILES

Ø1200

6300

6500

4800

GROUND LEVEL

750

100

PLAN VIEW OF PILE CAP

SCALE : 1/50

100mm THICK PLAIN

CEMENT CONCRETE (M15)

C/L OF PILE CAP / PIER

6300

10

08

70

0

75

03

60

0

TR

AF

FIC

D

IR

EC

TIO

N

AA

10

0

75

0

4800

100

Ø

1

2

0

0


750

6500

Ø

1

2

0

0

36

00

25

00

1700

R

3

0

0

(

T

Y

P

.

)

PIER NO. L

[ M ]

CP-163 TO CP-166 35

1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN mm, UNLESS OTHERWISE

SPECIFIED.

2. FOR GENERAL NOTES REFER DRAWING NO.

DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-32005 & 32006.

3. CONCRETE SHALL BE DESIGN MIX AND HAVE MINIMUM

28 DAYS CHARACTERISTIC STRENGTH ON

150mm CUBES OF 35MPa.

4. PILE LENGTH INDICATED IS BASED ON GEOTECHNICAL

DATA HOWEVER PRIOR TO PILE BORING, CONTRACTOR

SHALL ENSURE THAT THESE PILE LENGTHS ARE

CORRECT BY PERFORMING PILE LOAD TEST.

NOTES :-

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:







750

100


SCALE : 1/50

100mm THICK PLAIN


C/L OF PILE CAP /

PORTAL PIER

5100

10

051

00

75

036

00

TR

AF

FIC

D

IR

EC

TIO

N

AA

10

0

75

0

3600

100

Ø

1

2

0

0

C/L OF PILE CAP

750

5300

20

00

1700

R300

(TYP.)


SPECIFIED.


DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-32005 & 32006.


28 DAYS CHARACTERISTIC STRENGTH ON 150mm

CUBES OF 35MPa FOR PILE AND PILE CAP.




CORRECT BY PERFORMING TEST PILES.

NOTES :-

SECTION A-A

SCALE : 1/50


FOUNDING LEVEL

PLAIN CEMENT

CONCRETE (M15)

PILE CUT OFF LEVEL

GROUND LEVEL

CRASH BARRIER

18

00

10

0

100

PIL

E L

EN

GT

H =

3

5.0

m

MINIMUM 500

50

1700

100

CAST-IN-SITU

BORED PILES

Ø1200

5100

5300

3600

GROUND LEVEL

C/L OF PILE CAP /

PORTAL PIER

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:








SECTION A-A

SCALE : 1/50


FOUNDING LEVEL

PLAIN CEMENT

CONCRETE (M15)

PILE CUT OFF LEVEL

KICKER LEVEL

CRASH BARRIER

18

00

10

0

100

PIL

E L

EN

GT

H =

L

MINIMUM 500

50

1700

100

CAST-IN-SITU

BORED PILES

Ø1200

5100

5300

3600

GROUND LEVELGROUND LEVEL

750

100


SCALE : 1/50

100mm THICK PLAIN


C/L OF PILE CAP

5100

10

05

10

0

75

03

60

0

Ø

1

7

0

0

TR

AF

FIC

D

IR

EC

TIO

N

AA

10

0

75

0

3600

100

Ø

1

2

0

0

C/L OF PILE CAP

750

5300


SPECIFIED.


DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-32005 & 32006.








NOTES :-

PIER NO. P73 & P74 AND P-227 & P-228 ALONG WITH THE FOUNDATION

SHALL NOT BE CAST BY ECV 103 CONTRACTOR AS THESE LOCATIONS

MAY BE USED AS LAUNCHING LOCATIONS FOR PRECAST U-GIRDERS

BY OTHER CONTRACTORS. PLEASE NOTE THAT ABOVEMENTIONED

PIER NUMBERS ARE ACCORDING TO THE ERECTION METHODOLOGY

PROPOSED BY DDC. HENCE ABOVEMENTIONED PIER NUMBERS TO BE

SPECIAL NOTE :-

REAFFIRMED AS PER THE DETAILED ERECTION METHODOLOGY

PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR.

PIER NO. L

[ M ]

25P-152, P-156 TO P-159

P-160 TO P-162, P-167 TO P-171

P-179 TO P-203

35

33

P-249, P250, P-258 TO P-268

P-212 TO P-240

32

26

P-172 TO P-178 37

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:







SECTION A-A

SCALE : 1/50


FOUNDING LEVEL

PLAIN CEMENT

CONCRETE (M15)

PILE CUT OFF LEVEL

GROUND LEVEL / ROAD LEVEL

CRASH BARRIER

22

00

10

0

100

PIL

E L

EN

GT

H =

L

MINIMUM 500

50

1700

100

CAST-IN-SITU

BORED PILES

Ø1200

6300

6500

4800

GROUND LEVEL

750

100


SCALE : 1/50

100mm THICK PLAIN



6300

10

06

30

0

75

04

80

0

TR

AF

FIC

D

IR

EC

TIO

N

AA

10

0

75

0

4800

100

Ø

1

2

0

0


750

6500

25

00

1700

R

3

0

0

(

T

Y

P

.

)

PIER NO. L

[ M ]

25CP-153 TO CP-155


SPECIFIED.


DDC101-DD-ELV-ST-DW-32005 & 32006.








NOTES :-

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:







2500

17

00

8800

3600 3600 800800

80

03

60

08

00

52

00

200

(TYP)

20

0

(T

YP

)

PILE CAP DETAIL (6P1)

SCALE : 1/100

Ø

1

2

0

0

(

T

Y

P

.

)

1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MM OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

2. CONCRETE SHALL BE DESIGN MIX AND HAVE MINIMUM 28 DAYS

CHARACTERISTIC STRENGTH OF 150mm CUBES OF 50MPa FOR

COLUMN.

3. GRADE OF CONCRETE FOR PILES & PILECAP = 35MPa.

4. H.Y.S.D. REINFORCEMENT BARS CONFIRM TO IS:1786 GRADE Fe

500 D.

5. CLEAR COVER TO ANY REINFORCEMENT IN COLUMN IS 75mm.&

PILE+ PILE CAP COVER 75mm.

6. THIS DRAWING MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH ALL

RELEVANT ARCHITECTURAL & MEP DRAWINGS.

7. PILE CAPACITY & LENGTHS ARE TENTATIVE AND MAY CHANGE

DURING DETAIL DESIGN AS PER DETAIL SOIL INVESTIGATION.

NOTES :

24

22

0

44

50

76

60

76

60

44

50

34

50

32

20

54

40

54

40

32

20

34

50

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

D

E

D'

6P1

9P1

P1

P1P1

P1 P1P1

230

(TYP.)

P1 P1 P1 P1

7P1

P1

100mm.

EXPANSION GAP.

FOUNDATION LAYOUT PLAN

SCALE : 1/200

2590

230

(T

YP

.)

6P1 6P1 6P1 6P1 6P1 6P1 6P1

UP

UP

3300

250

4000

4800

4000

4800

F3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

CF1

CF2

CF2

CF1 CF1 CF1

CF1

CF1

CF1CF1

CF1

CF1

C3 C3

C3

C3C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3C3 C3

C3 C3

C3C3C3

C3

C3

C3

F1

CF3

CF1

F1

CF1

F1

F1

CF2F1

F1F1

F1

F1

F1

F1

C3

F1

CF4

C3

CF1

C3

C3

C3

F1

F1

C3

C3

C3

C3

F3

C3C3

C3

C3

F1

F13000

3000

5000

8171 5664 5900

7060 50406200

6200

6000

3000

5000

4000

5000

3000

FOR ENTRY / EXIT & ANCILLARY BUILDING STRUCTURE

REFER SEPARATE DRAWING. NO.DDC101-DD-SWN-ST-DW-52519

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

4800 6000 6200 6514

3000

3000

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

5000

3

0

0

0

6

0

0

0

C3

CF2

P1 P1P1

2812

27

00

6P1 6P1 6P1

UP

UP

UP

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

CF1 CF1CF1

CF1

CF1

CF1 CF1

C3

CF5

F1

F1

F1

F1

F1

F1

F1

F1

F1

C3

C3

CF1

CF1

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

6200 6000 4800

4800600062006144

3000

50

00

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

25

90

24

22

0

44

50

76

60

76

60

44

50

34

50

32

20

54

40

54

40

32

20

34

50

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

D

E

D'


SCALE : 1/200

3600

3

6

0

0

3

6

0

0

3600

2500

1700

200

200

336

2004800200

7835

8800

200

(T

YP

)

200

(TYP)


SCALE : 1/100

Ø

1

2

0

0

(

T

Y

P

.

)

800 3600 3600 800

8800

80

03

60

03

60

08

00

88

00

200

(TYP)

20

0

(T

YP

)

Ø

1

2

0

0

(

T

Y

P

)

2500

17

00

2500

100

EXP. GAP.


SCALE : 1/100

PIER / COLUMN SCHEDULE

P12500X1700

S.NO PIER SIZE SHAPE

C3600 x 400

PILE SCHEDULE

PILE DIA

(mm)

1200 Ø

PILE LENGTH

BELOW CUTOFF

LEVEL (m)

PILE CAPACITY

30 m 550T

PILE DIA

(mm)

1200 Ø

PILE SOCKET

LENGTH IN ROCK

PILE CAPACITY

3 m 550T

IN CASE ROCKY STRATA IS ENCOUNTERED PILE

SHALL BE SOCKETED IN ROCK

SCHEDULE OF PILE CAP

PILE CAP

MARK

SIZES

7P1

LENGTH

(L)

WIDTH

(B)

DEPTH

(D)

AS/PLAN 1800

6P1

1800AS/PLAN

9P1 1800AS/PLAN

SCHEDULE OF FOUNDATION

FOOTING

MARK

SIZES

LENGTH

(L)

WIDTH

(B)

DEPTH

(D)

CF1 5000 7503000

F1 3000 5003000

CF2 6000 7503000

CF3 4000 5004000

F2 3000 5002400

CF4 4000 5003000

CF5 3000 5003000

F3 4800 7504000

C OF PLATFORM

L

1

12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 15000 12500 12500 12500 12500

140000

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

12500 12500

10 11 12

TYP. PILE CAP SECTION

SCALE : 1/100

ROAD LEVEL

+ 4490

50

01

80

0

COLUMN / PIER

PILE

PILE CAP

100 THK. (P.C.C.)

WIMCO NAGAR DEPOTTHIRUVOTTIYUR STATION WIMCO NAGAR STATION

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:











A1

A0

SV

SV

MS

SS

SS

SS

NY

NY

NY

16-06-2017

08-07-2016

16-05-2016

AS SHOWN

A2

WIMCO NAGAR ELEVATED STATION

SS

NY

SV

16-05-2016

First Issue

Generally Revised

Revised as clouded


DDC101-DD-SWN-ST-DW-52504

A2

DEFINITIVE DESIGN


MA

TC

H L

IN

E 1-1

MA

TC

H LIN

E 1

-1

A2

NOT IN SCOPE OF ECV 102 CONTRACTOR

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

A.PANDEY

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

NORTH

BEAM

BXD (mm)

CB1500X975 / 1400

CB2

CB3

CB4

CONCOURSE LEVEL BEAM SCHEDULE

500X1400

500X1400

500X975 / 1400

CB1A500X975 / 1700

CB1B500X975 / 1400

CB2A600X1200

CB3A500X975

CB4A500X975 / 1700

CB1C500X975

CB1D500X975

CB2B600X1200

CB3B500X975

CB3C500X975

CB2C500X975

COLUMN SCHEDULE

P12500X1700

S.NO PIER SIZE REMARKS

UP TO CONC. LEVEL

P21700Ø START FROM CONC. LEVEL

C11400 x 500

C2

SHAPE

C3 450 x 600

START FROM FOUNDATION LEVEL

START FROM CONC. LEVEL

400 x 400

START FROM CONC. LEVEL


2. CONCRETE SHALL BE DESIGN MIX AND HAVE MINIMUM 28

DAYS CHARACTERISTIC STRENGTH ON 150mm CUBES OF

50MPa FOR COLUMN / PIER.

3. GRADE OF CONCRETE FOR BEAM, SLAB, WALLS = 40MPa.

4. CLEAR COVER TO ANY R/F SHALL BE : COLUMN -75mm,BEAM -

40mm,SLAB -(T-25mm,B-25mm),WALL-50mm.

5. GRADE OF CONCRETE FOR PIERCAP 60Mpa.

6. H.Y.S.D. REINFORCEMENT BARS CONFIRM TO IS:1786 GRADE

Fe 500 D.



8. PRECAST BEAM ARE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY.

9. GRADE OF CONCRETE FOR ENTRY EXIT STRUCTURE =40MPa.

NOTES :

10. CONCOURSE SLAB CAN BE CAST EITHER BY PROVIDING

SACRIFICIAL SHUTTERING OR AS PER CONTRACTOR SUITABILTY.

2000

3000

100mm.

EXPANSION GAP

300

2575

5912.5

300

50

50

Ø

1

7

0

0

18006500

5912.5 5912.5

300 300

10

0

EX

P. G

AP

100

EXP. GAP

25

0

(G

AP

)

100

EXP. GAP

100

EXP. GAP

10

0

EX

P. G

AP

25

0

39

50

1100

6500 700

6500

1100

700

2575

5400

19

75

16

45

16

45

16

45

16

45

5400

5400

5400

700

700

197

5

3000

2500

2000

3000

25

0

25

0

25

0

25

0

2500

3000

495

495495

495

10

0

EX

P. G

AP

.

1800 6500

27

00

10

00

10

00

UP

STB

STB

STB

UP

STB

UP

UP

UP

CB3

CB3

CB5CB5

CB5 CB5

PC3

P2

P2

P2 P2 P2P2

P2

UP

CB6

PC3 PC1 PC1 PC1

PC2

PC1

PC1 PC1

PC2

LIFT PIT

LIFT PIT

P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1

P1

P1

P1 P1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

PC1

C1

C1

CB

6C

B6

CB

6

CB

6

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

UP

UP

CB7

CB2

CB1A

CB4ACB4

CB4B

CB2

CB1B

C1 C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

LIFT

LIFT

DN

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3C3

C3 C3

C3

C3C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

CB8

CB8 CB8

CB8

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

8A

CB8

CB

8A

CB

8A

CB8A

CB8

CB8

CB8CB8

CB8CB8

CB8

CB

8

CB

8

CB

8

CB

8

CB

8

CB

8A

CB

8A

CB8

CB1

CB4B

CB8A

C3

C3

C3

CB2A CB2A CB2B

CB1C

CB3B

CB4

CB1 CB1A

CB4A

CB1B

CB1C

CB3B

CB

10

CB11

CB

8

CB7

CB7 CB7

CB

9

STB1

STB1

STB3

STB4

STB4

CB

9

DN

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

4800 6000 6200 6514

DN

DN

DN

200

1900

CB

6

CB

6

CB

6

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

6200

6200

REFER SEPARATE DETAIL

CB

9A

CB

9A

CB2C

CB13

CB

13

CB

13

CB13

CB

13

CB

13

1900

27

00

CB7

CB7

CB14

CB14CB14

CB14

200

200

200

200

200

200

C2

C2

C2

C2

85495400 6200

A

A

B

B

C

C

F

GG

E

CB

9

CB3A

CB3A

3000

36

20

CB2A

CB3A

CB3A

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

CB2C

STB

CB

LB

EB

CONCOURSE BEAM

STAIRCASE BEAM

STAIRCASE LANDING BEAM

ESCALATOR BEAM

LEGEND

NOTE :-

FOR CROSS ARM DETAIL REFER SEPARATE DRAWING. PC1 TO PC3

DDC101-DD-SWN-ST-DW-52512 TO 52514

24

22

0

44

50

76

60

76

60

44

50

34

50

32

20

54

40

54

40

32

20

34

50

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

D

E

D'

24220

4450

7660

7660

4450

3450

3220

5440

5440

3220

3450

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

D

E

D'

100

EXP. GAP

30

0

25

0

10

0

700

1500

700

25

02

50

25

0

10

00

10

00

PC1

P2 P2

PC1

PC3

P1

P1

P1

C1

C1

PC3

CB1B

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C3

C3C3

C3

C3

C3

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB8

CB8

CB8

CB8

CB8

CB8A

CB8A

CB4B

CB1D

CB1D

CB3C CB3C

CB

9

STB2

STB2

CB

9

STB3

STB3

DN

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

4800600062006144

CB

9

CB

9

6200 6000

4800

D

D

F

E

CB

9

CB2B

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

CB12

(PLAN SHOWING CAST IN SITU BEAMS)

(T.O.C. LVL.+12.590 M)

(ALL SLAB 150 THK. U.O.S.)

CONCOURSE LEVEL PLAN

SCALE : 1/200

C OF PLATFORM

L

1

12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 15000 12500 12500 12500 12500

140000

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

12500 12500

10 11 12

CB5

CB6

CB7

CB8

300X1400

CB9

300X1700

CB10230X600

STB1 TO STB4

CB11

300X750

350X600

500X975 / 1400

500X975 / 1700

CB4A500X975 / 1700

CB4B500X975 / 1400

230X600

CB8A300X750

STB

750X900

EB1

450X900

LB1

750X900

300X600

CB9A350X600

CB12

CB13300X600

CB14500X975

230X600

(PLAN SHOWING CAST IN SITU BEAMS)

(T.O.C. LVL.+12.590 M)



SCALE : 1/200

BEAM

BXD (mm)

CONCOURSE LEVEL BEAM SCHEDULE

WIMCO NAGAR DEPOT

THIRUVOTTIYUR STATION WIMCO NAGAR STATION

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:











A1

A0

SV

SV

MS

SS

SS

SS

NY

NY

NY

16-06-2017

08-07-2016

16-05-2016

AS SHOWN

A2


SS

NY

SV

16-05-2016

First Issue

Generally Revised

Revised as clouded



A2

DEFINITIVE DESIGN


MA

TC

H L

IN

E 1

-1

MA

TC

H LIN

E 1-1

A2


AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

A.PANDEY

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

NORTH

BEAM

PCB1500X815

CONCOURSE LEVEL PRECAST BEAM SCHEDULE

PCB2

PCB3

500X815

500X815

NUMBER

SIZE (BxD)mm

LENGTH

22 10400

02 11350

04 8850


2. CONCRETE SHALL BE DESIGN MIX AND HAVE MINIMUM 28

DAYS CHARACTERISTIC STRENGTH ON 150mm CUBES OF

50MPa FOR COLUMN / PIER.

3. GRADE OF CONCRETE FOR PRECAST BEAM = 40MPa.

4. CLEAR COVER TO ANY R/F SHALL BE : COLUMN-75mm,BEAM -

40mm,SLAB -(T-25mm,B-25mm),WALL- 50mm.

5. GRADE OF CONCRETE FOR PIERCAP 60Mpa.

6. H.Y.S.D. REINFORCEMENT BARS CONFIRM TO IS:1786 GRADE

Fe 500 D.



8. GRADE OF CONCRETE FOR ENTRY EXIT STRUCTURE =40MPa.

NOTES :

2000

3000

100mm.

EXPANSION GAP

300

2575

5912.5

300

50

50

Ø

1

7

0

0

18006500

5912.5 5912.5

300 300

10

0

EX

P. G

AP

100

EXP. GAP

25

0

(G

AP

)

100

EXP. GAP

100

EXP. GAP

10

0

EX

P. G

AP

25

0

39

50

1100

6500 700

6500

1100

700

2575

5400

19

75

16

45

16

45

16

45

16

45

5400

5400

5400

700

700

19

75

3000

2500

2000

3000

25

0

25

0

25

0

25

0

2500

3000

495

495495

495

10

0

EX

P. G

AP

.

1800 6500

27

00

10

00

10

00

UP

STB

STB

STB

UP

STB

UP

UP

UP

CB3

CB3

CB5CB5

CB5 CB5

PC3

P2

P2

P2 P2 P2P2

P2

UP

CB6

PC3 PC1 PC1 PC1

PC2

PC1

PC1 PC1

PC2

LIFT PIT

LIFT PIT

P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1

P1

P1

P1 P1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

PC1

C1

C1

CB

6C

B6

CB

6

CB

6

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

UP

UP

CB7

CB2

CB1A

CB4ACB4

CB4B

CB2

CB1B

C1 C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

LIFT

LIFT

DN

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3C3

C3 C3

C3

C3C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

C3

CB8

CB8 CB8

CB8

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

8A

CB8

CB

8A

CB

8A

CB8A

CB8

CB8

CB8CB8

CB8CB8

CB8

CB

8

CB

8

CB

8

CB

8

CB

8

CB

8A

CB

8A

CB8

CB1

CB4B

CB8A

C3

C3

C3

CB2A CB2A CB2B

CB1C

CB3B

CB4

CB1 CB1A

CB4A

CB1B

CB1C

CB3B

CB

10

CB11

CB

8

CB7

CB7 CB7

CB

9

STB1

STB1

STB3

STB4

STB4

CB

9

DN

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

4800 6000 6200 6514

DN

DN

DN

200

1900

CB

6

CB

6

CB

6

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

6200

6200

REFER SEPARATE DETAIL

CB

9A

CB

9A

CB2C

CB13

CB

13

CB

13

CB13

CB

13

CB

13

1900

27

00

CB7

CB7

CB14

CB14CB14

CB14

200

200

200

200

200

200

C2

C2

C2

C2

85495400 6200

A

A

B

B

C

C

F

GG

E

CB

9

CB3A

CB3A

3000

36

20

CB2A

CB3A

CB3A

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

CB2C

(PLAN SHOWING PRECAST BEAMS / CAST IN SITU BEAMS)

PCB1 PCB1PCB3

PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

PCB3

PCB2PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

(T.O.C. LVL.+12.590 M)



SCALE : 1/200

17

25

33

05

33

05

PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

PCB3

17

25

PCB1

33

05

PCB2

PCB3

33

05

17

25

17

25

33

05

24

22

0

44

50

76

60

76

60

44

50

34

50

32

20

54

40

54

40

32

20

34

50

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

D

E

D'

100

EXP. GAP

300

250

100

700

1500

700

250

250

250

1000

1000

PC1

P2 P2

PC1

PC3

P1

P1

P1

C1

C1

PC3

CB1B

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

C3

C3C3

C3

C3

C3

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

CB8

CB8

CB8

CB8

CB8

CB8A

CB8A

CB4B

CB1D

CB1D

CB3C CB3C

CB

9

STB2

STB2

CB

9

STB3

STB3

DN

CB

9

CB

9

CB

9

4800600062006144

CB

9

CB

9

6200 6000

4800

D

D

F

E

CB

9

CB2B

FOR STEEL ENTRY

REFER SEPARATE DWG.

CB12

PCB1

3305

PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

3305

3305

PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

PCB1

3305

24

22

0

44

50

76

60

76

60

44

50

34

50

32

20

54

40

54

40

32

20

34

50

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

D

E

D'

(PLAN SHOWING PRECAST BEAMS / CAST IN SITU BEAMS)

(T.O.C. LVL.+12.590 M)



SCALE : 1/200

C OF PLATFORM

L

1

12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 15000 12500 12500 12500 12500

140000

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

12500 12500

10 11 12

WIMCO NAGAR DEPOT

THIRUVOTTIYUR STATIONWIMCO NAGAR STATION

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:











A1

A0

SV

SV

MS

SS

SS

SS

NY

NY

NY

16-06-2017

08-07-2016

16-05-2016

AS SHOWN

A2


SS

NY

SV

16-05-2016

First Issue

Generally Revised

Revised as clouded



A2

DEFINITIVE DESIGN

PRECAST BEAM PLAN AT CONCOURSE LEVEL

MA

TC

H LIN

E 1-1

MA

TC

H L

IN

E 1-1

A2


AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

-

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

A.PANDEY

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

NORTH

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5A6

A9

A10

C1

B4

B1

B2

B3

C2

C3

C4

C5C6

C7 C8

C9

C10

D1

D2

D3

D4

E2

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

G1

G2

G3

G4

H1

H2

H3

H4

J1

J2

J3J4

K1

K2

K3

K4

K5

K6

K7

A7

A8

E1

E3

E4

E5

E6

E7

E8

E9

E10

E11

E12

E13

E14

E15

200000

T.H. ROAD

T.H. ROAD

T.H. ROAD

T.H. ROAD

T.H. ROAD

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12

140000

12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 15000 12500 12500 12500 12500 12500

℄ OF PLATFORM

CH: 8430.930

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

E

D'

D

24220

4450

7660

7660

4450

3450

17320

3450

NOTES

1. ALL LEVELS ARE IN MILLIMETERS.

2. GROUND LEVELS, WHERE SHOWN, ARE INDICATIVE. ACTUAL LEVELS SHALL BE TAKEN

FROM SURVEY DRAWINGS AND SHALL BE CONFIRMED AT SITE.

3. RCC DIMENSIONS OF EXTERNAL ELEMENTS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY AND SUBJECT TO

STRUCTURAL DESIGN. HOWEVER DIMENSIONS OF ALL INTERNAL ELEMENTS LIKE RCC

WALLS AND COLUMNS SHALL BE RESTRICTED TO THE MAXIMUM SIZES SHOWN IN THE

ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.

4. ALL MINIMUM INTERNAL CLEARANCES ARE MANDATORY. WALL AND SLAB THICKNESS

SHOULD BE INCREASED OUTSIDE,AS REQUIRED BY DESIGN.

5. RAIL LEVEL SHOWN IN ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING IS INDICATIVE ONLY. ABSOLUTE RAIL

LEVEL AND CHAINAGE SHALL BE DERIVED FROM CMRL ALIGNMENT DRAWING.

6. LOCATION AND NOS. OF MAIN COLUMNS SHALL BE AS PER CO-ORDINATED AND

CONFIRMED E&M LAYOUT BY CONTRACTOR.

7. INFORMATION ON ACTUAL SIZE OF CUTOUT AND OPENINGS SHALL BE AS PER E&M

DESIGN.

8. ESCALATOR AND LIFT SIZES ARE INDICATIVE AND FINAL SIZES SHALL BE AS PER

MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENT AS FINALIZED BY CMRL AND THEIR PIT DRAINAGE TO

BE AS PER E&M DRAWINGS.

9. REFER PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE LAYOUT.

10. ACTUAL SIZES OF CUTOUTS AND OPENINGS IN STRUCTURAL SLABS AND WALLS SHALL

BE AS PER SEM DRAWINGS.

11. FOR FINISHES REFER FINISHES SCHEDULE AND REPORT.

12. WATER TANKS AND SUMP PITS AS PER MEP DETAIL DRAWINGS.

WASHERMANPET STATION WIMCO NAGAR STATION

WIMCO NAGAR STATIONTHIRUVOTTIYUR STATION

KEY PLAN

WIMCO NAGAR DEPOT

WIMCO NAGAR DEPOT

DPR PROPERTY LINE

STATION FOOTPRINT

LEGEND

NOTE:- AREA TO BE ACQUIRED AND BUILDING NAMES SHOWN IN THE DRAWING ARE

TENTATIVE AND SHOULD BE VERIFIED BY CMRL OFFICIALS AND/OR CONTRACTOR

PRIOR TO LAND ACQUISITION

STATION COORDINATE PLAN

SCALE 1:500

A3

A1

A0

SMA

SMA

SMA

SMA

HCH

RKU

RKU

RKU

JCH

JCH

JCH

JCH

06-12-2016

09-07-2016

18-05-2016

20-04-2016

AS SHOWN

A4

STATION CO-ORDINATES PLAN

ELEVATED STATION -6

RKU

JCH

SMA

20-04-2016

FIRST ISSUE

REVISED AS PER CMRL COMMENTS

SUBMITTED FOR COMPLETION OF SET

REFER REVISION LOG


DDC101-DD-SWN-AR-DW-50301

A2

A4 REVISED AS CLOUDED

HCH JCH SMA 16-06-2017

DEFINITIVE DESIGN

WIMCO NAGAR

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:










TENDER DRAWING


A4


AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

NRC

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

NORTH

200000

1

2

2

4

5

6

7

8

10

12

11

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

3

9

7500

7500

17300

2300

7500

7500

2300

17300

EXPANSION JOINT

STATION BOX

ES 4

ES 1

ES 2

ES 3

EXPANSION JOINT

T.H. ROAD

STATION BOX

DPR BOUNDARY LINE

DPR BOUNDARY LINE

ES 5

STATION

FOOTPRINT LINE

STATION

FOOTPRINT LINE

LIFT-1

LIFT-2

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12

140000

12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 15000 12500 12500 12500 12500 12500

℄ OF PLATFORM

CH: 8430.930

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

E

D'

D

24

22

0

44

50

76

60

76

60

44

50

34

50

17

32

03

45

0

NOTES















DESIGN.









ES ENTRY

STA STAIRCASE

ESC ESCALATOR

DPR BOUNDARY LINE



KEY PLAN

WIMCO NAGAR DEPOT

LAND PLAN

SCALE 1:500

WIMCO NAGAR DEPOT

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:










TENDER DRAWING

A3

A1

A0

SMA

SMA

SMA

SMA

HCH

RKU

RKU

RKU

JCH

JCH

JCH

JCH

06-12-2016

09-07-2016

18-05-2016

20-04-2016

AS SHOWN

A4

LAND PLAN

ELEVATED STATION -6

RKU

JCH

SMA

20-04-2016

FIRST ISSUE


SUBMITTED FOR COMPLETION OF SET

REFER REVISION LOG



A2



DEFINITIVE DESIGN

WIMCO NAGAR

DPR PROPERTY LINE

STATION FOOTPRINT

AFFECTED PROPERTY - OPEN LAND

AFFECTED PROPERTY - BUILDING

EXISTING PROPERTY LINE FROM ROAD

LEGEND

NOTE:- AREA TO BE ACQUIRED AND BUILDING NAMES SHOWN IN THE DRAWING ARE

TENTATIVE AND SHOULD BE VERIFIED BY CMRL OFFICIALS AND/OR CONTRACTOR

PRIOR TO LAND ACQUISITION


A4


AutoCAD SHX Text

CLOSED DRAIN

AutoCAD SHX Text

M.R.F COMPANY

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARKING AREA

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

TIN SHEET BOUNDARY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHINNA ERNOOR 4th STREET

AutoCAD SHX Text

SRI. LAKSHMI

AutoCAD SHX Text

MEDICALS

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2 C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

OPEN LAND

AutoCAD SHX Text

COMPOUND WALL

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

RC

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

PAPPU

AutoCAD SHX Text

XEROX

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

RC

AutoCAD SHX Text

WIMCO

AutoCAD SHX Text

MEDICALS

AutoCAD SHX Text

LOGA COMPLEX

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

GANESH TELECOM & COOL BAR

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

ZION TEA STALL

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

NATIONA BAG HOUSE

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+0

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

SEENI CHICKEN & MUTTON SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

RCC

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

VBC ILLAM

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHICKEN SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

KANAKARAJ RICE SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

MOBILE

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

SURESH PAWN BROKER

AutoCAD SHX Text

C+R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

SALLI HOTEL

AutoCAD SHX Text

RCC

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

TAMILNADU SWEETS & COOLBAR

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

DHANUSH CHICKEN CENTRE

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

OPEN LAND

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

FISH SHOPS

AutoCAD SHX Text

TEMPORARY SHOPS

AutoCAD SHX Text

GANDHI NAGAR MAIN ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

MRF FACTORY ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

MUTHOOT

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

MRF FACTORY

AutoCAD SHX Text

POLICE

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECK

AutoCAD SHX Text

POST

AutoCAD SHX Text

WINE

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

TIN

AutoCAD SHX Text

SOOSAI

AutoCAD SHX Text

R&C

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHINNA ERNOOR 3rd STREET

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHINNA ERNOOR 2nd STREET

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHINNA ERNOOR 1st STREET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R.A TAILOR G+1 C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1 C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1 C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

GH

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

RCC

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+0

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

NEELAKANDAN AUTO WORKS

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

OVIA

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOCKERS

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

WIMCO PLAY GROUND

AutoCAD SHX Text

BEAM

AutoCAD SHX Text

BEAM

AutoCAD SHX Text

BEAM

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

TEMPORARY SHOPS

AutoCAD SHX Text

TEMPORARY SHOPS

AutoCAD SHX Text

TEMPORARY SHOPS

AutoCAD SHX Text

VEGITABLE MARKET

AutoCAD SHX Text

WIMCO NAGAR

AutoCAD SHX Text

BUS STOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

DUST BIN

AutoCAD SHX Text

WIMCO NAGAR MARKET ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

FENCE

AutoCAD SHX Text

TIN SHEET BOUNDARY

AutoCAD SHX Text

AMBEDKAR

AutoCAD SHX Text

BHAVAN

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

BOUNDARY WALL

AutoCAD SHX Text

BOUNDARY WALL

AutoCAD SHX Text

SRINIVASA

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARIYAR

AutoCAD SHX Text

STATUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

BOUNDARY WALL

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

MINI

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

RC

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

TEMPLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

PUMP

AutoCAD SHX Text

OPEN LAND

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

HOUSE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAINAGE CHAMBER

AutoCAD SHX Text

DIESEL CAN STORAGE SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

FIRE HYDRENT PIPE LINE

AutoCAD SHX Text

CAR PARKING

AutoCAD SHX Text

CAR PARKING

AutoCAD SHX Text

TIN SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CH

AutoCAD SHX Text

SANJAY

AutoCAD SHX Text

JEWELERS

AutoCAD SHX Text

RC

AutoCAD SHX Text

SANJAY

AutoCAD SHX Text

JEWELERS & BANKERS

AutoCAD SHX Text

JEWELERS

AutoCAD SHX Text

SAKTHIPURAM MAIN ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHAMBER

AutoCAD SHX Text

OFC

AutoCAD SHX Text

RJIL

AutoCAD SHX Text

KMS-12

AutoCAD SHX Text

INDIRAGANDHI

AutoCAD SHX Text

STATUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

KAMARAJ

AutoCAD SHX Text

STATUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

CH

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMANUAL

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

GANAPATHI

AutoCAD SHX Text

HOTEL

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SERVICE CENTRE

AutoCAD SHX Text

& SONS

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

TL

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

RC

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

TOILET

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

FENCE

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

NRC

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

NORTH

STATION

FOOTPRINT LINE

STATION

FOOTPRINT LINE

EXPANSION JOINT

STA-05

STA-07

STATION BOX

T.H. ROAD

T.H. ROAD

FOB ABOVE

UP

UPUP

UP

STA-08

STA-06

LIFT-2

FFL+900mm

DG LEVEL

7500

7500

17300

2300

7500

7500

2300

17300

ES 4

ES 1

STA-10

ES 2

ES 3

EXPANSION JOINT

ESC-09

+4490M

ROAD LEVEL

FFL+4790M

FOOT PATH LEVEL

4

4

3

3

T.H. ROAD

T.H. ROAD

STATION BOX

D-01

D-05

D-04 LIFT-1

D-01

D-05

D-04

D-05

D-01

D-04

D-05

D-01

D-04

DPR BOUNDARY LINE

DPR BOUNDARY LINE

FD3

RS3

D13

FD3

FD3

DROP OFF

DROP OFF

FD3

STA-F1

STA-F2

STA-F3

STA-F3

FFL+5690mm

PLINTH LEVEL

FFL+5690mm

PLINTH LEVEL

FFL+5690mm

PLINTH LEVEL

FFL+5690mm

PLINTH LEVEL

FFL+4790M

FOOT PATH LEVEL

+4490M

ROAD LEVEL

NOTES















DESIGN.









SEC. / ELEV. NAME

DRAWING NUMBER

RCC WORK

BLOCK WORK

LEGEND :-

ROOF SHEETING

SKY LIGHT

WALL SCHEDULE

1 150 THK. RCC WALL

2 250 THK. RCC WALL

3 300 THK. RCC WALL

4 200 THK. BLOCK WALL



01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12

140000

12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 15000 12500 12500 12500 12500 12500

℄ OF PLATFORM

CH: 8430.930

LEGEND :-

COLUMN

ROAD

PAVED AREA

ES ENTRY

STA STAIRCASE

ESC ESCALATOR

STATION BOX

DPR BOUNDARY LINE

STATION FOOTPRINT LINE

2

UP

ESC-10

STA-09

ES 5ES 5

FFL+5690mm

PLINTH LEVEL

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

E

D'

D

24

22

0

44

50

76

60

76

60

44

50

34

50

17

32

03

45

0

200000

GROUND LEVEL DOOR SCHEDULE

DOOR NUMBER ROOM DOOR SIZE NO.S FIRE RATING REMARKS

WIDTH HEIGHT CILL LINTEL

D6 D-01 600 2100 100 2200 3 60 MIN

D13 M-02 1000 2100 0 2100 1 60 MIN

FD3

D-01, 04, 05

1000 2100 100 2200 1 60 MIN

GROUND LEVEL ROOM SCHEDULE

ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME

ROOM SIZE (M)

AREA PROVIDED

(SQ.M)

REMARKS

X Y

P-04 DG 12.2 4.85 59.17

REVISION LOG

1. PLINTH LEVEL REVISED TO +1200mm FROM ROAD LEVEL.

2. ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS UPDATED AS PER STRUCTURE DRAWINGS.

3. PLUMBING INPUTS ADDED AS PER MEP.

4. FIREMEN STAIRCASE MATERIAL REVISED TO MILD STEEL.

5. ENTRY STRUCTURE REVISED AS PER CMRL COMMENTS.

6. ROLLING SHUTTERS REMOVED AT GROUND LEVEL.

7. BRICK WORK CONVERTED TO BLOCK WORK AS PER CMRL COMMENTS.

8. WATER TANK LOCATION UPDATED AS PER MEP.

9. LOCATION FOR VRV ADDED.



KEY PLAN

WIMCO NAGAR DEPOT

GROUND LEVEL PLAN

SCALE 1:500

WIMCO NAGAR DEPOT

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:










TENDER DRAWING

A3

A1

A0

SMA

SMA

SMA

SMA

HCH

RKU

RKU

RKU

JCH

JCH

JCH

JCH

06-12-2016

09-07-2016

18-05-2016

20-04-2016

AS SHOWN

A4

GROUND LEVEL PLAN

ELEVATED STATION -6

RKU

JCH

SMA

20-04-2016

FIRST ISSUE



REFER REVISION LOG



A2



DEFINITIVE DESIGN

WIMCO NAGAR


A4

NOT IS SCOPE OF ECV 102 CONTRACTOR

AutoCAD SHX Text

CLOSED DRAIN

AutoCAD SHX Text

M.R.F COMPANY

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARKING AREA

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

FENCE

AutoCAD SHX Text

TIN SHEET BOUNDARY

AutoCAD SHX Text

VIVEKANAND STREET

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHINNA ERNOOR 4th STREET

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SELLAMMAL

AutoCAD SHX Text

RICE MILL

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SRI. JAILAKSHMI

AutoCAD SHX Text

CLINIC

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

PLINTH

AutoCAD SHX Text

SRI. LAKSHMI

AutoCAD SHX Text

MEDICALS

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2 C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SECURITY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CABIN

AutoCAD SHX Text

DUST

AutoCAD SHX Text

BIN

AutoCAD SHX Text

OPEN LAND

AutoCAD SHX Text

COMPOUND WALL

AutoCAD SHX Text

OPEN LAND

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

RC

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

PAPPU

AutoCAD SHX Text

XEROX

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

RC

AutoCAD SHX Text

WIMCO

AutoCAD SHX Text

MEDICALS

AutoCAD SHX Text

LOGA COMPLEX

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

GANESH TELECOM & COOL BAR

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

ZION TEA STALL

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

NATIONA BAG HOUSE

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+0

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

SEENI CHICKEN & MUTTON SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

RCC

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

VBC ILLAM

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHICKEN SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

KANAKARAJ RICE SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

MOBILE

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

SURESH PAWN BROKER

AutoCAD SHX Text

C+R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

SALLI HOTEL

AutoCAD SHX Text

RCC

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

TAMILNADU SWEETS & COOLBAR

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

DHANUSH CHICKEN CENTRE

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

OPEN LAND

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

FISH SHOPS

AutoCAD SHX Text

TEMPORARY SHOPS

AutoCAD SHX Text

GANDHI NAGAR MAIN ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

MRF FACTORY ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

MUTHOOT

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

MRF FACTORY

AutoCAD SHX Text

POLICE

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECK

AutoCAD SHX Text

POST

AutoCAD SHX Text

WINE

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

TIN

AutoCAD SHX Text

SOOSAI

AutoCAD SHX Text

R&C

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHINNA ERNOOR 3rd STREET

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHINNA ERNOOR 2nd STREET

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHINNA ERNOOR 1st STREET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R.A TAILOR G+1 C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1 C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1 C&R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

RCC

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+0

AutoCAD SHX Text

C

AutoCAD SHX Text

NEELAKANDAN AUTO WORKS

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

OVIA

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOCKERS

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

BEAM

AutoCAD SHX Text

TEMPORARY SHOPS

AutoCAD SHX Text

TEMPORARY SHOPS

AutoCAD SHX Text

VEGITABLE MARKET

AutoCAD SHX Text

WIMCO NAGAR

AutoCAD SHX Text

BUS STOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

DUST BIN

AutoCAD SHX Text

WIMCO NAGAR MARKET ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

FENCE

AutoCAD SHX Text

TIN SHEET BOUNDARY

AutoCAD SHX Text

AMBEDKAR

AutoCAD SHX Text

BHAVAN

AutoCAD SHX Text

SH

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

BOUNDARY WALL

AutoCAD SHX Text

SRINIVASA

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARIYAR

AutoCAD SHX Text

STATUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

BOUNDARY WALL

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

MINI

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

RC

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

TEMPLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

PUMP

AutoCAD SHX Text

OPEN LAND

AutoCAD SHX Text

C+R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+2

AutoCAD SHX Text

TO ALL CARGO LOGISTICS LTD

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

HOUSE

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAINAGE CHAMBER

AutoCAD SHX Text

DIESEL CAN STORAGE SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

FIRE HYDRENT PIPE LINE

AutoCAD SHX Text

CAR PARKING

AutoCAD SHX Text

CAR PARKING

AutoCAD SHX Text

TIN SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

CW

AutoCAD SHX Text

CH

AutoCAD SHX Text

SANJAY

AutoCAD SHX Text

JEWELERS

AutoCAD SHX Text

RC

AutoCAD SHX Text

SANJAY

AutoCAD SHX Text

JEWELERS & BANKERS

AutoCAD SHX Text

C+R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

ARCHANA

AutoCAD SHX Text

JEWELERS

AutoCAD SHX Text

C+R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

SAKTHIPURAM MAIN ROAD

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHAMBER

AutoCAD SHX Text

OFC

AutoCAD SHX Text

RJIL

AutoCAD SHX Text

KMS-12

AutoCAD SHX Text

INDIRAGANDHI

AutoCAD SHX Text

STATUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

KAMARAJ

AutoCAD SHX Text

STATUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

CH

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMANUAL

AutoCAD SHX Text

FLOUR MILL

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

GANAPATHI

AutoCAD SHX Text

HOTEL

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SERVICE CENTRE

AutoCAD SHX Text

& SONS

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHOP

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

TL

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

RC

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

TL

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

RC

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

TOILET

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHED

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAIRCASE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FENCE

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

SHEET

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

G+1

AutoCAD SHX Text

R

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

NRC

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

NORTH

UP

UP

EXPANSION JOINT

FUTURE ESCALATOR

FUTURE ESCALATOR

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

FUTURE ESCALATOR

UP

PD-03

ESC-02

ESC-01

4

A-02.1

900mm HIGH

RAILING

FUTURE ESCALATOR

TVM

O-03.1

O-04

A-01

900mm HIGH

RAILING

ESC-04

ESC-03

ESC-06

ESC-05

ESC-08

ESC-07

A-02.2

O-03.2

STA-01

STA-02

STA-04

STA-03

4

44

4

EXPANSION JOINT

8135

8050

8135

3308 7960 3308

1975

2575

1975

2575

3600

16140

3600

3600

3600

16140

900mm HIGH

RAILING

EXIT

EXIT

ENTRY

X-RAY

X-RAY

ENTRY

900mm HIGH

RAILING

D-05

D-04

D-02

D-05

D-04

D-01

LDB D-02

UP

UP

UP

A-04.2

A-04.1

D5

D2

D2

D2

D7

FG3

FG2

FG2

D3

EXPANSION JOINT

O-06.1

O-06.2

R 150

T 300

W 3600

R 150

T 300

W 3600

R 150

T 300

W 3600

R 150

T 300

W 3600

D-01

D3

D3D3

2500

1900

EXPANSION

JOINT

STA-05

ESC-09

1750

2400

STA-F1

3000

SF1

DN

DN

D-01

D-04

D-05

STA-06

DN

2400

STA-F2

SF1

D3D3

O-14

D4

STA-F4

DN

UP

D-01

D-04

D-05

D3

D3

TVM

O-06.4

STA-F3

DN

UP

D-01

D-05

D-04

D3

D-05

D-04

D-01

EXPANSION JOINT

RS6

FG4

R 150

T 300

W 2400

R 150

T 300

W 2400

O-06.4

FFL+ 12740mm

CONCOURSE LEVEL

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

EXPANSION JOINT

100mm

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

WITH 300MM HIGH

MS RAILING

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

LD

B

A-03.2

PD-04

PD-02

PD-01

PD-05

LOADING/

UNLOADING

DECK

REMOVABLE

RAILING

C-03

P-03

UNAO-13

UP

A-03.1

UP

P-02 P-05

4

4

4

1800

D-02

D-02LDB

17360

3000

UP

DN

DN

5860

1800

5390

3010

FD4

D9

D9

FD4

D1

RS6

D5

FD1

FD1

RS6

RS6

RS7

RS7

FG1

FG5

FG8

FG8

FG7

D8

RS6

D1

O-15.1

O-15.2

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

SF1

C-01

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

P-01

FFL+ 12655mm

LEVEL

C-02

16230

FG1

FD4

O-15.3

SF1

2600

3000

3000

8060

7580

VRV ABOVE

VRV ABOVE

VRV ABOVE

VRV ABOVE

SAUCER DRAIN

SAUCER

DRAIN

SAUCER

DRAIN

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

WITH 300MM HIGH

MS RAILING

1100mm HIGH MS

RAILING

1100mm HIGH MS

RAILING

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

WITH 300MM HIGH

MS RAILING

5100

5040

3385

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

E

D'

D

24220

4450

7660

7660

4450

3450

17320

3450

℄ OF PLATFORM

01

140000

12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 15000 12500 12500 12500 12500 12500

02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12

CH: 8430.930

L 2

50335

STA-06

STA-F3

DN

2400

UP

D-01

D-05

D-04

D3

R 150

T 300

W 2400

C-03

UNA

UP

D9

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

2600

3000

7580

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

WITH 300MM HIGH

O-15

DN

DN

ESC-10

STA-09

3360

1750

R 150

T 300

W 3360

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

NOTES















DESIGN.









WALL SCHEDULE

1 150 THK. RCC WALL

2 250 THK. RCC WALL

3 300 THK. RCC WALL




--

-

SEC. / ELEV. NAME

DRAWING NUMBER

RCC WORK

BLOCK WORK

LEGEND :-

ROOF SHEETING

SKY LIGHT

LEGEND :-

ES ENTRY

STA STAIRCASE

ESC ESCALATOR

TS TRACK STEPS

LDB LIGHT DISTRIBUTION BOARD

CONCOURSE LEVEL ROOM SCHEDULE

ROOM NUMBER ROOM NAME

ROOM SIZE (M)

AREA PROVIDED

(SQ.M)

REMARKS

X Y

A-01

STATION CONTROL

ROOM 7.56 5.17 39.09

A-02.1 EXCESS FARE OFFICE 2.56 2.56 6.55

A-02.2 EXCESS FARE OFFICE 2.56 2.56 6.55

A-03.1 TICKET OFFICE MACHINE 2.75 6.15 16.91

A-03.2 TICKET OFFICE MACHINE 2.75 6.21 17.08

A-04.1 SECURE SUITE 2.28 3.25 7.41

A-04.2 SECURE SUITE 1.5 4.55 6.83

C-01SIG.EQUIPMENT ROOM

8.3 4.96 41.17

C-02

SIG. MAINTENANCE

ROOM 3 3.32 9.96

C-03

COMM. EQUIOMENT

ROOM 10.03 5.32 53.36

P-01, P-02, P05

AUXILARY SUB STATION 16.23 17.42 258.12

P-03

UPS BATTERY S&T

ROOM 8.23 4.96 40.82

UNA UNALLOCATED ROOM 4.07 3.06 12.45

O-02 PAID AREA - -

O-03.1 UNPAID AREA - -

O-03.2 UNPAID AREA - -

O-04 SECURITY ROOM 2.3 4.55 10.47

O-6.1 LIFT - -

O-6.2 LIFT - -

O-6.3 LIFT - -

O-6.4 LIFT - -

O-13 STAFF ROOM 2.6 3.06 7.96

O-14 FEFUSE STORE 2.3 4.55 10.47

PD-01

PROPERTY

DEVELOPMENT 9.2 5.39 49.59

PD-02

PROPERTY


PD-03

PROPERTY

DEVELOPMENT 28.58 11.9 340.10

PD-04

PROPERTY


PD-05

PROPERTY


L 2

50335

STA-08

DN

24

00

UP

D-05

D3

R 150

T 300

W 2400

30

00

8060

C'

E

D'

D

44

50

76

60

34

50

12

E

D'

D

4450

3450

01

CC

50327

AA CC

50325 50327

L 1

50330

L 1

L 2

50335

50330

L 2

50335

AA

50325

CONCOURSE LEVEL DOOR SCHEDULE

DOOR NUMBER ROOM DOOR / GLAZING SIZE NO.S FIRE RATING REMARKS

WIDTH HEIGHT CILL LINTEL

D1

A-03.1 , 03.2

1000 2100 0 2100 2 60 MIN

D2

A-01, A-02.1, 02.2

1000 2100 0 2100 3 60 MIN GLASS DOOR

D3 D-01 1000 2100 100 2200 2 60 MIN

D4 O-14 1000 2100 0 2100 1 60 MIN

D5 O-04 1000 2100 0 2100 1 60 MIN

D7

A-04.1 , 04.2

650 2100 0 2100 2 60 MIN

D8 O-15.1 1800 2400 0 2400 1 60 MIN

D9 O-13 1000 2100 0 2100 2 60 MIN

FD1

P-01, 02, 05

1750 2400 0 2400 2 120 MIN

FD2

D-04, 05

750 2100 100 2200 2 60 MIN

FD3

D-01, 04, 05

1000 2100 100 2200 1 60 MIN

FD4

P-03, C-03

1750 2400 0 2400 2 120 MIN

FG1

A-03.1, 03.2

6090 1350 1050 2400 2 60 MIN

FG2

A-02.1, 02.2

7150 1350 1050 2400 2 60 MIN

FG3 A-01 17155 1350 1050 2400 1 60 MIN

FG4 PD-02 12860 2100 300 2400 1 60 MIN

FG5 PD-01 14130 2100 300 2400 1 60 MIN

FG6 O-04 1500 1200 900 2100 1 60 MIN

FG7 PD-03 5700 2100 300 2400 1 60 MIN

FG8 PD-04 20830 2100 300 2400 1 60 MIN

REVISION LOG

1. PLINTH LEVEL REVISED TO +1200mm FROM ROAD LEVEL.

2. ALL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS UPDATED AS PER STRUCTURE DRAWINGS.

3. PLUMBING INPUTS ADDED AS PER MEP.

4. FIREMEN STAIRCASE MATERIAL REVISED TO MILD STEEL.

5. ENTRY STRUCTURE REVISED AS PER CMRL COMMENTS.

6. ROLLING SHUTTERS REMOVED AT GROUND LEVEL.

7. BRICK WORK CONVERTED TO BLOCK WORK AS PER CMRL COMMENTS.

8. WATER TANK LOCATION UPDATED AS PER MEP.

9. LOCATION FOR VRV ADDED.

10. M-04 ROOM CHANGED


SCALE 1:200

MA

TC

H L

IN

E A

WIMCO NAGAR DEPOT

WASHERMANPET STATIONWIMCO NAGAR STATION


KEY PLAN

DEPOT

MA

TC

H L

IN

E A

MA

TC

H L

IN

E B

MA

TC

H L

IN

E B

A3

A1

A0

SMA

SMA

SMA

SMA

HCH

RKU

RKU

RKU

JCH

JCH

JCH

JCH

06-12-2016

09-07-2016

18-05-2016

20-04-2016

AS SHOWN

A4


ELEVATED STATION -6

RKU

JCH

SMA

20-04-2016

FIRST ISSUE



REFER REVISION LOG



A2



DEFINITIVE DESIGN

WIMCO NAGAR

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:










TENDER DRAWING


A4


AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

NRC

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

NORTH

EXPANSION JOINT

STA-05

STA-07

STATION BOX

PRM 1

T.H. ROAD

T.H. ROAD

+000mm

ROAD LEVEL

FFL+300mm

FOOT PATH LEVEL

FOB ABOVE

UP

UP

UP

STA-08

STA-06

PRM 2

FFL+900mm

DG LEVEL

75

00

75

00

17

30

0

230

0

75

00

75

00

230

0

17

30

0

S & T SHAFT

ELECTRICAL SHAFT

PLUMBING SHAFT

ES 4

ES 4

STA-10

S & T SHAFT

ELECTRICAL SHAFT

PLUMBING SHAFT

ES 2

ES 3

S & T SHAFT

ELECTRICAL SHAFT

PLUMBING SHAFT

EXPANSION JOINT

STATION BOX

S & T SHAFT

ELECTRICAL SHAFT

PLUMBING SHAFT

ESC-09

+000mm

ROAD LEVEL

FFL+300mm

FOOT PATH LEVEL

2

2

2

4

4

4

3

3

℄ OF PLATFORM

01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12

140000

12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 15000 12500 12500 12500 12500 12500

24

22

0

4450

766

076

60

445

0

75Ø uPVC DRAIN

PIPE F/A

75Ø uPVC DRAIN

PIPE F/A

75Ø uPVC DRAIN

PIPE FROM UPPER LEVEL

75Ø uPVC

DRAIN PIPE F/A

HIGH

POINT

HIGH

POINT

200mm WIDE SAUCER DRAIN

50mm DEEP AT STARTING

POINT (SLOPE-1:400)

HIGH POINT



POINT (SLOPE-1:400)

CB

CB

CATCH BASIN

SIZE 450X450X450MM(D)

110Ø (OD)uPVC RWP F/A

160Ø (OD)uPVC

RWP F/A

210Ø (OD) RWP F/A

210Ø (OD) RWP F/A

CB

CB

CATCH BASIN


CB

CATCH BASIN


CB

CATCH BASIN


CB

160Ø (OD)uPVC PIPE

CATCH BASIN


FD

110Ø (OD)uPVC

DRAIN PIPE F/A

PLUMBING SHAFT

2000x800mm

160Ø (OD)uPVC WP F/A

2 NOS. 210Ø (OD)uPVC RWP F/A

2 NOS. 210Ø (OD)uPVC RWP F/A

160Ø (OD)uPVC SP F/A

110Ø (OD)uPVC VP T/A

110Ø (OD)uPVC DP F/A

210Ø (OD) RWP F/A

160Ø (OD) RWP F/A

PLUMBING SHAFT

300x300mm

PLUMBING SHAFT

500x300mm

PLUMBING SHAFT

600x300mm

PLUMBING SHAFT

600x600mm

PLUMBING SHAFT

600x300mm

PLUMBING & FF SHAFT ABOVE

1230X400mm

PLUMBING & FF SHAFT

ABOVE1230X400mm

PLUMBING SHAFT

300x300mm

PLUMBING SHAFT

940x930mm

PLUMBING SHAFT

300X300MM

PLUMBING SHAFT

350x300mm

FROM PUMP

ROOM

WATER

TANK

WATER

TANK

WATER

TANK

WATER

TANK

PLUMBING SHAFT

2000x800mm

110Ø (OD)uPVC WP F/A

210Ø (OD) uPVC RWP F/A

CB CB

250Ø RCC PIPE

CATCH BASIN

450X450X450MM(D)

250Ø RCC PIPE

CATCH BASIN

600X600mm

CATCH BASIN

600X600mm

CATCH BASIN

600X600mm

250Ø RCC PIPE 250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE 250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE250Ø RCC PIPE250Ø RCC PIPE250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE 250Ø RCC PIPE250Ø RCC PIPE

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

250Ø RCC PIPE

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

250Ø RCC

DRAIN PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC DRAIN PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC DRAIN PIPE

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

200Ø STONE WARE PIPE

TO MUNICIPAL SEWER LINE

RAIN WATER

HARVESTING PIT

6.0x4.0x3.0m DEEP

RWMH

900X800mm

250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE

OVER FLOW PIPE CONNECT

TO EXCITING LINE

100Ø HDPE

DRAIN PIPE

100Ø HDPE DRAIN PIPE

GT

160Ø (OD)

uPVC PIPE

160Ø (OD)

uPVC PIPE

160Ø (OD)

uPVC PIPE

160Ø (OD)

uPVC PIPE

160Ø (OD)

uPVC PIPE

200Ø STONE WARE PIPE

TO MUNICIPAL SEWER LINE

RAIN WATER PIT

SIZE= 2.0x1.3mx2.0m DEEP

RAIN WATER PIT

SIZE= 2.0x1.3mx2.0m DEEP

80Ø SUMP RISER

FROM PUMP ROOM

100Ø HDPE

DRAIN PIPE

BACK FLOW

PREVENTOR

250Ø RCC PIPE

ESCALATOR PUMP PIT

1.0x1.0x1.0m DEEP

LIFT PUMP PIT

0.6x0.6x0.6m DEEP

LIFT PUMP PIT

0.6x0.6x0.6m DEEP

BACK FLOW

PREVENTOR

250Ø RCC PIPE

250Ø RCC PIPE

RAIN WATER

HARVESTING PIT

6.0x4.0x3.0m DEEP

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

BACK FLOW

PREVENTOR

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

SWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

110Ø (OD) RWP F/A

110Ø (OD) RWP F/A

110Ø (OD) RWP F/A

RWMH

900X800mm

RWMH

900X800mm

CB

110Ø (OD)

uPVC RWP F/A

UP

2

HIGH

POINT

200mm WIDE SAUCER

DRAIN 50mm DEEP AT

STARTING POINT

(SLOPE-1:400)

RWMH

900X800mm

400Ø OVER FLOW PIPE

CONNECT TO EXCITING LINE

E

D

A

B

C

A'

B'

C'

D'

24

22

0

300Ø RCC INLET

PIPE

400Ø RCC

OVERFLOW PIPE

200Ø PVC

PERFORATED PIPE

300Ø BORE FOR PVC

PERFORATED PIPE

DESILTING CHAMBER

2.0x1.0m

2000

FILTER MEDIA

300Ø RCC

INLET PIPE

DESILTING

CHAMBER

2.0x1.0m

90

0

45

00

26

00

400Ø RCC

OVERFLOW PIPE

PVC COATED CI

RUNGS @300mm C/C

RCC SLAB AS PER

STRUCTURE DESIGN

WALL AS PER

STRUCTURE DESIGN

AS PER STRUCTURE

DESIGN

BRICK WALL

500mm THICK COURSE

SAND 1.5 - 2mm

500mm THICK

GRAVEL 3 - 10mm

500mm THICK

BOULDER 10 - 20mm

200Ø PVC PERFORATED

PIPE TO SUB-SOIL

WATER LEVEL

SUB-SOIL WATER

LEVEL

PIPE CAP

200mm THICK GRAVEL

5 - 10mm HOLDED

IN WIRE MESH

AS PER STRUCTURE

DESIGN

WALL AS PER

STRUCTURE DESIGN

6000

2000

50

05

00

50

0

SECTION A-A

MANHOLE COVER

0.6x0.6m

MANaHOLE COVER

0.6x0.6m

MANHOLE COVER

0.6x0.6m

6000

MANHOLE COVER

0.6x0.6m

35

00

10

00

HARVESTING PIT DETAIL

SCALE : 1:100

HARVESTING PIT PLAN

6.0X4.0X3.0M(D)

A

A

40

00

Ø560mm MANHOLE COVER

Ø710mm MANHOLE FRAME

LIFT&ESCALATOR PUMP PIT-4

SIZE-1.0x1.0x2.0m. DEEP


IL= -1100MM

125Ø SLEEVE

FOR DRAIN PIPE

150Ø SLEEVE

FOR DRAIN PIPE


TO MANHOLE

IL= -550MM

GI COATED C.I.

RUNGS@300mm C/C

Ø710mm MANHOLE FRAME

SUBMERSIBLE

PUMPS (CAPACITY-

1LPS) @ 8 M HEAD

PLAN


IL= -1100mm

ESCLATOR & LIFT SUMP PIT DETAIL

SCALE : 1:50

BB

SECTION B-B

IL= -2000mm

GL=+000mm

150Ø SLEEVE

FOR DRAIN PIPE


TO MANHOLE

IL= -550mm

550

900

DRAINAGE SUMP

SIZE-1.0X1.0X2.0M. DEEP

STA-09

ESC-10

UP

UP

UP

HIGH P

OIN

T

200mm

WID

E SAUCER D

RAIN

50mm

DEEP A

T STARTIN

G

POIN

T (SLO

PE-1:4

00)

CB

150Ø R

CC DRAIN

PIP

E

TO E

XISTIN

G L

INE

CATCH BASIN

SIZE 4

50X450X450MM

(D)

uPVC SAUCER DRAINAGE PIPE

uPVC RAIN WATER PIPE

SW SEWERAGE WATER PIPE

GULLY TRAP

RAIN WATER MANHOLE

(RWMH)

CATCH BASIN

SAUCER DRAIN

uPVC DRAIN PIPE

uPVC SOIL PIPE

uPVC WASTE PIPE

uPVC PIPE

FT

FLOOR TRAP

FD

FLOOR DRAIN

uPVC AC DRAINAGE PIPE

FCO

FLOOR CLEAN OUT

uPVC VENT PIPE

DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL

PLUMBING

(DRAINAGE)

DP

SP

WP

VP

RWP

RCC STORMWATER PIPE

SWMP

GI

AC

SDP

SWP

SEWERAGE WATER

MANHOLE (SWMH)

A1

A0

SPD

SPD

SPD

SSA

SSA

KKK

ANR

ANR

ANR

16-06-2017

08-07-2016

20-05-2016

AS SHOWN

A2

DRAINAGE LAYOUT - GROUND LEVEL

ELEVATED STATION -6

KKK

ANR

SPD

20-05-2016

First Issue

Revised as per Architecture

Revised as clouded


DDC101-PD-SWN-EM-DW-17045

A2

PRELIMINARY

WIMCO NAGAR STATION

GROUND LEVEL - DRAINAGE LAYOUT PLAN

SCALE : 1:250

TENDER DRAWING

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:










A2


AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

A.PANDEY

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

NORTH

UP

UP

FUTURE ESCALATOR

FUTURE ESCALATOR

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

FUTURE ESCALATOR

UP

PD-02

ESC-02

ESC-01

4

A-02.1

900mm HIGH

RAILING

FUTURE ESCALATORTVM

O-03.1

O-04

A-01

900mm HIGH

RAILING

ESC-04

ESC-03

ESC-06

ESC-05

ESC-08

ESC-07

A-02.2

O-03.2

STA-01

STA-02

STA-04

STA-03

4

4

EXPANSION JOINT

900mm HIGH

RAILING

EXIT

EXIT

ENTRY

X-RAY

X-RAY

ENTRY

900mm HIGH

RAILING

D-02

LDB

D-02

UP

UP

UP

A-04.1

A-04.2

EXPANSION JOINT

D-01

EXPANSION JOINT

STA-05

ESC-09

STA-F1

2

900mm HIGH RAILING

DN

DN

D-01

D-04

D-05

STA-06

DN

STA-F1

O-14

STA-08

STA-F4

DN

2

UP

D-01

D-04

D-05

TVM

O-06.4

STA-06

STA-F3

DN

UP

D-05

D-01

D-04

D-05

D-04

D-01

EXPANSION JOINT

O-06.4

FFL+ 12740mm

CONCOURSE LEVEL

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

EXPANSION JOINT

100mm

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

LD

B

A-03.2

PD-03

PD-05

PD-01

PD-04

LOADING/

UNLOADING

DECK

REMOVABLE

RAILING

O-15.1

C-03

P-03

M-04O-13

UP

A-03.1

UP

P-02 P-05

4

4

D-02

D-02LDB

UP

DN

DNO-15.3

O-15.2

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

C-01

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

P-01

FFL+ 12655mm

LEVEL

C-02

℄ OF PLATFORM

01

140000

12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 15000 12500 12500 12500 12500 12500

02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

E

D'

D

24220

4450

7660

7660

4450

3450

17320

3450

CH: 8430.930

110Ø (OD) uPVC

RWP T/B

160Ø (OD) uPVC

RWP T/B

210Ø (OD) uPVC

RWP T/B

210Ø (OD) uPVC

RWP T/B

HIGH

POINT

HIGH POINT

HIGH

POINT

PLUMBING SHAFT

75Ø uPVC DRAIN PIPE T/B

75Ø uPVC DRAIN

PIPE T/B

HIGH POINT

HIGH

APOINT

75Ø uPVC DRAIN

PIPE T/B

HIGH POINT

FT

FT

HIGH POINT



POINT (SLOPE-1:400)

200MM WIDE SAUCER DRAIN

50MM DEEP AT STARTING

POINT (SLOPE-1:400) TYPICAL



POINT (SLOPE-1:400)



POINT (SLOPE-1:400)



POINT (SLOPE-1:400) Typical



POINT (SLOPE-1:400)

110Ø (OD) uPVC DRAIN

PIPE TO GROUND LEVEL

FD

CO

PIPES RUNNING AT

GROUND FLOOR

CEILING LEVEL

PLUMBING SHAFT

2000x800mm

BELOW GROUND

PIPES RUNNING AT

GROUND FLOOR

CEILING LEVEL

75Ø UPVC

WP PIPE

75Ø UPVC

WP PIPE

CO

75Ø

50Ø uPVCWP

75Ø

210Ø (OD) uPVC

RWP T/B

210Ø (OD) uPVC

RWP T/B

2NOS. 210Ø (OD)uPVC RWP F/A

110Ø (OD) uPVC SOIL PIPE F/A

110Ø (OD) uPVC WASTE PIPE F/A110Ø (OD) uPVC SOIL PIPE F/A

HIGH POINT



110Ø uPVC VENT PIPE T/A

110Ø (OD) uPVC WASTE PIPE F/A

160Ø (OD) uPVC WP T/B

2 NOS. 210Ø (OD)

uPVC RWP T/B

160Ø (OD) uPVC SP T/B

110Ø (OD) uPVC VP T/B

110Ø (OD) uPVC DP T/B

160Ø (OD) uPVC RWP F/A, T/B

210Ø (OD)uPVC

RWP F/A

210Ø uPVC RWP F/A

210Ø uPVC

RWP F/A

210Ø (OD)uPVC RWP F/A,




2NOS. 210Ø

(OD)uPVC RWP F/A

110Ø uPVC VENT

PIPE T/A



75Ø uPVC DRAIN

PIPE T/B

2 NOS. 210Ø (OD)

uPVC RWP T/B

75Ø UPVC DRAIN

PIPE T/B

CO

75Ø UPVC

WP PIPE

HIGH

APOINT

110Ø (OD) uPVC

WP F/A, T/B

110Ø (OD)uPVC

RWP F/A

110Ø uPVC RWP F/A

110Ø uPVC

RWP F/A

110Ø UPVC

RWP F/A

110Ø (OD) uPVC

RWP T/B

110Ø (OD) uPVC

RWP F/A, T/B

110Ø (OD) uPVC

RWP T/B

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

CO

FD

FT

50Ø uPVC

WP PIPE

FT

75Ø UPVC

WP PIPE

FT

FD

FT

110Ø (OD)uPVC

RWP F/A

ROOM SCHEDULE CONCOURSE LEVEL

ROOM NO. ROOM NAME

A-01 STATION CONTROL ROOM

A-02.1 EXCESS FARE OFFICE


A-03.1 TICKET OFFICE MACHINE


C-01

SIGNA LLING

EQUIPMENT ROOM

C-03

COMMUNICATION

EQUIPMENT ROOM

P-01

P-02

AUXILIARY SUB STATION

P-03 UPS BATTERY S & T ROOM

-- CLEAN GAS ROOM

O-02 PAID AREA

O-03.1 UNPAID

O-03.2 UNPAID

O-04 SECURITY ROOM

O-13 STAFF ROOM

O-14

O-12

REFUSE STORE

CLEANERS ROOM

O-06.1 LIFT

O-06.2 LIFT

O-06.3 LIFT

O-06.4 LIFT

PD-1

PD-2

PD-3

PD-4

PD-5

O-15

DN

DN

ESC-10

STA-09

R 150

T 300

W 3360

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:










uPVC SAUCER DRAINAGE PIPE

uPVC RAIN WATER PIPE

SAUCER DRAIN

uPVC DRAIN PIPE

uPVC SOIL PIPE

uPVC WASTE PIPE

CO

CLEAN OUT

FT

FLOOR TRAP

FD

FLOOR DRAIN

uPVC AC DRAINAGE PIPE

GUTTER

uPVC VENT PIPE

DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL

PLUMBING

(DRAINAGE)

DP

SP

WP

VP

RWP

AC

SDP

A1

A0

SPD

SPD

SPD

SSA

SSA

KKK

ANR

ANR

ANR

16-06-2017

08-07-2016

20-05-2016

AS SHOWN

A2

DRAINAGE LAYOUT - CONCOURSE LEVEL

ELEVATED STATION -6

KKK

ANR

SPD

20-05-2016

First Issue


Revised as clouded



A2

PRELIMINARY

WIMCO NAGAR STATION

CONCOURSE LEVEL - DRAINAGE LAYOUT PLAN

SCALE : 1:250

TENDER DRAWING

A2


AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

A.PANDEY

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

NORTH

01

140000

12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 15000 12500 12500 12500 12500 12500

L 1

L 2

AA

02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12

CC

AA CC

L 1

L 2

AA CC

AA CC

50325

50325

50327

50327

50335

50330

50325

50325

50327

50327

50335

50330

CH: 8430.930

EXPANSION JOINT

STA-05

STA-07

STATION BOX

T.H. ROAD

T.H. ROAD

FOB ABOVE

UP

UP

STA-08

STA-06

FFL+900mm

DG LEVEL

ES 1

STA-10

ES 2

ES 3

ESC-09

FFL+300mm

FOOT PATH LEVEL

2

2

2

4

4

3

T.H. ROAD

T.H. ROAD

D-01

D-05

D-04 LIFT-1

D-01

D-05

D-04

D-05

D-01

D-04

DPR BOUNDARY LINE

RS2

FD3RS3

D13

RS1

FD3

FD3

FD3

RS1

DROP OFF

DROP OFF

50Ø G.I TWS PIPE FROM UGT TO

OVER HEAD WATER TANK FILLING

PIPE BURIED IN GROUND @ 1.2M DEEP

FIRE WATER

TANK

TREATED

WATER

TANK



PIPE BURIED IN GROUND @ 1.2M DEEP

FIRE WATER

TANK

TREATED

WATER

TANK


1230X400mm


1230X400mm

PLUMBING SHAFT

2000x800mm



PIPE RUNNING AT GROUND LOOR

CEILING LEVEL



PIPE RUNNING AT GROUND LOOR

CEILING LEVEL

50Ø G.I TWS PIPE F/B

40Ø G.I TWS PIPE T/A

40Ø G.I TWS PIPE T/A

80Ø G.I MUNICIPAL INLET

80Ø G.I BOREWELL INLET

100Ø G.I TANKER INLET

1 2

NRV

WATER METER

VALVE CHAMBER

SIZE 900X800mm

1 2 3

GVGV

50Ø G.I TWS PIPE

FROM PUMP ROOM

80Ø G.I MUNICIPAL INLET

80Ø G.I BOREWELL INLET

15Ø TWS TAP FOR

IRRIGATION

15Ø TWS TAP FOR

IRRIGATION

15Ø TWS TAP FOR

IRRIGATION

15Ø TWS TAP FOR

IRRIGATION

UP

ESC-10

RS2

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

E

D'

D

24220

4450

7660

76

60

44

50

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:










TREATED WATER SUPPLY

DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL

PLUMBING (WATER SUPPLY)

DROP DOWN

PIPE UP

TWS

DD

UP

GATE VALVE

GV

NON RETURN VALVENRV

UNDER GROUND WATER TANKUGT

OHT OVER HEAD WATER TANK

A1

A0

SPD

SPD

SPD

SSA

SSA

KKK

ANR

ANR

ANR

16-06-2017

08-07-2016

20-05-2016

AS SHOWN

A2

WATER SUPPLY LAYOUT - GROUND LEVEL

ELEVATED STATION -6

KKK

ANR

SPD

20-05-2016

First Issue


Revised as clouded



A2

PRELIMINARY

WIMCO NAGAR STATION

GROUND LEVEL - WATER SUPPLY LAYOUT PLAN

SCALE : 1:250

TENDER DRAWING

A2


AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

A.PANDEY

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

NORTH

℄ OF PLATFORM

01

140000

12500 12500 12500 12500 12500 15000 12500 12500 12500 12500 12500

L 1

L 2

02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12

AA CC

50325 50327

50335

50330

CH: 8430.930

UP

UP

EXPANSION JOINT

FUTURE ESCALATOR

FUTURE ESCALATOR

UP

UP

UP

UP

UP

FUTURE ESCALATOR

UP

PD-02

ESC-02

ESC-01

4

A-02.1

900mm HIGH

RAILING

FUTURE ESCALATORTVM

O-03.1

O-04

A-01

ESC-04

ESC-03

ESC-06

ESC-05

ESC-08

ESC-07

A-02.2

O-03.2

STA-01

STA-02

STA-04

STA-03

4

44

4

EXPANSION JOINT

EXIT

EXIT

ENTRY

X-RAY

X-RAY

ENTRY

D-05

D-04

D-05

D-04

LDB

UP

UP

UP

A-04.1

A-04.2

D5

D2

D2

D2

D7

FG3

FG2

FG2

EXPANSION JOINT

O-06.1

O-06.2

R 150

T 300

W 3600

R 150

T 300

W 3600

D3

D3

EXPANSION JOINT

STA-05

ESC-09

STA-F1

2

900mm HIGH RAILING

RS4

DN

DN

D-01

D-04

D-05

STA-06

DN

2

STA-F1

RS4

D3D3

O-14

D4

STA-08

STA-F4

DN

2

UP

D-01

D-04

D-05

D3

D3

TVM

O-06.4

STA-06

STA-F3

DN

UP

D-05

D-01

D-04

D3

D-05

D-04

D-01

EXPANSION JOINT

RS6FG4

R 150

T 300

W 2400

R 150

T 300

W 2400

R 150

T 300

W 2400

R 150

T 300

W 2400

O-06.4

FFL+ 12740mm

CONCOURSE LEVEL

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

EXPANSION JOINT

100mm

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

LD

B

A-03.2

PD-03

PD-05

PD-01

PD-04

LOADING/

UNLOADING

DECK

REMOVABLE

RAILING

C-03

P-03

M-04

O-13

UP

A-03.1

UP

P-02 P-05

4

4

4

D-02

D-02LDB

UP

DN

DN

FD4

FD4

RS6

D5

FD1

FD1

RS6

RS6

RS7

RS7

FG1

FG5

FG8

FG7

D8

RS6

O-15.3

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

RS4

C-01

FFL+ 13040mm

LEVEL

P-01

FFL+ 12655mm

LEVEL

C-02

40Ø GI TWS PIPE FROM UGT TO


40Ø GI TWS PIPE FROM UGT TO


20Ø PE TWS PIPE FROM

OVER HEAD WATER TANK TO

CONCOURSE CLEANING

25Ø PE TWS PIPE RUNNING

AT CEILING LEVEL

BV

25Ø PE TWS PIPE FROM

OVER HEAD WATER TANK TO

CONCOURSE CLEANING

BV

20Ø PE TWS PIPE FOR

CONCOURSE LEVEL CLEANING

PIPE RUNNING AT CEILING LEVEL

TAP @ 600MM

FROM F.F.L

20Ø PE TWS PIPE

DROP TO 600mm AFFL

BV


CONCOURSE LEVEL CLEANING



CONCOURSE LEVEL


BV

TAP @ 600MM

FROM F.F.L

15Ø PE TWS PIPE

DROP TO 600mm AFFL

15Ø PE TWS PIPE

DROP TO 600mm AFFL

TAP @ 600MM

FROM F.F.L

TAP @ 600MM

FROM F.F.L

BV


AT CEILING LEVEL

15Ø PE TWS PIPE

DROP TO 600mm AFFL

BV

TAP @ 600MM

FROM F.F.L

BV

15Ø PE TWS PIPE

DROP TO 600mm AFFL


AT CEILING LEVEL

TAP @ 600MM

FROM F.F.L


CONCOURSE LEVEL



AT CEILING LEVEL

O-15

DN

DN

ESC-10

STA-09

3360

1750

RS4

R 150

T 300

W 3360

1200MM HIGH

PARAPET WALL

ROOM SCHEDULE CONCOURSE LEVEL

ROOM NO. ROOM NAME

A-01 STATION CONTROL ROOM





C-01

SIGNA LLING

EQUIPMENT ROOM

C-03

COMMUNICATION

EQUIPMENT ROOM

P-01

P-02

AUXILIARY SUB STATION

P-03 UPS BATTERY S & T ROOM

-- CLEAN GAS ROOM

O-02 PAID AREA

O-03.1 UNPAID

O-03.2 UNPAID

O-04 SECURITY ROOM

O-13 STAFF ROOM

O-14

O-12

REFUSE STORE

CLEANERS ROOM

O-06.1 LIFT

O-06.2 LIFT

O-06.3 LIFT

O-06.4 LIFT

PD-1

PD-2

PD-3

PD-4

PD-5

A

A'

B

B'

C

C'

E

D'

D

24

22

0

44

50

76

60

76

60

44

50

34

50

17

32

03

45

0

PH: 26422844, 26413310 FAX: 26224204





SUBSIDIARY OF:










HB

HOSE BIB

TREATED WATER SUPPLY

DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL

PLUMBING (WATER SUPPLY)

DROP DOWN

PIPE UP

TWS

DD

UP

UNDER GROUND WATER TANKUGT

OHT OVER HEAD WATER TANK

BALL VALVE

BV

A1

A0

SPD

SPD

SPD

SSA

SSA

KKK

ANR

ANR

ANR

16-06-2017

08-07-2016

20-05-2016

AS SHOWN

A2

WATER SUPPLY LAYOUT - CONCOURSE LEVEL

ELEVATED STATION -6

KKK

ANR

SPD

20-05-2016

First Issue


Revised as clouded



A2

PRELIMINARY

WIMCO NAGAR STATION

CONCOURSE LEVEL - WATER SUPPLY LAYOUT PLAN

SCALE : 1:250

TENDER DRAWING

A1

A2


AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE

AutoCAD SHX Text

VER.

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHD.

AutoCAD SHX Text

PARTICULARS

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRN.

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

DATE OF ISSUE

AutoCAD SHX Text

REV.

AutoCAD SHX Text

SCALE

AutoCAD SHX Text

EMPLOYER

AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text


AutoCAD SHX Text

PREPARED

AutoCAD SHX Text

DESIGNED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

CHECKED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

APPROVED BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

STAGE

AutoCAD SHX Text

A1 (594x841+2mm)

AutoCAD SHX Text

SIGNATURE

AutoCAD SHX Text

FULL NAME

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWN BY

AutoCAD SHX Text

A.PANDEY

AutoCAD SHX Text

PROJECT TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRAWING TITLE

AutoCAD SHX Text

DRG.NO.

AutoCAD SHX Text

NORTH

Date post:	03-Apr-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	1 times
Download:	0 times